<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>the Essential Free Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/grab-the-essential-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575945</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/409/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/409/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575945/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Myrtle  Jerde</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f50614c0eaf4db8bb2139c91ce7489e7.jpg</url><title>the Essential Free Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/grab-the-essential-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575945</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 04:23:15 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f50614c0eaf4db8bb2139c91ce7489e7.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/409/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/409/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/409/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>A Better Tomorrow: Life Lessons in Hope and Strength by Mina Smallman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-better-tomorrow-life-lessons-in-hope-and-strength-by-mina-smallman--65205788</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Tomorrow: Life Lessons in Hope and Strength Author: Mina Smallman Narrator: Sara Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Mina Smallman has lived through the unimaginable. On Saturday 6 June 2020, her daughters, Bibaa Henry and Nicole Smallman, were killed in a park by a male stranger as they celebrated Bibaa's birthday. Mina has been fighting for justice ever since - for her daughters, and for the rest of us, by challenging the toxic culture in the Metropolitan Police and calling out the wider institutional misogyny, racism and classism in Britain. Now, she tells her story for the first time. Framed by Mina's experience of losing her two daughters, Bibaa and Nicole, A Better Tomorrow reflects on the lessons in strength, forgiveness and hope that life has taught her - from her difficult childhood, to her embrace of motherhood, her time as a schoolteacher, and then as the first woman of colour to be an Archdeacon in the Church of England. Told through grief and with compassion, humour and love, this deeply personal memoir is Mina's beacon of hope. 'I'd walk across hot coals to speak alongside Mina Smallman... An amazing woman' - Jess Phillips, MP 'Mina Smallman is as tough as she is warm' - Guardian © Mina Smallman 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205788/9781529911992.mp3" length="2437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Tomorrow: Life Lessons in Hope and Strength Author: Mina Smallman Narrator: Sara Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647582</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Tomorrow: Life Lessons in Hope and Strength Author: Mina Smallman Narrator: Sara Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Mina Smallman has lived through the unimaginable. On Saturday 6 June 2020, her daughters, Bibaa Henry and Nicole Smallman, were killed in a park by a male stranger as they celebrated Bibaa's birthday. Mina has been fighting for justice ever since - for her daughters, and for the rest of us, by challenging the toxic culture in the Metropolitan Police and calling out the wider institutional misogyny, racism and classism in Britain. Now, she tells her story for the first time. Framed by Mina's experience of losing her two daughters, Bibaa and Nicole, A Better Tomorrow reflects on the lessons in strength, forgiveness and hope that life has taught her - from her difficult childhood, to her embrace of motherhood, her time as a schoolteacher, and then as the first woman of colour to be an Archdeacon in the Church of England. Told through grief and with compassion, humour and love, this deeply personal memoir is Mina's beacon of hope. 'I'd walk across hot coals to speak alongside Mina Smallman... An amazing woman' - Jess Phillips, MP 'Mina Smallman is as tough as she is warm' - Guardian © Mina Smallman 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d78042db4fcb48719b10f5c7d2cdd3ba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Our Island Stories: Country Walks through Colonial Britain by Corinne Fowler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-our-island-stories-country-walks-through-colonial-britain-by-corinne-fowler--65205700</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Our Island Stories: Country Walks through Colonial Britain Author: Corinne Fowler Narrator: Corinne Fowler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. The countryside is almost sacred to many Britons. There is a depth of feeling about rural places, the moors and lochs, valleys and mountains, cottages and country houses. Yet the British countryside, so integral to our national identity, is rarely seen as having anything to do with British colonialism. In Our Island Stories, historian Corinne Fowler brings rural life and colonial rule together with transformative results. Through ten country walks with varied companions, Fowler combines local and global history, connecting the Cotswolds to Calcutta, Dolgellau to Virginia, and Grasmere to Canton. Empire transformed rural lives: whether in Welsh sheep farms or Cornish copper mines, it offered both opportunity and exploitation. Fowler shows how the booming profits of overseas colonial activities directly contributed to enclosure, land clearances and dispossession. These histories, usually considered apart, continue to link the lives of their descendants now. To give an honest account, to offer both affection and criticism, is a matter of respect: we should not knowingly tell half a history. This new knowledge of our island stories, once gained, can only deepen Britons' relationship with their beloved landscape. ©2023 Corinne Fowler (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205700/9780241568040.mp3" length="2437404" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Our Island Stories: Country Walks through Colonial Britain Author: Corinne Fowler Narrator: Corinne Fowler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Our Island Stories: Country Walks through Colonial Britain Author: Corinne Fowler Narrator: Corinne Fowler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. The countryside is almost sacred to many Britons. There is a depth of feeling about rural places, the moors and lochs, valleys and mountains, cottages and country houses. Yet the British countryside, so integral to our national identity, is rarely seen as having anything to do with British colonialism. In Our Island Stories, historian Corinne Fowler brings rural life and colonial rule together with transformative results. Through ten country walks with varied companions, Fowler combines local and global history, connecting the Cotswolds to Calcutta, Dolgellau to Virginia, and Grasmere to Canton. Empire transformed rural lives: whether in Welsh sheep farms or Cornish copper mines, it offered both opportunity and exploitation. Fowler shows how the booming profits of overseas colonial activities directly contributed to enclosure, land clearances and dispossession. These histories, usually considered apart, continue to link the lives of their descendants now. To give an honest account, to offer both affection and criticism, is a matter of respect: we should not knowingly tell half a history. This new knowledge of our island stories, once gained, can only deepen Britons' relationship with their beloved landscape. ©2023 Corinne Fowler (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50062da98439bd8f90b1143b4e594609.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again by Robert Kagan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rebellion-how-antiliberalism-is-tearing-america-apart-again-by-robert-kagan--65205675</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205675/9780593740552.mp3" length="4837164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart--Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7f348b22db7c25f6c5c6a06870a1ed07.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Get It Together: Troubling Tales from the Liberal Fringe by Jesse Watters</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-it-together-troubling-tales-from-the-liberal-fringe-by-jesse-watters--65205635</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get It Together: Troubling Tales from the Liberal Fringe Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.23 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Can the political be way too personal? What if most radical activists are trying to change their lives by changing the whole country? When Jesse Watters set out to interview a few dozen radical activists to find out where their wild ideas came from, he discovered two things that shocked him: First, he liked these people. Second, their political positions were not primarily from books, teachers, or other activists. They originated in personal drama. Most of these people didn’t need legislation. They needed a therapist. In Get It Together, the number one New York Times bestselling author and Fox News primetime host takes on Wokeism in a way no one else has. Through a series of (sometimes very) personal interviews with some of the most radical activists in the country, Watters discovers that these activists may be overlooking the most important change they need to make—within themselves. From activists working for climate change salvation, Black supremacy, and social justice to a professional cuddler and a transwoman who identifies as a wolf, Watters shows how many well-intentioned Americans have bought into causes invented and run by people who are illogical, emotional, and ill-informed. Through their stories, Watters uncovers common threads—childhood traumas, broken relationships, and a lack of introspection. What if the people obsessed with the end of the world are just hurting from how this one has treated them? What if that, rather than ideological disagreements, is the deeper root of our country’s political divide? Funny, fresh, and fascinating, Get It Together is sure to spark important conversations, and to inspire us to see one another not as political opponents, but as real and broken human beings.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205635/9780063252059.mp3" length="2437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get It Together: Troubling Tales from the Liberal Fringe Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657090</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get It Together: Troubling Tales from the Liberal Fringe Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.23 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Can the political be way too personal? What if most radical activists are trying to change their lives by changing the whole country? When Jesse Watters set out to interview a few dozen radical activists to find out where their wild ideas came from, he discovered two things that shocked him: First, he liked these people. Second, their political positions were not primarily from books, teachers, or other activists. They originated in personal drama. Most of these people didn’t need legislation. They needed a therapist. In Get It Together, the number one New York Times bestselling author and Fox News primetime host takes on Wokeism in a way no one else has. Through a series of (sometimes very) personal interviews with some of the most radical activists in the country, Watters discovers that these activists may be overlooking the most important change they need to make—within themselves. From activists working for climate change salvation, Black supremacy, and social justice to a professional cuddler and a transwoman who identifies as a wolf, Watters shows how many well-intentioned Americans have bought into causes invented and run by people who are illogical, emotional, and ill-informed. Through their stories, Watters uncovers common threads—childhood traumas, broken relationships, and a lack of introspection. What if the people obsessed with the end of the world are just hurting from how this one has treated them? What if that, rather than ideological disagreements, is the deeper root of our country’s political divide? Funny, fresh, and fascinating, Get It Together is sure to spark important conversations, and to inspire us to see one another not as political opponents, but as real and broken human beings.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/718c8ce938025dffc43575991ce55a5a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Be a Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too by Ijeoma Oluo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/be-a-revolution-how-everyday-people-are-fighting-oppression-and-changing-the-world-and-how-you-can-too-by-ijeoma-oluo--65205699</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Ijeoma Oluo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the #1 New York Times–bestselling author of So You Want to Talk About Race and Mediocre, an eye-opening and galvanizing look at the current state of anti-racist activism across America. In the #1 New York Times bestseller So You Want To Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo offered a vital guide for how to talk about important issues of race and racism in society. In Mediocre: The Dangerous Legacy of White Male America, she discussed the ways in which white male supremacy has had an impact on our systems, our culture, and our lives throughout American history. But now that we better understand these systems of oppression, the question is this: What can we do about them? With Be A Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too, Oluo aims to show how people across America are working to create real positive change in our structures. Looking at many of our most powerful systems—like education, media, labor, health, housing, policing, and more—she highlights what people are doing to create change for intersectional racial equity. She also illustrates various ways in which the reader can find entryways into change in these same areas, or can bring some of this important work being done elsewhere to where they live. This book aims to not only be educational, but to inspire action and change. Oluo wishes to take our conversations on race and racism out of a place of pure pain and trauma, and into a place of loving action. Be A Revolution is both an urgent chronicle of this important moment in history, as well as an inspiring and restorative call for action.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205699/9780063140202.mp3" length="2437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Ijeoma Oluo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650871</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Ijeoma Oluo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the #1 New York Times–bestselling author of So You Want to Talk About Race and Mediocre, an eye-opening and galvanizing look at the current state of anti-racist activism across America. In the #1 New York Times bestseller So You Want To Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo offered a vital guide for how to talk about important issues of race and racism in society. In Mediocre: The Dangerous Legacy of White Male America, she discussed the ways in which white male supremacy has had an impact on our systems, our culture, and our lives throughout American history. But now that we better understand these systems of oppression, the question is this: What can we do about them? With Be A Revolution: How Everyday People are Fighting Oppression and Changing the World—and How You Can, Too, Oluo aims to show how people across America are working to create real positive change in our structures. Looking at many of our most powerful systems—like education, media, labor, health, housing, policing, and more—she highlights what people are doing to create change for intersectional racial equity. She also illustrates various ways in which the reader can find entryways into change in these same areas, or can bring some of this important work being done elsewhere to where they live. This book aims to not only be educational, but to inspire action and change. Oluo wishes to take our conversations on race and racism out of a place of pure pain and trauma, and into a place of loving action. Be A Revolution is both an urgent chronicle of this important moment in history, as well as an inspiring and restorative call for action.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f78548739604949d628d88d764b22e20.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Showman: Inside the Invasion That Shook the World and Made a Leader of Volodymyr Zelensky by Simon Shuster</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-showman-inside-the-invasion-that-shook-the-world-and-made-a-leader-of-volodymyr-zelensky-by-simon-shuster--65205738</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Showman: Inside the Invasion That Shook the World and Made a Leader of Volodymyr Zelensky Author: Simon Shuster Narrator: Daniel Gamburg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acclaimed journalist Simon Shuster gives us the first inside account of the Russian invasion of Ukraine from the perspective of President Volodymyr Zelensky and his team, who granted him unprecedented access.  Time correspondent Simon Shuster chronicles the life and wartime leadership of Volodymyr Zelensky from the dressing rooms of his variety show in Ukraine to the muddy trenches of his war with Russia. Based on four years of reporting; extensive travels with President Zelensky to the front; and dozens of interviews with him, his wife, his friends and enemies, his advisers, ministers and military commanders, The Showman tells an intimate and eye-opening story of the President’s evolution from a slapstick actor to a symbol of resilience, revealing how he managed to rally the world’s democracies behind his cause. The book’s early chapters offer the first detailed account of Zelensky’s life in a nuclear bunker in the opening weeks of the invasion and the circumstances of his wife’s escape to safety with their children. Later, as the Russians retreat from Kyiv, we see Zelensky and his team emerge from the bunker and lead Ukraine in a series of crucial victories. The result is a riveting, up-close picture of the invasion as experienced by its number one target and improbable hero.  Clear-eyed about the President’s early failures as a peacemaker and his willingness to silence political dissent, the book offers a complex picture of a man struggling to break what he sees as a historical cycle of oppression that began generations before he was born. Even as the war drags on, Zelensky lays out his vision for its future course and, through his actions, demonstrates his strategy for countering the Russians and keeping the West on his side. The Showman, as a work of eyewitness journalism, provides an essential perspective on the war defining our age. As a study in leadership and human resolve, its appeal is timeless and universal.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205738/9780063307452.mp3" length="2437307" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Showman: Inside the Invasion That Shook the World and Made a Leader of Volodymyr Zelensky Author: Simon Shuster Narrator: Daniel Gamburg Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Showman: Inside the Invasion That Shook the World and Made a Leader of Volodymyr Zelensky Author: Simon Shuster Narrator: Daniel Gamburg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acclaimed journalist Simon Shuster gives us the first inside account of the Russian invasion of Ukraine from the perspective of President Volodymyr Zelensky and his team, who granted him unprecedented access.  Time correspondent Simon Shuster chronicles the life and wartime leadership of Volodymyr Zelensky from the dressing rooms of his variety show in Ukraine to the muddy trenches of his war with Russia. Based on four years of reporting; extensive travels with President Zelensky to the front; and dozens of interviews with him, his wife, his friends and enemies, his advisers, ministers and military commanders, The Showman tells an intimate and eye-opening story of the President’s evolution from a slapstick actor to a symbol of resilience, revealing how he managed to rally the world’s democracies behind his cause. The book’s early chapters offer the first detailed account of Zelensky’s life in a nuclear bunker in the opening weeks of the invasion and the circumstances of his wife’s escape to safety with their children. Later, as the Russians retreat from Kyiv, we see Zelensky and his team emerge from the bunker and lead Ukraine in a series of crucial victories. The result is a riveting, up-close picture of the invasion as experienced by its number one target and improbable hero.  Clear-eyed about the President’s early failures as a peacemaker and his willingness to silence political dissent, the book offers a complex picture of a man struggling to break what he sees as a historical cycle of oppression that began generations before he was born. Even as the war drags on, Zelensky lays out his vision for its future course and, through his actions, demonstrates his strategy for countering the Russians and keeping the West on his side. The Showman, as a work of eyewitness journalism, provides an essential perspective on the war defining our age. As a study in leadership and human resolve, its appeal is timeless and universal.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd2056f936f95322ee16d4b9a61042fc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs by Benjamin Herold</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/disillusioned-five-families-and-the-unraveling-of-america-s-suburbs-by-benjamin-herold--65205672</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Astonishingly important.” —Alex Kotlowitz, The Atlantic Through the stories of five American families, a masterful and timely exploration of how hope, history, and racial denial collide in the suburbs and their schools Outside Atlanta, a middle-class Black family faces off with a school system seemingly bent on punishing their teenage son. North of Dallas, a conservative white family relocates to an affluent suburban enclave, but can’t escape the changes sweeping the country. On Chicago’s North Shore, a multiracial mom joins an ultraprogressive challenge to the town’s liberal status quo. In Compton, California, whose suburban roots are now barely recognizable, undocumented Hispanic parents place their gifted son’s future in the hands of educators at a remarkable elementary school. And outside Pittsburgh, a Black mother moves to the same street where author Benjamin Herold grew up, then confronts the destructive legacy left behind by white families like his. Disillusioned braids these human stories together with penetrating local and national history to reveal a vicious cycle undermining the dreams upon which American suburbia was built. For generations, upwardly mobile white families have extracted opportunity from the nation’s heavily subsidized suburbs, then moved on before the bills for maintenance and repair came due, leaving the mostly Black and Brown families who followed to clean up the ensuing mess. But now, sweeping demographic shifts and the dawning realization that endless expansion is no longer feasible are disrupting this pattern, forcing everyday families to confront a truth their communities were designed to avoid: The suburban lifestyle dream is a Ponzi scheme whose unraveling threatens us all. How do we come to terms with this troubled history? How do we build a future in which all children can thrive?  Drawing upon his decorated career as an education journalist, Herold explores these pressing debates with expertise and perspective. Then, alongside Bethany Smith—the mother from his old neighborhood, who contributes a powerful epilogue to the book—he offers a hopeful path toward renewal. The result is nothing short of a journalistic masterpiece.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205672/9780593788813.mp3" length="4837198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Astonishingly important.” —Alex Kotlowitz, The Atlantic Through the stories of five American families, a masterful and timely exploration of how hope, history, and racial denial collide in the suburbs and their schools Outside Atlanta, a middle-class Black family faces off with a school system seemingly bent on punishing their teenage son. North of Dallas, a conservative white family relocates to an affluent suburban enclave, but can’t escape the changes sweeping the country. On Chicago’s North Shore, a multiracial mom joins an ultraprogressive challenge to the town’s liberal status quo. In Compton, California, whose suburban roots are now barely recognizable, undocumented Hispanic parents place their gifted son’s future in the hands of educators at a remarkable elementary school. And outside Pittsburgh, a Black mother moves to the same street where author Benjamin Herold grew up, then confronts the destructive legacy left behind by white families like his. Disillusioned braids these human stories together with penetrating local and national history to reveal a vicious cycle undermining the dreams upon which American suburbia was built. For generations, upwardly mobile white families have extracted opportunity from the nation’s heavily subsidized suburbs, then moved on before the bills for maintenance and repair came due, leaving the mostly Black and Brown families who followed to clean up the ensuing mess. But now, sweeping demographic shifts and the dawning realization that endless expansion is no longer feasible are disrupting this pattern, forcing everyday families to confront a truth their communities were designed to avoid: The suburban lifestyle dream is a Ponzi scheme whose unraveling threatens us all. How do we come to terms with this troubled history? How do we build a future in which all children can thrive?  Drawing upon his decorated career as an education journalist, Herold explores these pressing debates with expertise and perspective. Then, alongside Bethany Smith—the mother from his old neighborhood, who contributes a powerful epilogue to the book—he offers a hopeful path toward renewal. The result is nothing short of a journalistic masterpiece.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d138110d410e0331ec4d447dbdc3d0c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Barbarians inside the Gates and Other Controversial Essays by Thomas Sowell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/barbarians-inside-the-gates-and-other-controversial-essays-by-thomas-sowell--65205698</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barbarians inside the Gates and Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A collection of essays that discusses such issues as the media, immigration, the minimum wage, and multiculturalism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205698/9798765062906.mp3" length="14437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barbarians inside the Gates and Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649536</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barbarians inside the Gates and Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A collection of essays that discusses such issues as the media, immigration, the minimum wage, and multiculturalism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3d60d3f64796dc8a0411b03129993df3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine by Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/conflict-the-evolution-of-warfare-from-1945-to-ukraine-by-andrew-roberts-david-petraeus--65205771</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER                                    ‘A rigorous and thoughtful study of what has happened on battlefields over the past eight decades’ THE TIMES                                   ‘A hugely important book … elegantly written and persuasively argued’ DAILY TELEGRAPH                                   ** FULLY UPDATED TO INCLUDE NEW MATERIAL ON THE ISRAEL/GAZA CONFLICT **                      Conflict is both a sweeping history of the evolution of warfare up to Putin’s invasion of Ukraine, and a penetrating analysis of what we must learn from the past, and anticipate in the future, in order to navigate an increasingly perilous world.           In this deep and incisive study, General David Petraeus, the former CIA director who commanded the US-led coalitions in both Iraq and Afghanistan, and the prize-winning historian Andrew Roberts, explore over seventy years of conflict, drawing significant lessons and insights from their fresh analysis of the past. Petraeus and Roberts show how often critical mistakes have been repeated time and again, and explore the challenge, for statesmen and generals alike, of learning to adapt to various new weapon systems, theories and strategies. Among the conflicts examined are the Arab – Israeli wars, the Korean and Vietnam wars, the two Gulf wars, the Balkan wars in the former Yugoslavia, and both the Soviet and Coalition wars in Afghanistan, as well as guerrilla conflicts in Africa and South America.           Conflict culminates with a bracing look at Putin’s disastrous invasion of Ukraine, yet another case study in the tragic results that occur when leaders refuse to learn from history, and an assessment of the nature of future warfare. Filled with sharp insight and the wisdom of experience, Conflict is not only a critical assessment of our recent past, but also an essential primer of modern warfare that provides crucial knowledge for waging battle today as well as for understanding what the decades ahead will bring.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205771/9780008568009.mp3" length="2437246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER                                    ‘A rigorous and thoughtful study of what has happened on battlefields over the past eight decades’ THE TIMES                                   ‘A hugely important book … elegantly written and persuasively argued’ DAILY TELEGRAPH                                   ** FULLY UPDATED TO INCLUDE NEW MATERIAL ON THE ISRAEL/GAZA CONFLICT **                      Conflict is both a sweeping history of the evolution of warfare up to Putin’s invasion of Ukraine, and a penetrating analysis of what we must learn from the past, and anticipate in the future, in order to navigate an increasingly perilous world.           In this deep and incisive study, General David Petraeus, the former CIA director who commanded the US-led coalitions in both Iraq and Afghanistan, and the prize-winning historian Andrew Roberts, explore over seventy years of conflict, drawing significant lessons and insights from their fresh analysis of the past. Petraeus and Roberts show how often critical mistakes have been repeated time and again, and explore the challenge, for statesmen and generals alike, of learning to adapt to various new weapon systems, theories and strategies. Among the conflicts examined are the Arab – Israeli wars, the Korean and Vietnam wars, the two Gulf wars, the Balkan wars in the former Yugoslavia, and both the Soviet and Coalition wars in Afghanistan, as well as guerrilla conflicts in Africa and South America.           Conflict culminates with a bracing look at Putin’s disastrous invasion of Ukraine, yet another case study in the tragic results that occur when leaders refuse to learn from history, and an assessment of the nature of future warfare. Filled with sharp insight and the wisdom of experience, Conflict is not only a critical assessment of our recent past, but also an essential primer of modern warfare that provides crucial knowledge for waging battle today as well as for understanding what the decades ahead will bring.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/551b0ddd5e78e18d3f30d683996ddae3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine by Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/conflict-the-evolution-of-warfare-from-1945-to-ukraine-by-andrew-roberts-david-petraeus--65205620</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass, David Petraeus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Two leading authorities—an acclaimed historian and the outstanding battlefield commander and strategist of our time—collaborate on a landmark examination of war since 1945. Conflict is both a sweeping history of the evolution of warfare up to Putin’s invasion of the Ukraine, and a penetrating analysis of what we must learn from the past—and anticipate in the future—in order to navigate an increasingly perilous world. In this deep and incisive study, General David Petraeus, who commanded the US-led coalitions in both Iraq, during the Surge, and Afghanistan and former CIA director, and the prize-winning historian Andrew Roberts, explore over 70 years of conflict, drawing significant lessons and insights from their fresh analysis of the past. Drawing on their different perspectives and areas of expertise, Petraeus and Roberts show how often critical mistakes have been repeated time and again, and the challenge, for statesmen and generals alike, of learning to adapt to various new weapon systems, theories and strategies. Among the conflicts examined are the Arab-Israeli wars, the Korean and Vietnam Wars, the two Gulf Wars, the Balkan wars in the former Yugoslavia, and both the Soviet and Coalition wars in Afghanistan, as well as guerilla conflicts in Africa and South America. Conflict culminates with a bracing look at Putin’s disastrous invasion of Ukraine, yet another case study in the tragic results when leaders refuse to learn from history, and an assessment of the nature of future warfare. Filled with sharp insight and the wisdom of experience, Conflict is not only a critical assessment of our recent past, but also an essential primer of modern warfare that provides crucial knowledge for waging battle today as well as for understanding what the decades ahead will bring. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205620/9780063293168.mp3" length="2437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass, David Petraeus Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657095</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict: The Evolution of Warfare from 1945 to Ukraine Author: Andrew Roberts, David Petraeus Narrator: Robert Fass, David Petraeus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Two leading authorities—an acclaimed historian and the outstanding battlefield commander and strategist of our time—collaborate on a landmark examination of war since 1945. Conflict is both a sweeping history of the evolution of warfare up to Putin’s invasion of the Ukraine, and a penetrating analysis of what we must learn from the past—and anticipate in the future—in order to navigate an increasingly perilous world. In this deep and incisive study, General David Petraeus, who commanded the US-led coalitions in both Iraq, during the Surge, and Afghanistan and former CIA director, and the prize-winning historian Andrew Roberts, explore over 70 years of conflict, drawing significant lessons and insights from their fresh analysis of the past. Drawing on their different perspectives and areas of expertise, Petraeus and Roberts show how often critical mistakes have been repeated time and again, and the challenge, for statesmen and generals alike, of learning to adapt to various new weapon systems, theories and strategies. Among the conflicts examined are the Arab-Israeli wars, the Korean and Vietnam Wars, the two Gulf Wars, the Balkan wars in the former Yugoslavia, and both the Soviet and Coalition wars in Afghanistan, as well as guerilla conflicts in Africa and South America. Conflict culminates with a bracing look at Putin’s disastrous invasion of Ukraine, yet another case study in the tragic results when leaders refuse to learn from history, and an assessment of the nature of future warfare. Filled with sharp insight and the wisdom of experience, Conflict is not only a critical assessment of our recent past, but also an essential primer of modern warfare that provides crucial knowledge for waging battle today as well as for understanding what the decades ahead will bring. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fa6ec15b676e2e94e4ea82f743be8adb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mirrors of Greatness: Churchill and the Leaders Who Shaped Him by David Reynolds</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mirrors-of-greatness-churchill-and-the-leaders-who-shaped-him-by-david-reynolds--65205701</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mirrors of Greatness: Churchill and the Leaders Who Shaped Him Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Ethan Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A TELEGRAPH BEST HISTORY BOOK OF 2023                                   ‘A highly imaginative and thought-provoking way of exploring the personality of a man who, like him or loathe him, left an indelible mark on our age’ ADAM ZAMOYSKI                                   Winston Churchill followed his own star. He yearned to be ‘great’, to gain historical immortality. And he did so through deeds and words: his actions as a soldier and politician, gilded by his writings as a journalist and historian.                       But Churchill’s path to greatness was also defined by the leaders he encountered along the way – friends and foes, at home and abroad. Men of power such as Hitler and Mussolini, Roosevelt and Stalin, David Lloyd George, Neville Chamberlain and Charles de Gaulle. And the haunting presence of the adored father who had seen nothing of merit in his troublesome son. In these men Churchill discerned greatness, or its absence, in ways that influenced his own career.           This book includes some whom Churchill would not have deemed ‘great’, but who – in our own day – offer alternative mirrors of what that word might mean. Mahatma Gandhi, who infuriated Churchill by exploiting the power of powerlessness. Clement Attlee, whose heretical vision of ‘Great Britain’ was socialist and post-imperial. And his darling Clementine, channelling her ‘pinko’ sentiments to become Winston’s essential helpmate and most devoted critic.           Mirrors of Greatness offers vivid new perspectives on Churchill’s life and work, showing how this unique man – with dazzling gifts and jagged flaws – learned from his ‘great contemporaries’ and what they saw in him.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205701/9780008439941.mp3" length="2437274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mirrors of Greatness: Churchill and the Leaders Who Shaped Him Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Ethan Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mirrors of Greatness: Churchill and the Leaders Who Shaped Him Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Ethan Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A TELEGRAPH BEST HISTORY BOOK OF 2023                                   ‘A highly imaginative and thought-provoking way of exploring the personality of a man who, like him or loathe him, left an indelible mark on our age’ ADAM ZAMOYSKI                                   Winston Churchill followed his own star. He yearned to be ‘great’, to gain historical immortality. And he did so through deeds and words: his actions as a soldier and politician, gilded by his writings as a journalist and historian.                       But Churchill’s path to greatness was also defined by the leaders he encountered along the way – friends and foes, at home and abroad. Men of power such as Hitler and Mussolini, Roosevelt and Stalin, David Lloyd George, Neville Chamberlain and Charles de Gaulle. And the haunting presence of the adored father who had seen nothing of merit in his troublesome son. In these men Churchill discerned greatness, or its absence, in ways that influenced his own career.           This book includes some whom Churchill would not have deemed ‘great’, but who – in our own day – offer alternative mirrors of what that word might mean. Mahatma Gandhi, who infuriated Churchill by exploiting the power of powerlessness. Clement Attlee, whose heretical vision of ‘Great Britain’ was socialist and post-imperial. And his darling Clementine, channelling her ‘pinko’ sentiments to become Winston’s essential helpmate and most devoted critic.           Mirrors of Greatness offers vivid new perspectives on Churchill’s life and work, showing how this unique man – with dazzling gifts and jagged flaws – learned from his ‘great contemporaries’ and what they saw in him.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a634f39f872eee9d4373215f3f2a494a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment by Bret Baier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-rescue-the-constitution-george-washington-and-the-fragile-american-experiment-by-bret-baier--65205618</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment Author: Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Instant New York Times Bestseller #1 New York Times bestselling author Bret Baier reveals how George Washington saved the Constitution–and the American experiment ''To Rescue The Constitution is a masterful exploration of the electrifying struggle to unite a young United States.'' —Jay Winik A sweeping narrative ranging from the unsettled early American frontier and the battlefields of the Revolution to the history-making clashes within Philadelphia’s Independence Hall, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Constitution dramatically illuminates the life of George Washington, the Founder who did more than perhaps any other individual to secure the future of the United States. George Washington rescued the nation three times: first by leading the Continental Army to victory in the Revolutionary War, second by presiding over the Constitutional Convention that set the blueprint for the United States and ushering the Constitution through a fractious ratification process, and third by leading the nation as its first president. There is no doubt that the struggling new nation needed to be rescued—and that Washington was the only American who could bring them together. After the victorious War of Independence, when a spirit of unity and patriotism might have been expected, instead the nation fractured. The states were no more than a loosely knit and contentious confederation, with no strong central union. It was an urgent matter that led to the calling of a Constitutional Convention to meet in Philadelphia during the summer of 1787. Setting aside his plan to retire to Mount Vernon, Washington agreed to be a delegate at Philadelphia. There he was unanimously elected president of the convention. After successfully bringing the Constitution into being, Washington then sacrificed any hope of returning to private life by accepting the unanimous election to be the nation’s first president. Washington was not known for brilliant oratory or prose, but his quiet, steady leadership gave life to the Constitution by showing how it should be enacted. In this vivid and moving portrait of America’s early struggles, Baier captures the critical moments when Washington’s leadership brought the nation from the brink of collapse. Baier exposes an early America that is grittier and far more divided than is often portrayed—one we can see reflected in today’s conflicts.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205618/9780063039612.mp3" length="2437294" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment Author: Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Constitution: George Washington and the Fragile American Experiment Author: Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Instant New York Times Bestseller #1 New York Times bestselling author Bret Baier reveals how George Washington saved the Constitution–and the American experiment ''To Rescue The Constitution is a masterful exploration of the electrifying struggle to unite a young United States.'' —Jay Winik A sweeping narrative ranging from the unsettled early American frontier and the battlefields of the Revolution to the history-making clashes within Philadelphia’s Independence Hall, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Constitution dramatically illuminates the life of George Washington, the Founder who did more than perhaps any other individual to secure the future of the United States. George Washington rescued the nation three times: first by leading the Continental Army to victory in the Revolutionary War, second by presiding over the Constitutional Convention that set the blueprint for the United States and ushering the Constitution through a fractious ratification process, and third by leading the nation as its first president. There is no doubt that the struggling new nation needed to be rescued—and that Washington was the only American who could bring them together. After the victorious War of Independence, when a spirit of unity and patriotism might have been expected, instead the nation fractured. The states were no more than a loosely knit and contentious confederation, with no strong central union. It was an urgent matter that led to the calling of a Constitutional Convention to meet in Philadelphia during the summer of 1787. Setting aside his plan to retire to Mount Vernon, Washington agreed to be a delegate at Philadelphia. There he was unanimously elected president of the convention. After successfully bringing the Constitution into being, Washington then sacrificed any hope of returning to private life by accepting the unanimous election to be the nation’s first president. Washington was not known for brilliant oratory or prose, but his quiet, steady leadership gave life to the Constitution by showing how it should be enacted. In this vivid and moving portrait of America’s early struggles, Baier captures the critical moments when Washington’s leadership brought the nation from the brink of collapse. Baier exposes an early America that is grittier and far more divided than is often portrayed—one we can see reflected in today’s conflicts.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4be48d37f8c294e5aa6cb54847ac3aed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business by Roxane Gay</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/opinions-a-decade-of-arguments-criticism-and-minding-other-people-s-business-by-roxane-gay--65205617</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From beloved and bestselling author Roxane Gay, “a strikingly fresh cultural critic” (Washington Post) comes an exhilarating collection of her essays on culture, politics, and everything in between.  Since the publication of the groundbreaking Bad Feminist and Hunger, Roxane Gay has continued to tackle big issues embroiling society—state-sponsored violence and mass shootings, women’s rights post-Dobbs, online disinformation, and the limits of empathy—alongside more individually personalized matters: can I tell my co-worker her perfume makes me sneeze? Is it acceptable to schedule a daily 8 am meeting? In her role as a New York Times opinion section contributor and the publication’s “Work Friend” columnist, she reaches millions of readers with her wise voice and sharp insights. Opinions is a collection of Roxane Gay’s best nonfiction pieces from the past ten years. Covering a wide range of topics—politics, feminism, the culture wars, civil rights, and much more—with an all-new introduction in which she reflects on the past decade in America, this sharp, thought-provoking anthology will delight Roxane Gay’s devotees and draw new readers to this inimitable talent.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205617/9780063341494.mp3" length="2437304" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From beloved and bestselling author Roxane Gay, “a strikingly fresh cultural critic” (Washington Post) comes an exhilarating collection of her essays on culture, politics, and everything in between.  Since the publication of the groundbreaking Bad Feminist and Hunger, Roxane Gay has continued to tackle big issues embroiling society—state-sponsored violence and mass shootings, women’s rights post-Dobbs, online disinformation, and the limits of empathy—alongside more individually personalized matters: can I tell my co-worker her perfume makes me sneeze? Is it acceptable to schedule a daily 8 am meeting? In her role as a New York Times opinion section contributor and the publication’s “Work Friend” columnist, she reaches millions of readers with her wise voice and sharp insights. Opinions is a collection of Roxane Gay’s best nonfiction pieces from the past ten years. Covering a wide range of topics—politics, feminism, the culture wars, civil rights, and much more—with an all-new introduction in which she reflects on the past decade in America, this sharp, thought-provoking anthology will delight Roxane Gay’s devotees and draw new readers to this inimitable talent.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4a6dcf7c2b3dcc3c3cec4444808cd02.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tyranny of the Minority: How to Reverse an Authoritarian Turn, and Forge a Democracy for All by Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tyranny-of-the-minority-how-to-reverse-an-authoritarian-turn-and-forge-a-democracy-for-all-by-daniel-ziblatt-steven-levitsky--65205752</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: How to Reverse an Authoritarian Turn, and Forge a Democracy for All Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: October  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. An urgent follow-up to international bestseller How Democracies Die, by two world-leading experts on democracy In this razor-sharp analysis of one of the most important issues facing us today, leading Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw on their combined expertise of over 40 years to offer a dire warning about right-wing efforts to undermine multiracial democracy. Exploring the 2024 American election and the Capitol riots, as well as global examples from history including post-1945 Germany and Brazil and Chile during the '60s and '70s, the authors show how ossified political conventions can be pernicious enablers of minority rule, creating a situation in which partisan minorities can consistently thwart and even rule over popular majorities. With its urgent call for a radical reform of our antiquated institutions for the benefit of the majority, and a citizens' movement to put enough pressure on lawmakers to act before it's too late, Tyranny of the Minority is a must-read for every participant in the emerging democratic reform movement. ©2023 Daniel Ziblatt and Steven Levitsky (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205752/9780241642726.mp3" length="2437290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: How to Reverse an Authoritarian Turn, and Forge a Democracy for All Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: How to Reverse an Authoritarian Turn, and Forge a Democracy for All Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: October  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. An urgent follow-up to international bestseller How Democracies Die, by two world-leading experts on democracy In this razor-sharp analysis of one of the most important issues facing us today, leading Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw on their combined expertise of over 40 years to offer a dire warning about right-wing efforts to undermine multiracial democracy. Exploring the 2024 American election and the Capitol riots, as well as global examples from history including post-1945 Germany and Brazil and Chile during the '60s and '70s, the authors show how ossified political conventions can be pernicious enablers of minority rule, creating a situation in which partisan minorities can consistently thwart and even rule over popular majorities. With its urgent call for a radical reform of our antiquated institutions for the benefit of the majority, and a citizens' movement to put enough pressure on lawmakers to act before it's too late, Tyranny of the Minority is a must-read for every participant in the emerging democratic reform movement. ©2023 Daniel Ziblatt and Steven Levitsky (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b179b2592492c463f9bbc42460c25cc1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post by Martin Baron</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/collision-of-power-trump-bezos-and-the-washington-post-by-martin-baron--65205686</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post Author: Martin Baron Narrator: Liev Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 32 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program features a prologue and epilogue read by the author. A monumental work of nonfiction that gives a first-row seat to the epic power struggle between politics, money, media, and tech—for fans of Maggie Haberman's Confidence Man and Jane Mayer's Dark Money.   Marty Baron took charge of The Washington Post newsroom in 2013, after nearly a dozen years leading The Boston Globe. Just seven months into his new job, Baron received explosive news: Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, would buy the Post, marking a sudden end to control by the venerated family that had presided over the paper for 80 years. Just over two years later, Donald Trump won the presidency. Now, the capital’s newspaper, owned by one of the world’s richest men, was tasked with reporting on a president who had campaigned against the press as the “lowest form of humanity.” Pressures on Baron and his colleagues were immense and unrelenting, having to meet the demands of their new owner while contending with a president who waged a war of unprecedented vitriol and vengeance against the media. In the face of Trump’s unceasing attacks, Baron steadfastly managed the Post’s newsroom. Their groundbreaking and award-winning coverage included stories about Trump’s purported charitable giving, misconduct by the Secret Service, and Roy Moore’s troubling sexual history. At the same time, Baron managed a restive staff during a period of rapidly changing societal dynamics around gender and race. In Collision of Power, Baron recounts this with the tenacity of a reporter and the sure hand of an experienced editor. The result is elegant and revelatory—an urgent exploration of the nature of power in the 21st century. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205686/9781250902238.mp3" length="2437324" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post Author: Martin Baron Narrator: Liev Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651115</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision of Power: Trump, Bezos, and The Washington Post Author: Martin Baron Narrator: Liev Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 32 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program features a prologue and epilogue read by the author. A monumental work of nonfiction that gives a first-row seat to the epic power struggle between politics, money, media, and tech—for fans of Maggie Haberman's Confidence Man and Jane Mayer's Dark Money.   Marty Baron took charge of The Washington Post newsroom in 2013, after nearly a dozen years leading The Boston Globe. Just seven months into his new job, Baron received explosive news: Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, would buy the Post, marking a sudden end to control by the venerated family that had presided over the paper for 80 years. Just over two years later, Donald Trump won the presidency. Now, the capital’s newspaper, owned by one of the world’s richest men, was tasked with reporting on a president who had campaigned against the press as the “lowest form of humanity.” Pressures on Baron and his colleagues were immense and unrelenting, having to meet the demands of their new owner while contending with a president who waged a war of unprecedented vitriol and vengeance against the media. In the face of Trump’s unceasing attacks, Baron steadfastly managed the Post’s newsroom. Their groundbreaking and award-winning coverage included stories about Trump’s purported charitable giving, misconduct by the Secret Service, and Roy Moore’s troubling sexual history. At the same time, Baron managed a restive staff during a period of rapidly changing societal dynamics around gender and race. In Collision of Power, Baron recounts this with the tenacity of a reporter and the sure hand of an experienced editor. The result is elegant and revelatory—an urgent exploration of the nature of power in the 21st century. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/03f4e5865cb970aa098804494b6dad21.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Permacrisis: A Plan to Fix a Fractured World by Michael Spence, Gordon Brown, Mohamed El-Erian</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/permacrisis-a-plan-to-fix-a-fractured-world-by-michael-spence-gordon-brown-mohamed-el-erian--65205767</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permacrisis: A Plan to Fix a Fractured World Author: Michael Spence, Gordon Brown, Mohamed El-Erian Narrator: Gareth Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Offers hope and good sense in equal measure'  Ian Bremmer   'A sensible plan for reform that can help us create a fairer and more equitable world'  Sheryl Sandberg  Problems are mounting.  We face sputtering growth, an escalating climate emergency, worsening inequality, poor policy responses, increasing nationalism and a decline in global co-operation.  But a permacrisis need not be permanent.  In this book, three of the most internationally respected and experienced thinkers of our time, Gordon Brown, Mohamed A. El-Erian and Michael Spence, writing with Reid Lidow, explain where we’ve gone wrong and set out what could be done to bring about a brighter future for generations to come. They look beyond today’s headlines and political rhetoric to offer a bold, big-picture vision and nuanced, achievable solutions for fixing our broken approaches to growth, economic management, and governance.  The world is changing. What that change looks like is up to us.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205767/9781398525658.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permacrisis: A Plan to Fix a Fractured World Author: Michael Spence, Gordon Brown, Mohamed El-Erian Narrator: Gareth Armstrong Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644800</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permacrisis: A Plan to Fix a Fractured World Author: Michael Spence, Gordon Brown, Mohamed El-Erian Narrator: Gareth Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Offers hope and good sense in equal measure'  Ian Bremmer   'A sensible plan for reform that can help us create a fairer and more equitable world'  Sheryl Sandberg  Problems are mounting.  We face sputtering growth, an escalating climate emergency, worsening inequality, poor policy responses, increasing nationalism and a decline in global co-operation.  But a permacrisis need not be permanent.  In this book, three of the most internationally respected and experienced thinkers of our time, Gordon Brown, Mohamed A. El-Erian and Michael Spence, writing with Reid Lidow, explain where we’ve gone wrong and set out what could be done to bring about a brighter future for generations to come. They look beyond today’s headlines and political rhetoric to offer a bold, big-picture vision and nuanced, achievable solutions for fixing our broken approaches to growth, economic management, and governance.  The world is changing. What that change looks like is up to us.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4a3c661d6d31a67e0c30b470a30676da.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism by Yanis Varoufakis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/technofeudalism-what-killed-capitalism-by-yanis-varoufakis--65205640</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. ‘What an amazing piece of work this is. Ground-breaking, thought-provoking and highly accessible. Everyone should read it. The dark, scary, exciting song of our age. 100 out of 100’ IRVINE WELSH Capitalism is dead. Welcome to technofeudalism. In his boldest and most far-reaching book, the visionary economist and number-one bestselling author Yanis Varoufakis shows how the owners of big tech became the world's feudal overlords – replacing capitalism with a fundamentally new system that enslaves our minds, defies democracy and rewrite the rules of global power. But as Varoufakis also reveals, technofeudalism contains new opportunities to thwart and overturn it, bringing into focus more clearly than ever the revolution we need to escape our digital prison. ‘An epochal, once-in-a-millennium shift . . . this isn't just new technology. This is the world grappling with an entirely new economic system and therefore political power’ Observer ‘An urgent demand to seize the means of computation’ CORY DOCTOROW A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR © Yanis Varoufakis 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205640/9781529194609.mp3" length="2437432" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. ‘What an amazing piece of work this is. Ground-breaking, thought-provoking and highly accessible. Everyone should read it. The dark, scary, exciting song of our age. 100 out of 100’ IRVINE WELSH Capitalism is dead. Welcome to technofeudalism. In his boldest and most far-reaching book, the visionary economist and number-one bestselling author Yanis Varoufakis shows how the owners of big tech became the world's feudal overlords – replacing capitalism with a fundamentally new system that enslaves our minds, defies democracy and rewrite the rules of global power. But as Varoufakis also reveals, technofeudalism contains new opportunities to thwart and overturn it, bringing into focus more clearly than ever the revolution we need to escape our digital prison. ‘An epochal, once-in-a-millennium shift . . . this isn't just new technology. This is the world grappling with an entirely new economic system and therefore political power’ Observer ‘An urgent demand to seize the means of computation’ CORY DOCTOROW A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR © Yanis Varoufakis 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/01d88f973ba785d4343bb1fdb5e9adfb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Last Colony: A Tale of Exile, Justice, and Courage by Philippe Sands</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-last-colony-a-tale-of-exile-justice-and-courage-by-philippe-sands--65205663</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Colony: A Tale of Exile, Justice, and Courage Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Philippe Sands, Adjoa Andoh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The moving, inspiring David-and-Goliath true story of freedom and justice involving one tiny nation in the Indian Ocean off the coast of Africa, and the extraordinary woman, a descendant of slaves, who dared to take on the Crown and the United Kingdom—and win a historic victory In 1973, on the Chagos Islands off the coast of Africa, Liseby Elyse—twenty years old, newly married and four months pregnant—was, rounded up, along with the entire population of Chagos, and ordered to pack her belongings and leave her beloved homeland by ship or slowly starve; the British had cut off all food supplies.     Some two thousand people who had lived on the islands of Chagos for generations, many the direct descendants of enslaved people brought there from Mozambique and Madagascar in the 18th century by the French and British, were deported overnight from their island paradise as the result of a secret decision by the British government to provide the United States with land to construct a military base in the Indian Ocean.     For four decades the government of Mauritius fought for the return of Chagos. Three decades into the battle, Philippe Sands became the lead lawyer in the case, designing its legal strategy and assembling a team of lawyers from Mauritius, Belgium, India, Ukraine, and the U.S.     When the case finally reached the World Court in the Hague, Sands chose as the star witness the diminutive Liseby Elyse, now sixty-five years old, and instructed her to appear before the court, speaking in Kreol, to tell the fourteen international judges her story of forced exile. The fate of Chagos rested on her testimony.     The judges faced a landmark decision: Would they rule that Britain illegally detached Chagos from Mauritius? Would Liseby Elyse sway the judges and open the door, allowing her and her fellow Chagossians to return home—or would they remain exiled forever?     Philippe Sands writes of his own journey into international law and that of the World Court in the Hague, and of the extraordinary decades-long quest of Liseby Elyse, and the people of Chagos, in their fight for justice and a free and fair return to the idyllic land of their birth. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of accompanying maps from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205663/9780593787885.mp3" length="4837176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Colony: A Tale of Exile, Justice, and Courage Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Philippe Sands, Adjoa Andoh Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652401</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Colony: A Tale of Exile, Justice, and Courage Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Philippe Sands, Adjoa Andoh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The moving, inspiring David-and-Goliath true story of freedom and justice involving one tiny nation in the Indian Ocean off the coast of Africa, and the extraordinary woman, a descendant of slaves, who dared to take on the Crown and the United Kingdom—and win a historic victory In 1973, on the Chagos Islands off the coast of Africa, Liseby Elyse—twenty years old, newly married and four months pregnant—was, rounded up, along with the entire population of Chagos, and ordered to pack her belongings and leave her beloved homeland by ship or slowly starve; the British had cut off all food supplies.     Some two thousand people who had lived on the islands of Chagos for generations, many the direct descendants of enslaved people brought there from Mozambique and Madagascar in the 18th century by the French and British, were deported overnight from their island paradise as the result of a secret decision by the British government to provide the United States with land to construct a military base in the Indian Ocean.     For four decades the government of Mauritius fought for the return of Chagos. Three decades into the battle, Philippe Sands became the lead lawyer in the case, designing its legal strategy and assembling a team of lawyers from Mauritius, Belgium, India, Ukraine, and the U.S.     When the case finally reached the World Court in the Hague, Sands chose as the star witness the diminutive Liseby Elyse, now sixty-five years old, and instructed her to appear before the court, speaking in Kreol, to tell the fourteen international judges her story of forced exile. The fate of Chagos rested on her testimony.     The judges faced a landmark decision: Would they rule that Britain illegally detached Chagos from Mauritius? Would Liseby Elyse sway the judges and open the door, allowing her and her fellow Chagossians to return home—or would they remain exiled forever?     Philippe Sands writes of his own journey into international law and that of the World Court in the Hague, and of the extraordinary decades-long quest of Liseby Elyse, and the people of Chagos, in their fight for justice and a free and fair return to the idyllic land of their birth. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of accompanying maps from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/487686617afe4a71437326b64ee1bc48.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Social Justice Fallacies by Thomas Sowell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-justice-fallacies-by-thomas-sowell--65205798</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice Fallacies Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Brad Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The quest for social justice is a powerful crusade of our time, with an appeal to many different people, for many different reasons. But those who use the same words do not always present the same meanings. Clarifying those meanings is the first step toward finding out what we agree on and disagree on. From there, it is largely a question of what the facts are. Social Justice Fallacies reveals how many things that are thought to be true simply cannot stand up to documented facts, which are often the opposite of what is widely believed.  However attractive the social justice vision, the crucial question is whether the social justice agenda will get us to the fulfillment of that vision. History shows that the social justice agenda has often led in the opposite direction, sometimes with catastrophic consequences.   More things are involved besides simply mistakes. All human beings are fallible, and social justice advocates may not necessarily make any more mistakes than others. But crusaders with an utter certainty about their mission are often undeterred by obstacles, evidence or even fatal dangers. That is where much of the Western world is today. The question is whether we will continue on heedlessly, past the point of no return.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205798/9781668629420.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice Fallacies Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Brad Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice Fallacies Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Brad Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The quest for social justice is a powerful crusade of our time, with an appeal to many different people, for many different reasons. But those who use the same words do not always present the same meanings. Clarifying those meanings is the first step toward finding out what we agree on and disagree on. From there, it is largely a question of what the facts are. Social Justice Fallacies reveals how many things that are thought to be true simply cannot stand up to documented facts, which are often the opposite of what is widely believed.  However attractive the social justice vision, the crucial question is whether the social justice agenda will get us to the fulfillment of that vision. History shows that the social justice agenda has often led in the opposite direction, sometimes with catastrophic consequences.   More things are involved besides simply mistakes. All human beings are fallible, and social justice advocates may not necessarily make any more mistakes than others. But crusaders with an utter certainty about their mission are often undeterred by obstacles, evidence or even fatal dangers. That is where much of the Western world is today. The question is whether we will continue on heedlessly, past the point of no return.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ebc10fe18a2bbc6cda053316ee2dcb26.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Project President: Bad Hair and Botox on the Road to the White House by Ben Shapiro</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/project-president-bad-hair-and-botox-on-the-road-to-the-white-house-by-ben-shapiro--65205726</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Project President: Bad Hair and Botox on the Road to the White House Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Project President is a hilarious romp through American electoral history. From short, fat, bald John Adams' wig-throwing tantrums during the 1800 election to Abraham Lincoln's decision to grow a beard in 1860; from John F. Kennedy's choice to forgo the fedora at his inauguration to John Kerry's decision to get Botoxed for the 2004 race; from the Golden Age of Facial Hair (1860-1912) to the Age of the Banker (1912-1960); from Washington's false teeth to George W. Bush's workout regimen, Project President tells the story of America's love affair with presidential looks and appearance, why that often matters more than a politico's positions on the issues, and what might well be coming next. 'I'm constantly citing the power of dress. It's semiology: our clothes send a message about how we want to be perceived, and where is this more powerful and evident than in elected offices. In Project President, Ben Shapiro captures presidential semiotics with a potent narrative and deft analysis.  It's simultaneously fascinating and hilarious!' -Tim Gunn Project Runway, Liz Claiborne, Inc.   'Ben Shapiro takes a romp through American history and shows how personality--and even haircuts--have elected or defeated presidential candidates.  It's a tour through history that fans of both parties will enjoy-and can learn from.' -Michael Barone Resident scholar, American Enterprise Institute Senior Writer, U.S. News &amp; World Report Co-author, The Almanac of American Politics   'Presidential politics has always been more superficial than we'd like to admit. With a stylish and likeable touch befitting a strong candidate, Ben Shapiro takes us deep into the shallowness that has shaped American history.' -Jonathan Alter Newsweek   'Shapiro deftly explains how height, hair and handsomeness can affect a candidate's campaign as much as issues. A fun, informative read.'  -Glenn Beck Nationally syndicated talk show host Host of CNN's The Glenn Beck Show 'A hilarious and illuminating journey through America's centuries-long fascination with presidential image-making. Whether you're left, right, moderate or apathetic, this lively book will get you ready for the packaging of the '08 races.' -Jim Hightower 'This is a perceptive, witty-sometimes hilarious-look at the realities behind the faces and the facades, the slogans and the character assassinations, of each presidential campaign from George Washington to today - with much for us to ponder for tomorrow.'  -Sir Martin Gilbert Official biographer of Winston Churchill  'An entertaining and illuminating romp through the politics of symbolism and personality in our presidential politics. If you're thinking of running for president, read this book before you spend a dime on a political consultant.' -Rich Lowry National Review   COLMES: Who do you want [for the Supreme Court]? ANN COULTER: Thank you for asking. I want Ben Shapiro. COLMES: Ben Shapiro. ANN COULTER: Yes. He just finished his first year at Harvard Law, 21 years old. COLMES: You mean for a date or for the court? ANN COULTER: No, for the court. He's my candidate. He's very bright. He's already written one best-selling book.  (CROSSTALK) COLMES: You want to put a 21-year-old guy on the court? ANN COULTER: Twenty-one, and he's just finished first year of Harvard Law. COLMES: So you want someone who's going to be on the court for 50, 60 years? Is that - is that the whole idea? ANN COULTER: No, I just happen to like Ben Shapiro. Hannity and Colmes  Fox News Channel July 8, 2005]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205726/9781599510811.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Project President: Bad Hair and Botox on the Road to the White House Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646947</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Project President: Bad Hair and Botox on the Road to the White House Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Project President is a hilarious romp through American electoral history. From short, fat, bald John Adams' wig-throwing tantrums during the 1800 election to Abraham Lincoln's decision to grow a beard in 1860; from John F. Kennedy's choice to forgo the fedora at his inauguration to John Kerry's decision to get Botoxed for the 2004 race; from the Golden Age of Facial Hair (1860-1912) to the Age of the Banker (1912-1960); from Washington's false teeth to George W. Bush's workout regimen, Project President tells the story of America's love affair with presidential looks and appearance, why that often matters more than a politico's positions on the issues, and what might well be coming next. 'I'm constantly citing the power of dress. It's semiology: our clothes send a message about how we want to be perceived, and where is this more powerful and evident than in elected offices. In Project President, Ben Shapiro captures presidential semiotics with a potent narrative and deft analysis.  It's simultaneously fascinating and hilarious!' -Tim Gunn Project Runway, Liz Claiborne, Inc.   'Ben Shapiro takes a romp through American history and shows how personality--and even haircuts--have elected or defeated presidential candidates.  It's a tour through history that fans of both parties will enjoy-and can learn from.' -Michael Barone Resident scholar, American Enterprise Institute Senior Writer, U.S. News &amp; World Report Co-author, The Almanac of American Politics   'Presidential politics has always been more superficial than we'd like to admit. With a stylish and likeable touch befitting a strong candidate, Ben Shapiro takes us deep into the shallowness that has shaped American history.' -Jonathan Alter Newsweek   'Shapiro deftly explains how height, hair and handsomeness can affect a candidate's campaign as much as issues. A fun, informative read.'  -Glenn Beck Nationally syndicated talk show host Host of CNN's The Glenn Beck Show 'A hilarious and illuminating journey through America's centuries-long fascination with presidential image-making. Whether you're left, right, moderate or apathetic, this lively book will get you ready for the packaging of the '08 races.' -Jim Hightower 'This is a perceptive, witty-sometimes hilarious-look at the realities behind the faces and the facades, the slogans and the character assassinations, of each presidential campaign from George Washington to today - with much for us to ponder for tomorrow.'  -Sir Martin Gilbert Official biographer of Winston Churchill  'An entertaining and illuminating romp through the politics of symbolism and personality in our presidential politics. If you're thinking of running for president, read this book before you spend a dime on a political consultant.' -Rich Lowry National Review   COLMES: Who do you want [for the Supreme Court]? ANN COULTER: Thank you for asking. I want Ben Shapiro. COLMES: Ben Shapiro. ANN COULTER: Yes. He just finished his first year at Harvard Law, 21 years old. COLMES: You mean for a date or for the court? ANN COULTER: No, for the court. He's my candidate. He's very bright. He's already written one best-selling book.  (CROSSTALK) COLMES: You want to put a 21-year-old guy on the court? ANN COULTER: Twenty-one, and he's just finished first year of Harvard Law. COLMES: So you want someone who's going to be on the court for 50, 60 years? Is that - is that the whole idea? ANN COULTER: No, I just happen to like Ben Shapiro. Hannity and...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/912c3235b16d4400cb08aa7ca32a79b8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Infiltration: How Muslim Spies and Subversives have Penetrated Washington by Paul Sperry</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/infiltration-how-muslim-spies-and-subversives-have-penetrated-washington-by-paul-sperry--65205723</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infiltration: How Muslim Spies and Subversives have Penetrated Washington Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most sinister terrorists won't be sneaking through our borders from the Middle East. They're already here. This is the untold story about the silent, yet extremely dangerous threat from the Muslim establishment in America, an alarming exposé of how Muslims have for years been secretly infiltrating American society, government, and culture, pretending to be peace-loving and patriotic, while supporting violent jihad and working to turn America into an Islamic state. In this powder keg of a book, you'll learn: - How radical Muslims have penetrated the U.S. military, the FBI, the Homeland Security Department, and even the White House, where subversive Muslims and Arabs have received top-secret clearance. - How they've infiltrated the chaplains program in the federal and state prison systems, a top recruiting ground for al-Qaida. - How they've successfully run influence operations against our political system with the help of both Democrats and Republicans, badgering corporate boards into Islamizing the workplace. - How we've been utterly duped about what the Quran does and doesn't teach. Sadly, much of anti-Western terrorism is simply Islam in practice, the text of the Quran in action.   In a time when religious and political leaders are scrambling to smooth over differences in faith and beliefs, this book gives the terrifying truth about the very real, very deadly agenda of Islam and how it has already infiltrated key American institutions with agents, spies, and subversives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205723/9781404117839.mp3" length="1477599" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infiltration: How Muslim Spies and Subversives have Penetrated Washington Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647016</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infiltration: How Muslim Spies and Subversives have Penetrated Washington Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most sinister terrorists won't be sneaking through our borders from the Middle East. They're already here. This is the untold story about the silent, yet extremely dangerous threat from the Muslim establishment in America, an alarming exposé of how Muslims have for years been secretly infiltrating American society, government, and culture, pretending to be peace-loving and patriotic, while supporting violent jihad and working to turn America into an Islamic state. In this powder keg of a book, you'll learn: - How radical Muslims have penetrated the U.S. military, the FBI, the Homeland Security Department, and even the White House, where subversive Muslims and Arabs have received top-secret clearance. - How they've infiltrated the chaplains program in the federal and state prison systems, a top recruiting ground for al-Qaida. - How they've successfully run influence operations against our political system with the help of both Democrats and Republicans, badgering corporate boards into Islamizing the workplace. - How we've been utterly duped about what the Quran does and doesn't teach. Sadly, much of anti-Western terrorism is simply Islam in practice, the text of the Quran in action.   In a time when religious and political leaders are scrambling to smooth over differences in faith and beliefs, this book gives the terrifying truth about the very real, very deadly agenda of Islam and how it has already infiltrated key American institutions with agents, spies, and subversives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ae931f6df5e902d8f89a7c7fc7284c65.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Identity in Crisis: Notes from an Accidental Activist by Kat Calvin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-identity-in-crisis-notes-from-an-accidental-activist-by-kat-calvin--65205678</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Identity in Crisis: Notes from an Accidental Activist Author: Kat Calvin Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A trailblazing activist’s passionate and incisive look at why she started a movement to ensure that 26 million Americans have access to the IDs they need to escape poverty and live healthy and productive lives American Identity in Crisis weaves together three remarkable stories: the making of an activist in the wake of the 2016 presidential election; the fight against the onerous rules that are being used to keep vulnerable and targeted populations from participating in all facets of American life -from obtaining jobs and housing to going to the polls- and how we can solve a problem that impacts millions of American adults. Kat Calvin ties all of these threads together in profound ways. In American Identity in Crisis, she takes us on a cross-country tour as she and her team uncover one of the biggest secrets in America and learn how to solve it. We meet veterans, the unhoused, and senior citizens, and learn the story of the fierce advocate who insists on recognizing their humanity and seeing them as souls who are resilient and striving for change.  Told in a voice that is strong and vulnerable; funny and fearless, confident and self-deprecating, American Identity in Crisis is a defense of human dignity and everyone’s right to have access to the pursuit of happiness.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205678/9780063273184.mp3" length="2437222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Identity in Crisis: Notes from an Accidental Activist Author: Kat Calvin Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652204</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Identity in Crisis: Notes from an Accidental Activist Author: Kat Calvin Narrator: Chanté Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A trailblazing activist’s passionate and incisive look at why she started a movement to ensure that 26 million Americans have access to the IDs they need to escape poverty and live healthy and productive lives American Identity in Crisis weaves together three remarkable stories: the making of an activist in the wake of the 2016 presidential election; the fight against the onerous rules that are being used to keep vulnerable and targeted populations from participating in all facets of American life -from obtaining jobs and housing to going to the polls- and how we can solve a problem that impacts millions of American adults. Kat Calvin ties all of these threads together in profound ways. In American Identity in Crisis, she takes us on a cross-country tour as she and her team uncover one of the biggest secrets in America and learn how to solve it. We meet veterans, the unhoused, and senior citizens, and learn the story of the fierce advocate who insists on recognizing their humanity and seeing them as souls who are resilient and striving for change.  Told in a voice that is strong and vulnerable; funny and fearless, confident and self-deprecating, American Identity in Crisis is a defense of human dignity and everyone’s right to have access to the pursuit of happiness.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e1ffbbce8f19f04f33c2d526cd691da2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro: Manipulación, control y destrucción del ser humano by Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-apaga-el-celular-y-enciende-tu-cerebro-manipulacion-control-y-destruccion-del-ser-humano-by-pablo-munoz-iturrieta--65205740</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro: Manipulación, control y destrucción del ser humano Author: Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta Narrator: Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Leído por el autor El premiado filósofo, conferenciante internacional y académico Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta nos trae un manifiesto filosófico que pretende animar a los lectores a aprender a pensar por sí mismos y no permitir que la tecnología domine y controle su vida. En un mundo de servicios de streaming a la carta y de interminables contenidos de TikTok, no es ningún secreto que la tecnología está dominando nuestras mentes y comportamiento, lo que en última instancia conducirá a una dominación social y del pensamiento mundial. Eso, si no lo detenemos ahora. Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro es una llamada a vivir la realidad como los seres humanos de pensamiento libre que somos y a evitar caer en el engaño de un mundo virtual que se muestra como una vía de escape fácil de las dificultades de la experiencia humana. En este libro, el Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta presenta los problemas, la gravedad y los efectos de estar dominado cerebralmente por la tecnología, a la vez que presenta como solución un mundo en el que estos problemas se evitan mediante el control personal sobre la tecnología y la mente. Este libro aborda temas como: - Cómo sobrevivir sin tecnología en un mundo tecnológico - Cómo afectan las pantallas al comportamiento - La digitalización de la realidad - Los peligros del metaverso y las comunidades virtuales como vía de escape de la realidad - El rechazo a la tecnología en los debates contemporáneos - Cómo podemos recuperar el control sobre nuestros pensamientos, nuestras vidas y nuestra familia Debemos condicionar la tecnología, no dejar que la tecnología condicione nuestras vidas. Es hora de recuperar el control de tu vida y de tu familia. Los gráficos de acompañamiento se incluyen en la descarga del PDF complementario del audiolibro. Turn off Your Phone and Turn on Your Brain Read by the author Award-winning philosopher, international speaker, and scholar Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta brings us a philosophical manifesto that aims to encourage the readers learn to think for themselves and not allow technology to dominate and control their lives.  In a world of on-demand streaming services and never-ending TikTok content, it is no secret that technology is dominating our minds and behaviors, ultimately leading to world-wide social and thought domination. That’s if we don’t stop it in its tracks right now. Turn off Your Phone and Turn on Your Brain is a call to live reality as the free-thinking human beings we are and avoid falling into the deception of a virtual world that is shown as an easy escape from the difficulties of the human experience.  In this book, Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta presents the problems, severity, and effects of being cerebrally dominated by technology, while at the same time presenting as a solution a world in which these problems are avoided through personal control over technology and the mind.  This book addresses topics such as: - How to survive without technology in a technological world - How screens affect behavior - The digitalization of reality - The dangers of the metaverse and virtual communities as an escape route from reality - The rejection of technology in contemporary discussions - How we can regain control over our thoughts, our lives, and our family]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205740/9781400337071.mp3" length="1477755" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro: Manipulación, control y destrucción del ser humano Author: Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta Narrator: Pablo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647066</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro: Manipulación, control y destrucción del ser humano Author: Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta Narrator: Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Leído por el autor El premiado filósofo, conferenciante internacional y académico Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta nos trae un manifiesto filosófico que pretende animar a los lectores a aprender a pensar por sí mismos y no permitir que la tecnología domine y controle su vida. En un mundo de servicios de streaming a la carta y de interminables contenidos de TikTok, no es ningún secreto que la tecnología está dominando nuestras mentes y comportamiento, lo que en última instancia conducirá a una dominación social y del pensamiento mundial. Eso, si no lo detenemos ahora. Apaga el celular y enciende tu cerebro es una llamada a vivir la realidad como los seres humanos de pensamiento libre que somos y a evitar caer en el engaño de un mundo virtual que se muestra como una vía de escape fácil de las dificultades de la experiencia humana. En este libro, el Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta presenta los problemas, la gravedad y los efectos de estar dominado cerebralmente por la tecnología, a la vez que presenta como solución un mundo en el que estos problemas se evitan mediante el control personal sobre la tecnología y la mente. Este libro aborda temas como: - Cómo sobrevivir sin tecnología en un mundo tecnológico - Cómo afectan las pantallas al comportamiento - La digitalización de la realidad - Los peligros del metaverso y las comunidades virtuales como vía de escape de la realidad - El rechazo a la tecnología en los debates contemporáneos - Cómo podemos recuperar el control sobre nuestros pensamientos, nuestras vidas y nuestra familia Debemos condicionar la tecnología, no dejar que la tecnología condicione nuestras vidas. Es hora de recuperar el control de tu vida y de tu familia. Los gráficos de acompañamiento se incluyen en la descarga del PDF complementario del audiolibro. Turn off Your Phone and Turn on Your Brain Read by the author Award-winning philosopher, international speaker, and scholar Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta brings us a philosophical manifesto that aims to encourage the readers learn to think for themselves and not allow technology to dominate and control their lives.  In a world of on-demand streaming services and never-ending TikTok content, it is no secret that technology is dominating our minds and behaviors, ultimately leading to world-wide social and thought domination. That’s if we don’t stop it in its tracks right now. Turn off Your Phone and Turn on Your Brain is a call to live reality as the free-thinking human beings we are and avoid falling into the deception of a virtual world that is shown as an easy escape from the difficulties of the human experience.  In this book, Dr. Pablo Muñoz Iturrieta presents the problems, severity, and effects of being cerebrally dominated by technology, while at the same time presenting as a solution a world in which these problems are avoided through personal control over technology and the mind.  This book addresses topics such as: - How to survive without technology in a technological world - How screens affect behavior - The digitalization of reality - The dangers of the metaverse and virtual communities as an escape route from reality - The rejection of technology in contemporary discussions - How we can regain control over our thoughts, our lives, and our family]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/32b6166a1882d9a563bb90da08ef0953.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Budapest: Portrait of a City Between East and West by Victor Sebestyen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/budapest-portrait-of-a-city-between-east-and-west-by-victor-sebestyen--65205667</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Budapest: Portrait of a City Between East and West Author: Victor Sebestyen Narrator: Elinor Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN ECONOMIST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A vivid and enthralling account of the historical and cultural events that defined Budapest, a unique city in the heart of Europe, on the fault line between East and West—from the critically acclaimed author of Lenin “A compelling portrait of one of the most important cities in Europe. Full of sharp insights, elegant writing and vivid characters.” —Andrew Roberts, author of The Chief Victor Sebestyen has written a sweeping, colorful and immersive history of the capital of Hungary, from the fifth century to the present day: a metropolis whose location in Europe has marked it as a crucial city—at times rich and prosperous, at times enduring unbearable hardship. It has stood at the center of the world-changing historical developments for hundreds of years: the Muslim invasion, The Reformation, both World Wars, fascism, the Holocaust and Communism. Sebestyen mixes colorful details and anecdotes about the people, streets and neighborhoods of his hometown with its rich cultural legacy of literature, music, and architecture. He shows how its people have shifted culturally, politically and emotionally between East and West, through many revolutions, bloody battles, uprisings, and wars of conquest won and lost. He vividly brings to life the many rulers: the ruthless early Magyar, Hun, and Mongol chieftains, celebrated medieval kings and princes, Ottoman Turks, and the Hapsburgs, including the beloved Empress Elisabeth (“Sisi”). We also learn about colorful figures in politics, the arts and the sciences, among them Theodor Herzl, father of modern political Zionism; film pioneer Alexander Korda who held court with the director of Casablanca, Michael Curtiz, young reporter Billy Wilder, and photographer Robert Capa in the glamorous New York Café still going today; Edward Teller, inventor of the H bomb; and Countess Elisabeth Báthory, a cousin of the King of Poland, who became a serial killer, among many others. Sebestyen’s compelling history of Budapest is a lively page-turner as well as being uniquely revelatory and authoritative account of one of the most important cities of Europe.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205667/9780593786178.mp3" length="4837150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Budapest: Portrait of a City Between East and West Author: Victor Sebestyen Narrator: Elinor Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Budapest: Portrait of a City Between East and West Author: Victor Sebestyen Narrator: Elinor Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN ECONOMIST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A vivid and enthralling account of the historical and cultural events that defined Budapest, a unique city in the heart of Europe, on the fault line between East and West—from the critically acclaimed author of Lenin “A compelling portrait of one of the most important cities in Europe. Full of sharp insights, elegant writing and vivid characters.” —Andrew Roberts, author of The Chief Victor Sebestyen has written a sweeping, colorful and immersive history of the capital of Hungary, from the fifth century to the present day: a metropolis whose location in Europe has marked it as a crucial city—at times rich and prosperous, at times enduring unbearable hardship. It has stood at the center of the world-changing historical developments for hundreds of years: the Muslim invasion, The Reformation, both World Wars, fascism, the Holocaust and Communism. Sebestyen mixes colorful details and anecdotes about the people, streets and neighborhoods of his hometown with its rich cultural legacy of literature, music, and architecture. He shows how its people have shifted culturally, politically and emotionally between East and West, through many revolutions, bloody battles, uprisings, and wars of conquest won and lost. He vividly brings to life the many rulers: the ruthless early Magyar, Hun, and Mongol chieftains, celebrated medieval kings and princes, Ottoman Turks, and the Hapsburgs, including the beloved Empress Elisabeth (“Sisi”). We also learn about colorful figures in politics, the arts and the sciences, among them Theodor Herzl, father of modern political Zionism; film pioneer Alexander Korda who held court with the director of Casablanca, Michael Curtiz, young reporter Billy Wilder, and photographer Robert Capa in the glamorous New York Café still going today; Edward Teller, inventor of the H bomb; and Countess Elisabeth Báthory, a cousin of the King of Poland, who became a serial killer, among many others. Sebestyen’s compelling history of Budapest is a lively page-turner as well as being uniquely revelatory and authoritative account of one of the most important cities of Europe.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9346e41ba1357a38ac8b80c9b527ff59.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>It Stops Here: Standing Up for Our Lands, Our Waters, and Our People by Michael Simpson, Rueben George</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-stops-here-standing-up-for-our-lands-our-waters-and-our-people-by-michael-simpson-rueben-george--65205792</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Stops Here: Standing Up for Our Lands, Our Waters, and Our People Author: Michael Simpson, Rueben George Narrator: Rueben George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER *SHORTLISTED FOR THE GEORGE RYGA AWARD* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE CITY OF VANCOUVER BOOK AWARD* *LONGLISTED FOR THE SCIENCE WRITERS AND COMMUNICATORS OF CANADA AWARD* A personal account of one man’s confrontation with colonization that illuminates the philosophy and values of a First Nation on the front lines of the fight against an extractive industry, colonial government, and threats to the life-giving Salish Sea. It Stops Here is the profound story of the spiritual, cultural, and political resurgence of a nation taking action to reclaim their lands, waters, law, and food systems in the face of colonization. In deeply moving testimony, it recounts the  intergenerational struggle of the Tsleil-Waututh Nation to overcome colonial harms and the powerful stance they have taken alongside allies and other Indigenous nations across Turtle Island against the development of the Trans Mountain Pipeline—a fossil fuel megaproject on their unceded territories. In a firsthand account of the resurgence told by Rueben George, one of the most prominent leaders of the widespread opposition to the Trans Mountain Pipeline expansion, It Stops Here reveals extraordinary insights and revelations from someone who has devoted more than a decade of his life to fighting the project. Rueben shares stories about his family’s deep ancestral connections to their unceded lands and waters, which are today more commonly known as Vancouver, British Columbia and the Burrard Inlet. He discloses how, following the systematic cultural genocide enacted by the colonial state, key leaders of his community, such as his grandfather, Chief Dan George, always taught the younger generations to be proud of who they were and to remember the importance of their connection to the inlet. Part memoir, part call to action, It Stops Here is a compelling appeal to prioritize the sacred over oil and extractive industries, while insisting that settler society honour Indigenous law and jurisdiction over unceded territories rather than exploiting lands and reducing them to their natural resources.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205792/9780735242838.mp3" length="4837217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Stops Here: Standing Up for Our Lands, Our Waters, and Our People Author: Michael Simpson, Rueben George Narrator: Rueben George Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649130</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Stops Here: Standing Up for Our Lands, Our Waters, and Our People Author: Michael Simpson, Rueben George Narrator: Rueben George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER *SHORTLISTED FOR THE GEORGE RYGA AWARD* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE CITY OF VANCOUVER BOOK AWARD* *LONGLISTED FOR THE SCIENCE WRITERS AND COMMUNICATORS OF CANADA AWARD* A personal account of one man’s confrontation with colonization that illuminates the philosophy and values of a First Nation on the front lines of the fight against an extractive industry, colonial government, and threats to the life-giving Salish Sea. It Stops Here is the profound story of the spiritual, cultural, and political resurgence of a nation taking action to reclaim their lands, waters, law, and food systems in the face of colonization. In deeply moving testimony, it recounts the  intergenerational struggle of the Tsleil-Waututh Nation to overcome colonial harms and the powerful stance they have taken alongside allies and other Indigenous nations across Turtle Island against the development of the Trans Mountain Pipeline—a fossil fuel megaproject on their unceded territories. In a firsthand account of the resurgence told by Rueben George, one of the most prominent leaders of the widespread opposition to the Trans Mountain Pipeline expansion, It Stops Here reveals extraordinary insights and revelations from someone who has devoted more than a decade of his life to fighting the project. Rueben shares stories about his family’s deep ancestral connections to their unceded lands and waters, which are today more commonly known as Vancouver, British Columbia and the Burrard Inlet. He discloses how, following the systematic cultural genocide enacted by the colonial state, key leaders of his community, such as his grandfather, Chief Dan George, always taught the younger generations to be proud of who they were and to remember the importance of their connection to the inlet. Part memoir, part call to action, It Stops Here is a compelling appeal to prioritize the sacred over oil and extractive industries, while insisting that settler society honour Indigenous law and jurisdiction over unceded territories rather than exploiting lands and reducing them to their natural resources.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/86c2ad2ddf1ec2e8c512eaddbc33a7fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Imperial Island: A History of Empire in Modern Britain by Charlotte Lydia Riley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/imperial-island-a-history-of-empire-in-modern-britain-by-charlotte-lydia-riley--65205716</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperial Island: A History of Empire in Modern Britain Author: Charlotte Lydia Riley Narrator: Charlotte Lydia Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This riveting new history tells the story of Britain's journey from imperial power to a nation divided. After the Second World War, Britain's overseas empire disintegrated. But over the next seventy years, empire came to define Britain and its people as never before. From immigration and race riots to the Suez Crisis and the Falklands War, from the simplistic moral equation of Band Aid to the invasion of Iraq, the imperial mindset has dominated Britain's relationship with itself and the world. In the tragedy of Stephen Lawrence, in Britain's response to radical Islam, even in the opening ceremony of the 2012 Olympics, we see how this contradictory relationship has undermined its self-image as a multicultural nation, helping explain the Windrush deportations and Brexit. Drawing on a mass of new research, from personal letters to pop culture, Imperial Island tells a story of immigration and fractured identity, of social strife and communal solidarity, of people on the move and of a people wrestling with their past. It is the story that best explains Britain today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205716/9781529904048.mp3" length="2437402" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperial Island: A History of Empire in Modern Britain Author: Charlotte Lydia Riley Narrator: Charlotte Lydia Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperial Island: A History of Empire in Modern Britain Author: Charlotte Lydia Riley Narrator: Charlotte Lydia Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This riveting new history tells the story of Britain's journey from imperial power to a nation divided. After the Second World War, Britain's overseas empire disintegrated. But over the next seventy years, empire came to define Britain and its people as never before. From immigration and race riots to the Suez Crisis and the Falklands War, from the simplistic moral equation of Band Aid to the invasion of Iraq, the imperial mindset has dominated Britain's relationship with itself and the world. In the tragedy of Stephen Lawrence, in Britain's response to radical Islam, even in the opening ceremony of the 2012 Olympics, we see how this contradictory relationship has undermined its self-image as a multicultural nation, helping explain the Windrush deportations and Brexit. Drawing on a mass of new research, from personal letters to pop culture, Imperial Island tells a story of immigration and fractured identity, of social strife and communal solidarity, of people on the move and of a people wrestling with their past. It is the story that best explains Britain today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/feb69db817059220b4143f0a4468f54e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Sweet It Is: Defending the American Dream by Winsome Earle-Sears</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-sweet-it-is-defending-the-american-dream-by-winsome-earle-sears--65205702</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Sweet It Is: Defending the American Dream Author: Winsome Earle-Sears Narrator: Winsome Earle-Sears Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first Black woman elected to statewide office in Virginia reveals in her memoir how her Christian faith, unwavering patriotism, and fervent commitment to conservative principles propelled her to serve and sacrifice for her country and a better future.  Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first woman lieutenant governor of Virginia and the first Black woman, the first naturalized female citizen, and first female veteran elected to statewide office. She earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students. Now in her memoir, How Sweet It Is, Winsome will tell her story and explain how she arrived at that historic moment in time.     A devout Christian, Winsome is also a true believer in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since she has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges.     Winsome’s remarkable story is one of faith and family, personal loss and perseverance, philanthropy and patriotism, service and sacrifice. But through it all, her Christian faith sustained her, drove her, and compelled her to give back to her community and her country. Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country. In How Sweet It Is, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows them how to chart a new path forward.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205702/9781668626375.mp3" length="1477635" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Sweet It Is: Defending the American Dream Author: Winsome Earle-Sears Narrator: Winsome Earle-Sears Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650356</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Sweet It Is: Defending the American Dream Author: Winsome Earle-Sears Narrator: Winsome Earle-Sears Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first Black woman elected to statewide office in Virginia reveals in her memoir how her Christian faith, unwavering patriotism, and fervent commitment to conservative principles propelled her to serve and sacrifice for her country and a better future.  Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first woman lieutenant governor of Virginia and the first Black woman, the first naturalized female citizen, and first female veteran elected to statewide office. She earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students. Now in her memoir, How Sweet It Is, Winsome will tell her story and explain how she arrived at that historic moment in time.     A devout Christian, Winsome is also a true believer in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since she has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges.     Winsome’s remarkable story is one of faith and family, personal loss and perseverance, philanthropy and patriotism, service and sacrifice. But through it all, her Christian faith sustained her, drove her, and compelled her to give back to her community and her country. Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country. In How Sweet It Is, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows them how to chart a new path forward.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6448136cf76a9c52ea047c43b4cdc5de.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Another Man's War: The True Story of One Man's Battle to Save Children in the Sudan by Sam Childers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/another-man-s-war-the-true-story-of-one-man-s-battle-to-save-children-in-the-sudan-by-sam-childers--65205697</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Man's War: The True Story of One Man's Battle to Save Children in the Sudan Author: Sam Childers Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A gun-toting preacher, a rebel army led by a madman, and entire villages slaughtered just because they were in the way. In Another Man's War, follow Sam Childer's remarkable transformation from violent thug to a man of faith, and his ongoing battle to save children in one of the world's most lawless areas. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. “Another Man’s War is about true terrorism . . . against more than 200,000 children in northern Uganda and Southern Sudan. Sam Childers—a fighter and a preacher (some call him a mercenary)—tirelessly leads a small militia into the jungle, daring to fight against a vicious army outnumbering him one thousand to one. One man can make a huge difference. Sam Childers certainly does.” ?Peter Fonda, actor/filmmaker, best known as star of Easy Rider “The Reverend Sam Childers has been a very close friend to the government of South Sudan for many years and is a trusted friend.” ?President Salva Kiir Mayardit of South Sudan “The Reverend Sam Childers is a long time devoted friend to our government and his courageous work is supported by us.” ?President Yoweri Museveni of Uganda “Sam Childers is one of those rare men [who is] willing to do literally whatever it takes to promote the message of Jesus Christ and save children from the tyranny of evil men.” ?John Rich, lead singer and songwriter, Big &amp; Rich]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205697/9781599510880.mp3" length="1477522" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Man's War: The True Story of One Man's Battle to Save Children in the Sudan Author: Sam Childers Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Man's War: The True Story of One Man's Battle to Save Children in the Sudan Author: Sam Childers Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A gun-toting preacher, a rebel army led by a madman, and entire villages slaughtered just because they were in the way. In Another Man's War, follow Sam Childer's remarkable transformation from violent thug to a man of faith, and his ongoing battle to save children in one of the world's most lawless areas. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. “Another Man’s War is about true terrorism . . . against more than 200,000 children in northern Uganda and Southern Sudan. Sam Childers—a fighter and a preacher (some call him a mercenary)—tirelessly leads a small militia into the jungle, daring to fight against a vicious army outnumbering him one thousand to one. One man can make a huge difference. Sam Childers certainly does.” ?Peter Fonda, actor/filmmaker, best known as star of Easy Rider “The Reverend Sam Childers has been a very close friend to the government of South Sudan for many years and is a trusted friend.” ?President Salva Kiir Mayardit of South Sudan “The Reverend Sam Childers is a long time devoted friend to our government and his courageous work is supported by us.” ?President Yoweri Museveni of Uganda “Sam Childers is one of those rare men [who is] willing to do literally whatever it takes to promote the message of Jesus Christ and save children from the tyranny of evil men.” ?John Rich, lead singer and songwriter, Big &amp; Rich]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b543191cdf65031df6f36ab9d9e141f8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Kabul: The Untold Story of Biden's Fiasco and the American Warriors Who Fought to the End by Jerry Dunleavy, James Hasson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/kabul-the-untold-story-of-biden-s-fiasco-and-the-american-warriors-who-fought-to-the-end-by-jerry-dunleavy-james-hasson--65205708</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kabul: The Untold Story of Biden's Fiasco and the American Warriors Who Fought to the End Author: Jerry Dunleavy, James Hasson Narrator: Maxwell Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This explosive national bestseller is the definitive account of the Biden administration's most disgraceful hour—and the chaos it unleashed in the world.​  America’s chaotic retreat from Afghanistan in 2021 was nothing short of a horror show. Women and children were trampled to death outside the gates of the Kabul airfield. Desperate Afghans fell from the landing gear of departing planes. Taliban fighters mercilessly whipped and humiliated U.S. civilians trying to access the few square miles still controlled by American forces. Countless Afghan interpreters were abandoned to the mercy of the Taliban after risking their lives alongside American troops for years. And thirteen U.S. service members—eleven of whom were still in preschool on 9/11—were murdered in an ISIS suicide bombing that could easily have been prevented.     Still, the full story is worse than anyone imagined. Drawing from hundreds of hours of first-person interviews, investigative reporter Jerry Dunleavy and former Army Captain and Afghanistan veteran James Hasson provide an exclusive, no-holds-barred account of the disastrous events of August 2021. Kabul is packed with shocking and infuriating exclusive details about fatal politics and bureaucracy that contributed to the catastrophe. The authors also tell, for the first time, inspiring stories of the bravery and sacrifices exhibited by countless Americans on the ground.    Kabul's original reporting includes eyewitness accounts from servicemembers of all ranks who participated the rescue effort, inside information from senior intelligence officials, interviews with high-ranking members of allied governments, harrowing stories from Americans and Afghan allies willfully abandoned by craven officials in Washington, and exclusive details about veteran-led rescue missions that continue to this day. Chapter after chapter, Kabul depicts American government at its worst and “ordinary” Americans at their best.     Ultimately, this book explains how Biden’s Afghanistan retreat spurred a dangerous new era that persist for decades. While Americans watched the fall of Afghanistan with disbelief, our nation’s enemies were also paying close attention.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205708/9781668628690.mp3" length="1477719" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kabul: The Untold Story of Biden's Fiasco and the American Warriors Who Fought to the End Author: Jerry Dunleavy, James Hasson Narrator: Maxwell...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kabul: The Untold Story of Biden's Fiasco and the American Warriors Who Fought to the End Author: Jerry Dunleavy, James Hasson Narrator: Maxwell Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This explosive national bestseller is the definitive account of the Biden administration's most disgraceful hour—and the chaos it unleashed in the world.​  America’s chaotic retreat from Afghanistan in 2021 was nothing short of a horror show. Women and children were trampled to death outside the gates of the Kabul airfield. Desperate Afghans fell from the landing gear of departing planes. Taliban fighters mercilessly whipped and humiliated U.S. civilians trying to access the few square miles still controlled by American forces. Countless Afghan interpreters were abandoned to the mercy of the Taliban after risking their lives alongside American troops for years. And thirteen U.S. service members—eleven of whom were still in preschool on 9/11—were murdered in an ISIS suicide bombing that could easily have been prevented.     Still, the full story is worse than anyone imagined. Drawing from hundreds of hours of first-person interviews, investigative reporter Jerry Dunleavy and former Army Captain and Afghanistan veteran James Hasson provide an exclusive, no-holds-barred account of the disastrous events of August 2021. Kabul is packed with shocking and infuriating exclusive details about fatal politics and bureaucracy that contributed to the catastrophe. The authors also tell, for the first time, inspiring stories of the bravery and sacrifices exhibited by countless Americans on the ground.    Kabul's original reporting includes eyewitness accounts from servicemembers of all ranks who participated the rescue effort, inside information from senior intelligence officials, interviews with high-ranking members of allied governments, harrowing stories from Americans and Afghan allies willfully abandoned by craven officials in Washington, and exclusive details about veteran-led rescue missions that continue to this day. Chapter after chapter, Kabul depicts American government at its worst and “ordinary” Americans at their best.     Ultimately, this book explains how Biden’s Afghanistan retreat spurred a dangerous new era that persist for decades. While Americans watched the fall of Afghanistan with disbelief, our nation’s enemies were also paying close attention.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88b54971ff596ea33e9e0082dfdae6a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Injustice of Place: Uncovering the Legacy of Poverty in America by H. Luke Shaefer, Kathryn J. Edin, Timothy J. Nelson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-injustice-of-place-uncovering-the-legacy-of-poverty-in-america-by-h-luke-shaefer-kathryn-j-edin-timothy-j-nelson--65205747</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Injustice of Place: Uncovering the Legacy of Poverty in America Author: H. Luke Shaefer, Kathryn J. Edin, Timothy J. Nelson Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A sweeping and surprising new understanding of extreme poverty in America from the authors of the acclaimed $2.00 a Day: Living on Almost Nothing in America.  “This book forces you to see American poverty in a whole new light.” (Matthew Desmond, author of Poverty, by America and Evicted)  Three of the nation’s top scholars ­– known for tackling key mysteries about poverty in America – turn their attention from the country’s poorest people to its poorest places. Based on a fresh, data-driven approach, they discover that America’s most disadvantaged communities are not the big cities that get the most notice. Instead, nearly all are rural. Little if any attention has been paid to these places or to the people who make their lives there. This revelation set in motion a five-year journey across Appalachia, the Cotton and Tobacco Belts of the Deep South, and South Texas. Immersing themselves in these communities, pouring over centuries of local history, attending parades and festivals, the authors trace the legacies of the deepest poverty in America—including inequalities shaping people’s health, livelihoods, and upward social mobility for families. Wrung dry by powerful forces and corrupt government officials, the “internal colonies” in these regions were exploited for their resources and then left to collapse.  The unfolding revelation in The Injustice of Place is not about what sets these places apart, but about what they have in common—a history of raw, intensive resource extraction and human exploitation. This history and its reverberations demand a reckoning and a commitment to wage a new War on Poverty, with the unrelenting focus on our nation’s places of deepest need.   Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205747/9780063239517.mp3" length="2437306" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Injustice of Place: Uncovering the Legacy of Poverty in America Author: H. Luke Shaefer, Kathryn J. Edin, Timothy J. Nelson Narrator: Janina...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643312</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Injustice of Place: Uncovering the Legacy of Poverty in America Author: H. Luke Shaefer, Kathryn J. Edin, Timothy J. Nelson Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A sweeping and surprising new understanding of extreme poverty in America from the authors of the acclaimed $2.00 a Day: Living on Almost Nothing in America.  “This book forces you to see American poverty in a whole new light.” (Matthew Desmond, author of Poverty, by America and Evicted)  Three of the nation’s top scholars ­– known for tackling key mysteries about poverty in America – turn their attention from the country’s poorest people to its poorest places. Based on a fresh, data-driven approach, they discover that America’s most disadvantaged communities are not the big cities that get the most notice. Instead, nearly all are rural. Little if any attention has been paid to these places or to the people who make their lives there. This revelation set in motion a five-year journey across Appalachia, the Cotton and Tobacco Belts of the Deep South, and South Texas. Immersing themselves in these communities, pouring over centuries of local history, attending parades and festivals, the authors trace the legacies of the deepest poverty in America—including inequalities shaping people’s health, livelihoods, and upward social mobility for families. Wrung dry by powerful forces and corrupt government officials, the “internal colonies” in these regions were exploited for their resources and then left to collapse.  The unfolding revelation in The Injustice of Place is not about what sets these places apart, but about what they have in common—a history of raw, intensive resource extraction and human exploitation. This history and its reverberations demand a reckoning and a commitment to wage a new War on Poverty, with the unrelenting focus on our nation’s places of deepest need.   Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/43aa183b68b13bffa16af6dfc6067b63.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Waiting to be Arrested at Night: A Uyghur Poet's Memoir of China's Genocide by Tahir Hamut Izgil</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/waiting-to-be-arrested-at-night-a-uyghur-poet-s-memoir-of-china-s-genocide-by-tahir-hamut-izgil--65205789</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to be Arrested at Night: A Uyghur Poet's Memoir of China's Genocide Author: Tahir Hamut Izgil Narrator: Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: August  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A poet's account of one of the world's most urgent humanitarian crises, and a harrowing tale of a family's escape from genocide One by one, Tahir Hamut Izgil's friends disappeared. The Chinese government's brutal persecution of the Uyghur people had continued for years, but in 2017 it assumed a terrifying new scale. The Uyghurs, a predominantly Muslim minority group in western China, were experiencing an echo of the worst horrors of the twentieth century, amplified by China's establishment of an all-seeing high-tech surveillance state. Over a million people have vanished into China's internment camps for Muslim minorities. Tahir, a prominent poet and intellectual, had been no stranger to persecution. After he attempted to travel abroad in 1996, police tortured him until he confessed to fabricated charges and sent him to a re-education through labour camp. But even having endured three years in the camp, he could never have predicted the Chinese government's radical solution to the Uyghur question two decades later. When he noticed that the park near his home was nearly empty because so many neighbours had been arrested, he knew the police would be coming for him any day. It soon became clear to Tahir and his wife that fleeing the country was the family's only hope. Waiting to Be Arrested at Night is the story of the political, social, and cultural destruction of Tahir Hamut Izgil's homeland. Among leading Uyghur intellectuals and writers, he is the only one known to have escaped China since the mass internments began. His book is a call for the world to awaken to the unfolding catastrophe, and a tribute to his friends and fellow Uyghurs whose voices have been silenced. ©2023 Tahir Hamut Izgil (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205789/9781529908879.mp3" length="2437272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to be Arrested at Night: A Uyghur Poet's Memoir of China's Genocide Author: Tahir Hamut Izgil Narrator: Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to be Arrested at Night: A Uyghur Poet's Memoir of China's Genocide Author: Tahir Hamut Izgil Narrator: Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: August  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A poet's account of one of the world's most urgent humanitarian crises, and a harrowing tale of a family's escape from genocide One by one, Tahir Hamut Izgil's friends disappeared. The Chinese government's brutal persecution of the Uyghur people had continued for years, but in 2017 it assumed a terrifying new scale. The Uyghurs, a predominantly Muslim minority group in western China, were experiencing an echo of the worst horrors of the twentieth century, amplified by China's establishment of an all-seeing high-tech surveillance state. Over a million people have vanished into China's internment camps for Muslim minorities. Tahir, a prominent poet and intellectual, had been no stranger to persecution. After he attempted to travel abroad in 1996, police tortured him until he confessed to fabricated charges and sent him to a re-education through labour camp. But even having endured three years in the camp, he could never have predicted the Chinese government's radical solution to the Uyghur question two decades later. When he noticed that the park near his home was nearly empty because so many neighbours had been arrested, he knew the police would be coming for him any day. It soon became clear to Tahir and his wife that fleeing the country was the family's only hope. Waiting to Be Arrested at Night is the story of the political, social, and cultural destruction of Tahir Hamut Izgil's homeland. Among leading Uyghur intellectuals and writers, he is the only one known to have escaped China since the mass internments began. His book is a call for the world to awaken to the unfolding catastrophe, and a tribute to his friends and fellow Uyghurs whose voices have been silenced. ©2023 Tahir Hamut Izgil (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3107b621f54cac666319a7b820565e0e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Courage in the People's House: Nine Trailblazing Representatives Who Shaped America by Joe Neguse</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/courage-in-the-people-s-house-nine-trailblazing-representatives-who-shaped-america-by-joe-neguse--65205800</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage in the People's House: Nine Trailblazing Representatives Who Shaped America Author: Joe Neguse Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Featuring the remarkable stories of nine US Representatives who helped shape America, Courage in the People’s House is a “reminder of how courage can make a difference, and how, especially in the darkest of times, the lessons of history are most needed” (Booklist). In this “well-written addition to the history of Congress” (Kirkus Reviews), Courage in The People’s House tells the “accessible and well-researched” (Booklist) stories of nine individuals who served in the US House of Representatives—the “People’s House”—during a span of over one hundred years, from the 1870s to the 1990s. From the first African American to serve in the House to immigrants elected at the dawn of the 20th century, all were trailblazers who made significant contributions to the country. The book provides an inspiring story of America through profiles of each of them, representatives of all political stripes who overcame the odds and demonstrated the courage to challenge powerful interests, and at times, their own political allies. The nine members of Congress are:    -Joseph Rainey, South Carolina  -Josiah Walls, Florida  -William B. Wilson, Pennsylvania  -Adolph Sabath, Illinois  -Oscar Stanton De Priest, Illinois  -Margaret Chase Smith, Maine  -Henry B. Gonzalez, Texas  -Shirley Chisholm, New York  -Barbara Jordan, Texas    In this “brisk and spirited debut” (Publishers Weekly), Representative Joe Neguse, the first African American elected to Congress from Colorado, shares how these nine ordinary Americans served nobly despite the barriers before them and did extraordinary things in service to their constituents, the Constitution, and the country.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205800/9781797159614.mp3" length="1477705" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage in the People's House: Nine Trailblazing Representatives Who Shaped America Author: Joe Neguse Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640594</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage in the People's House: Nine Trailblazing Representatives Who Shaped America Author: Joe Neguse Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Featuring the remarkable stories of nine US Representatives who helped shape America, Courage in the People’s House is a “reminder of how courage can make a difference, and how, especially in the darkest of times, the lessons of history are most needed” (Booklist). In this “well-written addition to the history of Congress” (Kirkus Reviews), Courage in The People’s House tells the “accessible and well-researched” (Booklist) stories of nine individuals who served in the US House of Representatives—the “People’s House”—during a span of over one hundred years, from the 1870s to the 1990s. From the first African American to serve in the House to immigrants elected at the dawn of the 20th century, all were trailblazers who made significant contributions to the country. The book provides an inspiring story of America through profiles of each of them, representatives of all political stripes who overcame the odds and demonstrated the courage to challenge powerful interests, and at times, their own political allies. The nine members of Congress are:    -Joseph Rainey, South Carolina  -Josiah Walls, Florida  -William B. Wilson, Pennsylvania  -Adolph Sabath, Illinois  -Oscar Stanton De Priest, Illinois  -Margaret Chase Smith, Maine  -Henry B. Gonzalez, Texas  -Shirley Chisholm, New York  -Barbara Jordan, Texas    In this “brisk and spirited debut” (Publishers Weekly), Representative Joe Neguse, the first African American elected to Congress from Colorado, shares how these nine ordinary Americans served nobly despite the barriers before them and did extraordinary things in service to their constituents, the Constitution, and the country.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b12ccc324b1654cc9856bd774705f1dd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The King of Late Night by Greg Gutfeld</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-king-of-late-night-by-greg-gutfeld--65205677</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King of Late Night Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Greg Gutfeld, five-time New York Times bestselling author and host of the #1 rated late night show GUTFELD!, returns with a witty and tongue-in-cheek essay collection that is part memoir and part political manifesto. Greg Gutfeld is back with a hilarious essay collection about how he destroyed the mainstream late night landscape of heavyweights and became host of the #1 late night show in all of television. With his signature wit and whip-smart humor, Greg reveals never-before-told stories of his upbringing and early career, what it’s like going head-to-head with the liberal media, and what it took to flip the script on the comedy landscape. How did the former health magazine editor take a show in a throwaway time slot in the middle of the night and turn it into a cult classic? And how did that show, Redeye, catapult Greg to The Five, the most watched show on TV, and GUTFELD!, his own late-night spot, with millions of viewers each night? Buckle up, because this story is one hell of a ride, especially if Greg is driving.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205677/9781797156767.mp3" length="1477613" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King of Late Night Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 25,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651519</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King of Late Night Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Greg Gutfeld, five-time New York Times bestselling author and host of the #1 rated late night show GUTFELD!, returns with a witty and tongue-in-cheek essay collection that is part memoir and part political manifesto. Greg Gutfeld is back with a hilarious essay collection about how he destroyed the mainstream late night landscape of heavyweights and became host of the #1 late night show in all of television. With his signature wit and whip-smart humor, Greg reveals never-before-told stories of his upbringing and early career, what it’s like going head-to-head with the liberal media, and what it took to flip the script on the comedy landscape. How did the former health magazine editor take a show in a throwaway time slot in the middle of the night and turn it into a cult classic? And how did that show, Redeye, catapult Greg to The Five, the most watched show on TV, and GUTFELD!, his own late-night spot, with millions of viewers each night? Buckle up, because this story is one hell of a ride, especially if Greg is driving.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f696eafb8bc3ca1a9e01ed2fd007c560.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We've Got You Covered: Rebooting American Health Care by Liran Einav, Amy Finkelstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-ve-got-you-covered-rebooting-american-health-care-by-liran-einav-amy-finkelstein--65205676</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Got You Covered: Rebooting American Health Care Author: Liran Einav, Amy Finkelstein Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a MacArthur Genius ​MIT economist and pre-eminent Stanford economist comes a lively and provocative proposal for American health insurance reform Few of us need convincing that the American health insurance system needs reform. But many of the existing proposals focus on expanding one relatively successful piece of the system or building in piecemeal additions. These proposals miss the point. As the Stanford health economist Liran Einav and the MIT economist and MacArthur Genius Amy Finkelstein argue, our health care system was never deliberately designed, but rather pieced together to deal with issues as they became politically relevant. The result is a sprawling yet arbitrary and inadequate mess. It has left 30 million Americans without formal insurance. Many of the rest live in constant danger of  losing their coverage if they lose their job, give birth, get older, get healthier, get richer, or move. It's time to tear it all down and rebuild, sensibly and deliberately. Marshaling original research, striking insights from American history, and comparative analysis of what works and what doesn’t from systems around the world, Einav and Finkelstein argue for automatic, basic, and free universal coverage for everyone, along with the option to buy additional, supplemental coverage. Their wholly original argument and comprehensive blueprint for an American universal health insurance system will surprise and provoke. We’ve Got You Covered is an erudite yet lively and accessible prescription we cannot afford to ignore.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205676/9780593788899.mp3" length="4837209" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Got You Covered: Rebooting American Health Care Author: Liran Einav, Amy Finkelstein Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651464</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Got You Covered: Rebooting American Health Care Author: Liran Einav, Amy Finkelstein Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a MacArthur Genius ​MIT economist and pre-eminent Stanford economist comes a lively and provocative proposal for American health insurance reform Few of us need convincing that the American health insurance system needs reform. But many of the existing proposals focus on expanding one relatively successful piece of the system or building in piecemeal additions. These proposals miss the point. As the Stanford health economist Liran Einav and the MIT economist and MacArthur Genius Amy Finkelstein argue, our health care system was never deliberately designed, but rather pieced together to deal with issues as they became politically relevant. The result is a sprawling yet arbitrary and inadequate mess. It has left 30 million Americans without formal insurance. Many of the rest live in constant danger of  losing their coverage if they lose their job, give birth, get older, get healthier, get richer, or move. It's time to tear it all down and rebuild, sensibly and deliberately. Marshaling original research, striking insights from American history, and comparative analysis of what works and what doesn’t from systems around the world, Einav and Finkelstein argue for automatic, basic, and free universal coverage for everyone, along with the option to buy additional, supplemental coverage. Their wholly original argument and comprehensive blueprint for an American universal health insurance system will surprise and provoke. We’ve Got You Covered is an erudite yet lively and accessible prescription we cannot afford to ignore.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e429b0c460eecea75e35ada186230d90.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Losing Our Religion: An Altar Call for Evangelical America by Russell Moore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/losing-our-religion-an-altar-call-for-evangelical-america-by-russell-moore--65205652</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Religion: An Altar Call for Evangelical America Author: Russell Moore Narrator: Russell Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Southern Baptist pastor and Christianity Today editor-in-chief Russell Moore calls for repentance and renewal in American evangelicalism American evangelical Christianity has lost its way. While the witness of the church before a watching world is diminished beyond recognition, congregations are torn apart over Donald Trump, Christian nationalism, racial injustice, sexual predation, disgraced leaders, and covered-up scandals. Left behind are millions of believers who counted on the church to be a place of belonging and hope. As greater and greater numbers of younger Americans bleed out from the church, even the most rooted evangelicals are wondering, “Can American Christianity survive?” In Losing Our Religion, Russell Moore calls his fellow evangelical Christians to conversion over culture wars, to truth over tribalism, to the gospel over politics, to integrity over influence, and to renewal over nostalgia. With both prophetic honesty and pastoral love, Moore offers a word of counsel for how a new generation of disillusioned and exhausted believers can find a path forward after the crisis and confusion of the last several years. Believing the gospel is too important to leave it to hucksters and grifters, he shows how a Christian can avoid both cynicism and complicity in order to imagine a different, hopeful vision for the church. The altar call of the old evangelical revivals was both a call to repentance and the offer of a new start. In the same way, this book invites unmoored and discouraged Christians to step out into an uncertain future, first by letting go of the kind of cultural, politicized, status quo Christianity that led us to this moment of reckoning. Only when we see how lost we are, we can find our way again. Only when we bury what’s dead can we experience life again. Only when we lose our religion can we be amazed by grace again.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205652/9780593789261.mp3" length="4837199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Religion: An Altar Call for Evangelical America Author: Russell Moore Narrator: Russell Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652133</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Religion: An Altar Call for Evangelical America Author: Russell Moore Narrator: Russell Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Southern Baptist pastor and Christianity Today editor-in-chief Russell Moore calls for repentance and renewal in American evangelicalism American evangelical Christianity has lost its way. While the witness of the church before a watching world is diminished beyond recognition, congregations are torn apart over Donald Trump, Christian nationalism, racial injustice, sexual predation, disgraced leaders, and covered-up scandals. Left behind are millions of believers who counted on the church to be a place of belonging and hope. As greater and greater numbers of younger Americans bleed out from the church, even the most rooted evangelicals are wondering, “Can American Christianity survive?” In Losing Our Religion, Russell Moore calls his fellow evangelical Christians to conversion over culture wars, to truth over tribalism, to the gospel over politics, to integrity over influence, and to renewal over nostalgia. With both prophetic honesty and pastoral love, Moore offers a word of counsel for how a new generation of disillusioned and exhausted believers can find a path forward after the crisis and confusion of the last several years. Believing the gospel is too important to leave it to hucksters and grifters, he shows how a Christian can avoid both cynicism and complicity in order to imagine a different, hopeful vision for the church. The altar call of the old evangelical revivals was both a call to repentance and the offer of a new start. In the same way, this book invites unmoored and discouraged Christians to step out into an uncertain future, first by letting go of the kind of cultural, politicized, status quo Christianity that led us to this moment of reckoning. Only when we see how lost we are, we can find our way again. Only when we bury what’s dead can we experience life again. Only when we lose our religion can we be amazed by grace again.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0125b685a47626497e67f218c63baf6a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Denise Mina’s Case Histories: A BBC Radio True Crime Series by Denise Mina</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/denise-mina-s-case-histories-a-bbc-radio-true-crime-series-by-denise-mina--65205664</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denise Mina’s Case Histories: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Denise Mina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Denise Mina examines the most famous - and infamous - cases in Scottish legal history, and participates in a mock trial Denise Mina is well known for her bestselling 'Tartan Noir' novels. She has twice won the Theakston Old Peculiar Crime Novel of the Year Award, and her 'Paddy Meehan' series has been adapted for BBC TV. Before becoming a novelist, she studied law, and she has a particular interest in true crime. In these six episodes, she uncovers some of Scotland's most dramatic trials that continue to fascinate us years later. Also included is a bonus documentary, The Street Lawyer. The Paisley Snail - 1928. When May Donoghue pours ginger beer into her ice-cream float and a decomposed snail slithers out of the bottle, it sparks a case that will make legal history... Oscar Slater - Rich spinster Marion Gilchrist is brutally murdered in her Glasgow home in 1908. The hunt for her killer leads to Scotland's most dramatic miscarriage of justice: the Oscar Slater trial. The Douglas Cause - In this notorious 18th Century cause célèbre, two leading aristocratic families go head-to-head in a scandalous inheritance battle involving a secret elopement and stolen babies. The Moorov Doctrine - Glasgow, 1930, and a #MeToo-style case of sexual harassment in the workplace establishes one of the most important legal principles in Scottish law today. Madeleine Smith - In 1857, socialite Madeleine Smith is on trial for murder, accused of poisoning her French lover Emile L'Angelier. But did she do it, or not? Burke and Hare - Denise Mina looks at the notorious 19th Century murderers, talking to fellow authors Marisa Haetzman and Ian Rankin about the legalities of body snatching and the legacy of Burke and Hare's grim deeds. The Street Lawyer - Mina joins street lawyer Emmanuel De Abreu and sixth-formers from Glasgow's Lochend Community High School as they take on the roles of defence and prosecution to simulate a famous US murder case. Credits Denise Mina's Case Histories Presented by Denise Mina Legal consultant: Andrew Tickell Produced by Liza Greig Edited by Heather Kane Senior Producer: Lynsey Moyes With Katie Barclay, Alice Bowman, John Cairns, Clare Connelly, Owen Dudley Edwards, Lindsay Farmer, Pamela Ferguson, Michael Fry, Eleanor Gordon, Marisa Haetzman, Martin Hannan, David Hay, Andy Hughes, Helena Kennedy, Bruno Longmore, Hamish MacPherson, Nadine Martin, Mandy McIntosh, Allan Nicol, Janet Philip, Ian Rankin, Alison Rosie and Susanne Tanner First broadcast BBC Radio Scotland, 1 May - 27 December 2019 The Street Lawyer Presented by Denise Mina With Emmanuel De Abreu and pupils from Lochend Community High School First broadcast BBC Radio Scotland, 2 April 2019 © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205664/9781529911862.mp3" length="2437220" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denise Mina’s Case Histories: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Denise Mina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denise Mina’s Case Histories: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Denise Mina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Denise Mina examines the most famous - and infamous - cases in Scottish legal history, and participates in a mock trial Denise Mina is well known for her bestselling 'Tartan Noir' novels. She has twice won the Theakston Old Peculiar Crime Novel of the Year Award, and her 'Paddy Meehan' series has been adapted for BBC TV. Before becoming a novelist, she studied law, and she has a particular interest in true crime. In these six episodes, she uncovers some of Scotland's most dramatic trials that continue to fascinate us years later. Also included is a bonus documentary, The Street Lawyer. The Paisley Snail - 1928. When May Donoghue pours ginger beer into her ice-cream float and a decomposed snail slithers out of the bottle, it sparks a case that will make legal history... Oscar Slater - Rich spinster Marion Gilchrist is brutally murdered in her Glasgow home in 1908. The hunt for her killer leads to Scotland's most dramatic miscarriage of justice: the Oscar Slater trial. The Douglas Cause - In this notorious 18th Century cause célèbre, two leading aristocratic families go head-to-head in a scandalous inheritance battle involving a secret elopement and stolen babies. The Moorov Doctrine - Glasgow, 1930, and a #MeToo-style case of sexual harassment in the workplace establishes one of the most important legal principles in Scottish law today. Madeleine Smith - In 1857, socialite Madeleine Smith is on trial for murder, accused of poisoning her French lover Emile L'Angelier. But did she do it, or not? Burke and Hare - Denise Mina looks at the notorious 19th Century murderers, talking to fellow authors Marisa Haetzman and Ian Rankin about the legalities of body snatching and the legacy of Burke and Hare's grim deeds. The Street Lawyer - Mina joins street lawyer Emmanuel De Abreu and sixth-formers from Glasgow's Lochend Community High School as they take on the roles of defence and prosecution to simulate a famous US murder case. Credits Denise Mina's Case Histories Presented by Denise Mina Legal consultant: Andrew Tickell Produced by Liza Greig Edited by Heather Kane Senior Producer: Lynsey Moyes With Katie Barclay, Alice Bowman, John Cairns, Clare Connelly, Owen Dudley Edwards, Lindsay Farmer, Pamela Ferguson, Michael Fry, Eleanor Gordon, Marisa Haetzman, Martin Hannan, David Hay, Andy Hughes, Helena Kennedy, Bruno Longmore, Hamish MacPherson, Nadine Martin, Mandy McIntosh, Allan Nicol, Janet Philip, Ian Rankin, Alison Rosie and Susanne Tanner First broadcast BBC Radio Scotland, 1 May - 27 December 2019 The Street Lawyer Presented by Denise Mina With Emmanuel De Abreu and pupils from Lochend Community High School First broadcast BBC Radio Scotland, 2 April 2019 © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4c16f246d634772e5dc1e915261ab3f7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Will Own Nothing: Your War with a New Financial World Order and How to Fight Back by Carol Roth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-will-own-nothing-your-war-with-a-new-financial-world-order-and-how-to-fight-back-by-carol-roth--65205810</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Will Own Nothing: Your War with a New Financial World Order and How to Fight Back Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling author and entrepreneur investigates what would happen if a new financial world order took hold, one in which global elites own everything and you own nothing—and yet you are somehow happy. When Carol Roth first heard that one of the World Economic Forum’s predictions for 2030 was “You will own nothing, and be happy,” she thought it was an outlandish fantasy. Then, she researched it. What she found was that a number of businesses, governments, and global elites share a vision of a future that sounds utopian: Everyone will have everything they need, and no one will own anything. From declines in home and vehicle ownership to global inflation and government spending, many of the trends of modern life reveal that a new world that is emerging—one in which Western citizens, by choice or by circumstance, increasingly do not own possessions or accumulate wealth. It’s the perfect economic environment for the rich and powerful to solidify their positions and prevent anyone else from getting ahead. In You Will Own Nothing¸ Roth reveals how the agendas of Wall Street, world governments, international organizations, socialist activists, and multinational corporations like Blackrock all work together to reduce the power of the dollar and prevent millions of Americans from taking control of their wealth. She shows why owning fewer assets makes you poorer and less free. This book is essential guide to protecting your hard-earned wealth for the coming generations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205810/9780063304956.mp3" length="2437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Will Own Nothing: Your War with a New Financial World Order and How to Fight Back Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639398</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Will Own Nothing: Your War with a New Financial World Order and How to Fight Back Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling author and entrepreneur investigates what would happen if a new financial world order took hold, one in which global elites own everything and you own nothing—and yet you are somehow happy. When Carol Roth first heard that one of the World Economic Forum’s predictions for 2030 was “You will own nothing, and be happy,” she thought it was an outlandish fantasy. Then, she researched it. What she found was that a number of businesses, governments, and global elites share a vision of a future that sounds utopian: Everyone will have everything they need, and no one will own anything. From declines in home and vehicle ownership to global inflation and government spending, many of the trends of modern life reveal that a new world that is emerging—one in which Western citizens, by choice or by circumstance, increasingly do not own possessions or accumulate wealth. It’s the perfect economic environment for the rich and powerful to solidify their positions and prevent anyone else from getting ahead. In You Will Own Nothing¸ Roth reveals how the agendas of Wall Street, world governments, international organizations, socialist activists, and multinational corporations like Blackrock all work together to reduce the power of the dollar and prevent millions of Americans from taking control of their wealth. She shows why owning fewer assets makes you poorer and less free. This book is essential guide to protecting your hard-earned wealth for the coming generations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fbce8ac847e7213114594056e7ba46cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Filthy Rich Politicians: The Swamp Creatures, Latte Liberals, and Ruling-Class Elites Cashing in on America by Matt Lewis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/filthy-rich-politicians-the-swamp-creatures-latte-liberals-and-ruling-class-elites-cashing-in-on-america-by-matt-lewis--65205796</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Rich Politicians: The Swamp Creatures, Latte Liberals, and Ruling-Class Elites Cashing in on America Author: Matt Lewis Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of America's sharpest conservative journalists is this searing, thought-provoking and hilarious takedown of the ruling class running amok in Washington.  These are your elected officials. Some are slyly taking advantage of the system. They are hoping no one is savvy enough to notice. But Matt Lewis has. And this is what he’s learned.   Today’s politicians are an unsavory lot—a hybrid of plutocrats and hypocrites. And it’s worse (and more laughable) than you can imagine. Lewis will introduce you to a crop of latte liberals, ivy league populists, insider traders, trust-fund babies, and swamp creatures as he exposes how truly ludicrous money in politics has gotten.   In Filthy Rich Politicians, Lewis embarks on an investigative deep dive into the ridiculous state of modern American democracy—a system where the rich get elected and the elected get rich. One of the brightest conservative writers of his generation, Lewis doesn’t just complain: he articulates how Americans can achieve accountability from their elected leaders through radically commonsense reforms. But many of these ruling-class elites have a vested financial interest in rejecting the reforms so desperately needed to rebuild Americans’ trust in the institutions that once made our nation great.   This is not an “eat the rich” kind of book, and it is not for those who want to stoke class warfare, topple the whole regime, and burn it all to the ground. This is a must-read book for thoughtful readers who yearn for transparency and will commit to holding their elected leaders accountable to those they are supposed to represent—we the people.   The reforms spelled out in this book would incentivize good behavior in our leaders, stymie corruption, and prevent politicians from using the system (and our taxpayer dollars) to feather their filthy rich nests.   It is only by taking these steps to reform the system that we can rebuild trust in our institutions and preserve American democracy for future generations. There really is no richer inheritance we could leave them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205796/9781668626269.mp3" length="1477687" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Rich Politicians: The Swamp Creatures, Latte Liberals, and Ruling-Class Elites Cashing in on America Author: Matt Lewis Narrator: Chris Abell...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Rich Politicians: The Swamp Creatures, Latte Liberals, and Ruling-Class Elites Cashing in on America Author: Matt Lewis Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of America's sharpest conservative journalists is this searing, thought-provoking and hilarious takedown of the ruling class running amok in Washington.  These are your elected officials. Some are slyly taking advantage of the system. They are hoping no one is savvy enough to notice. But Matt Lewis has. And this is what he’s learned.   Today’s politicians are an unsavory lot—a hybrid of plutocrats and hypocrites. And it’s worse (and more laughable) than you can imagine. Lewis will introduce you to a crop of latte liberals, ivy league populists, insider traders, trust-fund babies, and swamp creatures as he exposes how truly ludicrous money in politics has gotten.   In Filthy Rich Politicians, Lewis embarks on an investigative deep dive into the ridiculous state of modern American democracy—a system where the rich get elected and the elected get rich. One of the brightest conservative writers of his generation, Lewis doesn’t just complain: he articulates how Americans can achieve accountability from their elected leaders through radically commonsense reforms. But many of these ruling-class elites have a vested financial interest in rejecting the reforms so desperately needed to rebuild Americans’ trust in the institutions that once made our nation great.   This is not an “eat the rich” kind of book, and it is not for those who want to stoke class warfare, topple the whole regime, and burn it all to the ground. This is a must-read book for thoughtful readers who yearn for transparency and will commit to holding their elected leaders accountable to those they are supposed to represent—we the people.   The reforms spelled out in this book would incentivize good behavior in our leaders, stymie corruption, and prevent politicians from using the system (and our taxpayer dollars) to feather their filthy rich nests.   It is only by taking these steps to reform the system that we can rebuild trust in our institutions and preserve American democracy for future generations. There really is no richer inheritance we could leave them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/87d3daa356b11c53ea4df708fbafd0e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Biden Malaise: How America Bounces Back from Joe Biden's Dismal Repeat of the Jimmy Carter Years by Kimberley Strassel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-biden-malaise-how-america-bounces-back-from-joe-biden-s-dismal-repeat-of-the-jimmy-carter-years-by-kimberley-strassel--65205745</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Malaise: How America Bounces Back from Joe Biden's Dismal Repeat of the Jimmy Carter Years Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Stephanie Richardson, Kimberley Strassel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.71 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “In the style of a dogged prosecutor, Strassel builds a devastating case against Joe Biden’s record…THE BIDEN MALAISE is must-read ahead of 2024, as conservative voters prepare to make consequential choices.”―Guy Benson, Fox News &amp; Townhall.com The bestselling author of Resistance (At All Costs) and The Intimidation Game argues that Joe Biden, like Jimmy Carter before him, has mired the country in weakness, inflation and political unease. ​  Whether in politics or policy, the parallels between the Biden and Carter presidencies are now beyond striking. Two presidents—separated by nearly 50 years—beset by the same domestic and foreign policy morasses, politically swamped by a national ennui. However, THE BIDEN MALAISE will examine why such claims overlook important nuances that show President Biden’s blunders are ultimately far worse.   Our current president inherited a better situation along with the lessons of what not to do from Carter's governance. Biden, captive to an ascendent progressive wing of his party, doubled down on Carter’s mistakes and created crises that were as avoidable as they are now severe. From soaring energy prices and inflation to humiliating foreign policy errors, the Biden administration's political mess is self-imposed. His political handling of these fiascoes—like Carter—has only made his situation worse. Democrats risk a public backlash of the sort that opened the way to the Reagan Revolution.  Award-winning and bestselling journalist Kim Strassel offers a formula for the GOP to capitalize from this mayhem; one that rekindles the bold and reformist approach of the 80s and 90s, an aspirational agenda that puts Americans back in control of their destiny on issues ranging from healthcare, to energy, to entitlements. THE BIDEN MALAISE is a penetrating look at our current political climate and a book that explains how the GOP can use this opportunity to elect a leader who can restore faith in American exceptionalism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205745/9781668629369.mp3" length="1477783" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Malaise: How America Bounces Back from Joe Biden's Dismal Repeat of the Jimmy Carter Years Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Stephanie...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642691</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Malaise: How America Bounces Back from Joe Biden's Dismal Repeat of the Jimmy Carter Years Author: Kimberley Strassel Narrator: Stephanie Richardson, Kimberley Strassel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.71 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “In the style of a dogged prosecutor, Strassel builds a devastating case against Joe Biden’s record…THE BIDEN MALAISE is must-read ahead of 2024, as conservative voters prepare to make consequential choices.”―Guy Benson, Fox News &amp; Townhall.com The bestselling author of Resistance (At All Costs) and The Intimidation Game argues that Joe Biden, like Jimmy Carter before him, has mired the country in weakness, inflation and political unease. ​  Whether in politics or policy, the parallels between the Biden and Carter presidencies are now beyond striking. Two presidents—separated by nearly 50 years—beset by the same domestic and foreign policy morasses, politically swamped by a national ennui. However, THE BIDEN MALAISE will examine why such claims overlook important nuances that show President Biden’s blunders are ultimately far worse.   Our current president inherited a better situation along with the lessons of what not to do from Carter's governance. Biden, captive to an ascendent progressive wing of his party, doubled down on Carter’s mistakes and created crises that were as avoidable as they are now severe. From soaring energy prices and inflation to humiliating foreign policy errors, the Biden administration's political mess is self-imposed. His political handling of these fiascoes—like Carter—has only made his situation worse. Democrats risk a public backlash of the sort that opened the way to the Reagan Revolution.  Award-winning and bestselling journalist Kim Strassel offers a formula for the GOP to capitalize from this mayhem; one that rekindles the bold and reformist approach of the 80s and 90s, an aspirational agenda that puts Americans back in control of their destiny on issues ranging from healthcare, to energy, to entitlements. THE BIDEN MALAISE is a penetrating look at our current political climate and a book that explains how the GOP can use this opportunity to elect a leader who can restore faith in American exceptionalism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/80b09bf39fe2bb71562d18c542993604.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Excluded: How Snob Zoning, NIMBYism, and Class Bias Build the Walls We Don't See by Richard D Kahlenberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/excluded-how-snob-zoning-nimbyism-and-class-bias-build-the-walls-we-don-t-see-by-richard-d-kahlenberg--65205807</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Excluded: How Snob Zoning, NIMBYism, and Class Bias Build the Walls We Don't See Author: Richard D Kahlenberg Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An indictment of America's housing policy that reveals the social engineering underlying our segregation by economic class, the social and political fallout that result, and what we can do about it  The last, acceptable form of prejudice in America is based on class and executed through state-sponsored economic discrimination, which is hard to see because it is much more subtle than raw racism.  While the American meritocracy officially denounces prejudice based on race and gender, it has spawned a new form of bias against those with less education and income.  Millions of working-class Americans have their opportunity blocked by exclusionary snob zoning.  These government policies make housing unaffordable, frustrate the goals of the civil rights movement, and lock in inequality in our urban and suburban landscapes.  Through moving accounts of families excluded from economic and social opportunity as they are hemmed in through “new redlining” that limits the type of housing that can be built, Richard Kahlenberg vividly illustrates why America has a housing crisis. He also illustrates why economic segregation matters since where you live affects access to transportation, employment opportunities, decent health care, and good schools. He shows that housing choice has been socially engineered to the benefit of the affluent, and, that astonishingly the most restrictive zoning is found in politically liberal cities where racial views are more progressive.  Despite this there is hope. Kahlenberg tells the inspiring stories of growing number of local and national movements working to tear down the walls that inflicts so much damage on the lives of millions of Americans.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205807/9781668628430.mp3" length="1477703" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Excluded: How Snob Zoning, NIMBYism, and Class Bias Build the Walls We Don't See Author: Richard D Kahlenberg Narrator: Graham Winton Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Excluded: How Snob Zoning, NIMBYism, and Class Bias Build the Walls We Don't See Author: Richard D Kahlenberg Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An indictment of America's housing policy that reveals the social engineering underlying our segregation by economic class, the social and political fallout that result, and what we can do about it  The last, acceptable form of prejudice in America is based on class and executed through state-sponsored economic discrimination, which is hard to see because it is much more subtle than raw racism.  While the American meritocracy officially denounces prejudice based on race and gender, it has spawned a new form of bias against those with less education and income.  Millions of working-class Americans have their opportunity blocked by exclusionary snob zoning.  These government policies make housing unaffordable, frustrate the goals of the civil rights movement, and lock in inequality in our urban and suburban landscapes.  Through moving accounts of families excluded from economic and social opportunity as they are hemmed in through “new redlining” that limits the type of housing that can be built, Richard Kahlenberg vividly illustrates why America has a housing crisis. He also illustrates why economic segregation matters since where you live affects access to transportation, employment opportunities, decent health care, and good schools. He shows that housing choice has been socially engineered to the benefit of the affluent, and, that astonishingly the most restrictive zoning is found in politically liberal cities where racial views are more progressive.  Despite this there is hope. Kahlenberg tells the inspiring stories of growing number of local and national movements working to tear down the walls that inflicts so much damage on the lives of millions of Americans.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4128dea01a0c3a91437a4fe42443c786.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore by Kjetil Ostli, Simen Saetre</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-fish-the-truth-about-farmed-salmon-and-the-consequences-we-can-no-longer-ignore-by-kjetil-ostli-simen-saetre--65205687</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Kjetil Ostli, Simen Saetre Narrator: Erik Madsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eat more fish, the doctors say. But is the salmon you are consuming really healthy?  In the early 1970s, a group of scientists researched how to make more food for the growing population of the world. They looked to the sea. They sampled genes from salmon in 41 Norwegian and Swedish rivers and designed a new salmon that was fatter and faster growing. This was considered an amazing innovation and was the beginning of a new industry: salmon farming.   The industry spread from coastal Norway to Scotland, Canada, Australia, Ireland, Chile, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and the United States. Business boomed, jobs were created, and a new type of food, the farmed salmon, spread around the globe. People everywhere bought and enjoyed the abundant fish: grilled, poached, roasted, and as sushi and sashimi. They were grateful for this delicious, affordable protein.  But at what cost?    We now know that there were unintended consequences: some of these new fish escaped, competing for sustenance with other fish in the sea. The new fish spread diseases, salmon louse swarmed, and wild salmon stocks dwindled.   In a prizewinning five-year investigation, authors Simen Sætre and Kjetil Østli took an in-depth look at Norway’s role in the global salmon industry and, for the first time, produced a comprehensive evaluation of the detrimental effects of salmon farming. From lice to escapees, from concentrating the waste of sea pens in the fjords through which wild salmon swim to their natal streams to the fact that salmon farming causes a net reduction of protein reaped from the ocean, the results don’t look good. Recent victories, such as the banning of net-pen fish farms in the waters of Washington State, are an indication that we are awakening to the environmental price of engineered fish. It is said that we will continue to make the same mistakes unless we understand them. The New Fish combines nature writing from Norwegian fjords, the coast of Canada, Icelandic landscapes and the far south of Chile with character-driven literary non-fiction and classic muckraking. The authors started with this question: What happens when you create a new animal and place it in the sea? This book will tell you the answer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205687/9780593748275.mp3" length="4837259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Kjetil Ostli, Simen Saetre...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore Series: Part of Patagonia Author: Kjetil Ostli, Simen Saetre Narrator: Erik Madsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eat more fish, the doctors say. But is the salmon you are consuming really healthy?  In the early 1970s, a group of scientists researched how to make more food for the growing population of the world. They looked to the sea. They sampled genes from salmon in 41 Norwegian and Swedish rivers and designed a new salmon that was fatter and faster growing. This was considered an amazing innovation and was the beginning of a new industry: salmon farming.   The industry spread from coastal Norway to Scotland, Canada, Australia, Ireland, Chile, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and the United States. Business boomed, jobs were created, and a new type of food, the farmed salmon, spread around the globe. People everywhere bought and enjoyed the abundant fish: grilled, poached, roasted, and as sushi and sashimi. They were grateful for this delicious, affordable protein.  But at what cost?    We now know that there were unintended consequences: some of these new fish escaped, competing for sustenance with other fish in the sea. The new fish spread diseases, salmon louse swarmed, and wild salmon stocks dwindled.   In a prizewinning five-year investigation, authors Simen Sætre and Kjetil Østli took an in-depth look at Norway’s role in the global salmon industry and, for the first time, produced a comprehensive evaluation of the detrimental effects of salmon farming. From lice to escapees, from concentrating the waste of sea pens in the fjords through which wild salmon swim to their natal streams to the fact that salmon farming causes a net reduction of protein reaped from the ocean, the results don’t look good. Recent victories, such as the banning of net-pen fish farms in the waters of Washington State, are an indication that we are awakening to the environmental price of engineered fish. It is said that we will continue to make the same mistakes unless we understand them. The New Fish combines nature writing from Norwegian fjords, the coast of Canada, Icelandic landscapes and the far south of Chile with character-driven literary non-fiction and classic muckraking. The authors started with this question: What happens when you create a new animal and place it in the sea? This book will tell you the answer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4e6d81bd1442319d60195bc7cdf2f839.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This is Europe: The Way We Live Now by Ben Judah</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-europe-the-way-we-live-now-by-ben-judah--65205775</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Europe: The Way We Live Now Author: Ben Judah Narrator: Dan Connolly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 15, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Times, Financial Times and Telegraph Book of the Year 2023 'Illuminates some of the great trends of our time' - Gideon Rachman, Financial Times 'Vivid, urgent and unsettling' - Tom Holland, author of Dominion What does it now mean to call yourself European? Who makes up this population of some 750 million, sprawled from Ireland to Ukraine, from Sweden to Turkey? Who has always called it home, and who has newly arrived from elsewhere? Who are the people who drive our long-distance lorries, steward our criss-crossing planes, lovingly craft our legacy wines, fish our depleted waters, and risk life itself in search of safety and a new start? In a series of vivid but always empathetic portraits of other people’s lives, journalist Ben Judah invites us to meet them. Drawn from hours of painstaking interviews, these vital stories reveal a vibrant continent which has been transformed by diversity, migration, the internet, climate change, Covid, war and the quest for freedom. Laid dramatically bare, it may not always be a Europe we recognize – but this is Europe. 'An astonishing achievement' - Evening Standard 'Brilliantly told . . . highly readable' - The Times]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205775/9781035023196.mp3" length="2437168" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Europe: The Way We Live Now Author: Ben Judah Narrator: Dan Connolly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Europe: The Way We Live Now Author: Ben Judah Narrator: Dan Connolly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 15, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Times, Financial Times and Telegraph Book of the Year 2023 'Illuminates some of the great trends of our time' - Gideon Rachman, Financial Times 'Vivid, urgent and unsettling' - Tom Holland, author of Dominion What does it now mean to call yourself European? Who makes up this population of some 750 million, sprawled from Ireland to Ukraine, from Sweden to Turkey? Who has always called it home, and who has newly arrived from elsewhere? Who are the people who drive our long-distance lorries, steward our criss-crossing planes, lovingly craft our legacy wines, fish our depleted waters, and risk life itself in search of safety and a new start? In a series of vivid but always empathetic portraits of other people’s lives, journalist Ben Judah invites us to meet them. Drawn from hours of painstaking interviews, these vital stories reveal a vibrant continent which has been transformed by diversity, migration, the internet, climate change, Covid, war and the quest for freedom. Laid dramatically bare, it may not always be a Europe we recognize – but this is Europe. 'An astonishing achievement' - Evening Standard 'Brilliantly told . . . highly readable' - The Times]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b705b2c36e7306cfaa017546a991105.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Persecuted: The Global Assault on Christians by Nina Shea, Paul Marshall, Lela Gilbert</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/persecuted-the-global-assault-on-christians-by-nina-shea-paul-marshall-lela-gilbert--65205725</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persecuted: The Global Assault on Christians Author: Nina Shea, Paul Marshall, Lela Gilbert Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Christians are the world’s most widely persecuted religious group, according to studies by the Pew Research Center, Newsweek, and the Economist, among others. A woman is caught with a Bible and publicly shot to death. An elderly priest is abducted and never seen again. Three buses full of students and teachers are struck by roadside bombs. These are not casualties of a war. These are Christian believers being persecuted for their faith in the twenty-first century. Many Americans do not understand that Christians today are victims in many parts of the world. Even many Western Christians, who worship and pray without fear of violent repercussions, are unaware that so many followers of Christ live under governments and among people who are often openly hostile to their faith. They think martyrdom became a rarity long ago. Persecuted soundly refutes these assumptions. This book offers a glimpse at the modern-day life of Christians worldwide, recounting the ongoing attacks that rarely make international headlines. As Western Christians pray for the future of Christ’s church, it is vital that they understand a large part of the world’s Christian believers live in danger. Persecuted gives documented accounts of the persecution of Christians in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and former Soviet nations. It contains vivid stories of men and women who suffer abuse because of their faith in Jesus Christ, and tells of their perseverance and courage.. Persecuted is far more than a thorough and moving  study of this global pattern of violence—it is a cry for freedom and a call to action.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205725/9781400240296.mp3" length="1477645" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persecuted: The Global Assault on Christians Author: Nina Shea, Paul Marshall, Lela Gilbert Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647014</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persecuted: The Global Assault on Christians Author: Nina Shea, Paul Marshall, Lela Gilbert Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Christians are the world’s most widely persecuted religious group, according to studies by the Pew Research Center, Newsweek, and the Economist, among others. A woman is caught with a Bible and publicly shot to death. An elderly priest is abducted and never seen again. Three buses full of students and teachers are struck by roadside bombs. These are not casualties of a war. These are Christian believers being persecuted for their faith in the twenty-first century. Many Americans do not understand that Christians today are victims in many parts of the world. Even many Western Christians, who worship and pray without fear of violent repercussions, are unaware that so many followers of Christ live under governments and among people who are often openly hostile to their faith. They think martyrdom became a rarity long ago. Persecuted soundly refutes these assumptions. This book offers a glimpse at the modern-day life of Christians worldwide, recounting the ongoing attacks that rarely make international headlines. As Western Christians pray for the future of Christ’s church, it is vital that they understand a large part of the world’s Christian believers live in danger. Persecuted gives documented accounts of the persecution of Christians in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and former Soviet nations. It contains vivid stories of men and women who suffer abuse because of their faith in Jesus Christ, and tells of their perseverance and courage.. Persecuted is far more than a thorough and moving  study of this global pattern of violence—it is a cry for freedom and a call to action.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aba05e13ca1034159effae4121ad1dcb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Supermajority: How the Supreme Court Divided America by Michael Waldman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-supermajority-how-the-supreme-court-divided-america-by-michael-waldman--65205803</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supermajority: How the Supreme Court Divided America Author: Michael Waldman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “terrific, if chilling, account” (The Guardian) of how the Supreme Court’s new conservative supermajority is overturning decades of law and leading the country in a dangerous political direction. In The Supermajority, Michael Waldman explores the tumultuous 2021­­–2022 Supreme Court term. He draws deeply on history to examine other times the Court veered from the popular will, provoking controversy, and backlash. And he analyzes the most important new rulings and their implications for the law and for American society. Waldman asks: What can we do when the Supreme Court challenges the country?   Over three days in June 2022, the conservative supermajority overturned the constitutional right to abortion, possibly opening the door to reconsider other major privacy rights, as Justice Clarence Thomas urged. The Court sharply limited the authority of the EPA, reducing the prospects for combatting climate change. It radically loosened curbs on guns amid an epidemic of mass shootings. It fully embraced legal theories such as “originalism” that will affect thousands of cases throughout the country.   These major decisions—and the next wave to come—will have enormous ramifications for every American.   It was the most turbulent term in memory—with the leak of the opinion overturning Roe v. Wade, the first Black woman justice sworn in, and the justices turning on each other in public, Waldman previews the 2022­–2023 term and how the brewing fights over the Supreme Court and its role that already have begun to reshape politics.   The Supermajority is “a call to action as much as it is a history of the Supreme Court “ (Financial Times) at a time when the Court’s dysfunction—and the demand for reform—are at the center of public debate.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205803/9781797160160.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supermajority: How the Supreme Court Divided America Author: Michael Waldman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supermajority: How the Supreme Court Divided America Author: Michael Waldman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “terrific, if chilling, account” (The Guardian) of how the Supreme Court’s new conservative supermajority is overturning decades of law and leading the country in a dangerous political direction. In The Supermajority, Michael Waldman explores the tumultuous 2021­­–2022 Supreme Court term. He draws deeply on history to examine other times the Court veered from the popular will, provoking controversy, and backlash. And he analyzes the most important new rulings and their implications for the law and for American society. Waldman asks: What can we do when the Supreme Court challenges the country?   Over three days in June 2022, the conservative supermajority overturned the constitutional right to abortion, possibly opening the door to reconsider other major privacy rights, as Justice Clarence Thomas urged. The Court sharply limited the authority of the EPA, reducing the prospects for combatting climate change. It radically loosened curbs on guns amid an epidemic of mass shootings. It fully embraced legal theories such as “originalism” that will affect thousands of cases throughout the country.   These major decisions—and the next wave to come—will have enormous ramifications for every American.   It was the most turbulent term in memory—with the leak of the opinion overturning Roe v. Wade, the first Black woman justice sworn in, and the justices turning on each other in public, Waldman previews the 2022­–2023 term and how the brewing fights over the Supreme Court and its role that already have begun to reshape politics.   The Supermajority is “a call to action as much as it is a history of the Supreme Court “ (Financial Times) at a time when the Court’s dysfunction—and the demand for reform—are at the center of public debate.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/313aa12d4f4be6c9a7a047b7a3822690.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life After Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money by George Gilder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-after-capitalism-the-meaning-of-wealth-the-future-of-the-economy-and-the-time-theory-of-money-by-george-gilder--65205734</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money Author: George Gilder Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For over two-hundred years, capitalist systems have overtaken the global economy, spreading near-universal growth and opening the floodgates for limitless human potential. Yet something is going terribly wrong in the world economy. Creativity and faith in the future have been traded for a slippery slope of cautionary paranoia, popular despair, and political overreach by leaders who promise to hold back the tides, control the weather, and print prosperity with little clue as to what is actually going on. This divergence did not begin with the Obama administration, the Trump presidency, the Gates Foundation, or George Soros, says leading futurist George Gilder. The cognitive dissonance and its harvest of confusion and despair reflects a deep misunderstanding at the heart of capitalism itself. In Life After Capitalism, national bestselling author George Gilder explains how economics is not an incentive system but an information system. Redefining capitalism for the modern age, he reveals how free enterprise is a mind driven system, material resources are essentially as infinite as atoms, and what governs economic growth is human creativity—not merely a Marxist class struggle for power.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205734/9798765064627.mp3" length="14437338" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money Author: George Gilder Narrator: Eric Michael...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money Author: George Gilder Narrator: Eric Michael Summerer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For over two-hundred years, capitalist systems have overtaken the global economy, spreading near-universal growth and opening the floodgates for limitless human potential. Yet something is going terribly wrong in the world economy. Creativity and faith in the future have been traded for a slippery slope of cautionary paranoia, popular despair, and political overreach by leaders who promise to hold back the tides, control the weather, and print prosperity with little clue as to what is actually going on. This divergence did not begin with the Obama administration, the Trump presidency, the Gates Foundation, or George Soros, says leading futurist George Gilder. The cognitive dissonance and its harvest of confusion and despair reflects a deep misunderstanding at the heart of capitalism itself. In Life After Capitalism, national bestselling author George Gilder explains how economics is not an incentive system but an information system. Redefining capitalism for the modern age, he reveals how free enterprise is a mind driven system, material resources are essentially as infinite as atoms, and what governs economic growth is human creativity—not merely a Marxist class struggle for power.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/51c2d5c7f33588baf4f762c203a123f6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa's Greenwood District, America's Black Wall Street by Victor Luckerson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/built-from-the-fire-the-epic-story-of-tulsa-s-greenwood-district-america-s-black-wall-street-by-victor-luckerson--65205809</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa's Greenwood District, America's Black Wall Street Author: Victor Luckerson Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A multigenerational saga of a family and a community in Tulsa’s Greenwood district, known as “Black Wall Street,” that in one century survived the 1921 Tulsa Race Massacre, urban renewal, and gentrification “Ambitious . . . absorbing . . . By the end of Luckerson’s outstanding book, the idea of building something new from the ashes of what has been destroyed becomes comprehensible, even hopeful.”—Marcia Chatelain, The New York Times WINNER: The Dayton Literary Peace Prize; The MAAH Stone Book Award; The SABEW Best in Business Book Award; The Lillian Smith Book Award; The Oklahoma Historical Society’s E. E. Dale Award FINALIST: The Hurston/Wright Legacy Award A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR When Ed Goodwin moved with his parents to the Greenwood neighborhood in Tulsa, Oklahoma, his family joined a community soon to become the center of black life in the West. But just a few years later, on May 31, 1921, the teenaged Ed hid in a bathtub as a white mob descended on his neighborhood, laying waste to thirty-five blocks and murdering as many as three hundred people in one of the worst acts of racist violence in U.S. history. The Goodwins and their neighbors soon rebuilt the district into “a Mecca,” in Ed’s words, where nightlife thrived and small businesses flourished. Ed bought a newspaper to chronicle Greenwood’s resurgence and battles against white bigotry, and his son Jim, an attorney, embodied the family’s hopes for the civil rights movement. But by the 1970s urban renewal policies had nearly emptied the neighborhood. Today the newspaper remains, and Ed’s granddaughter Regina represents the neighborhood in the Oklahoma state legislature, working alongside a new generation of local activists to revive it once again.  In Built from the Fire, journalist Victor Luckerson tells the true story behind a potent national symbol of success and solidarity and weaves an epic tale about a neighborhood that refused, more than once, to be erased.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205809/9780593742808.mp3" length="4837229" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa's Greenwood District, America's Black Wall Street Author: Victor Luckerson Narrator: Jd Jackson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built from the Fire: The Epic Story of Tulsa's Greenwood District, America's Black Wall Street Author: Victor Luckerson Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A multigenerational saga of a family and a community in Tulsa’s Greenwood district, known as “Black Wall Street,” that in one century survived the 1921 Tulsa Race Massacre, urban renewal, and gentrification “Ambitious . . . absorbing . . . By the end of Luckerson’s outstanding book, the idea of building something new from the ashes of what has been destroyed becomes comprehensible, even hopeful.”—Marcia Chatelain, The New York Times WINNER: The Dayton Literary Peace Prize; The MAAH Stone Book Award; The SABEW Best in Business Book Award; The Lillian Smith Book Award; The Oklahoma Historical Society’s E. E. Dale Award FINALIST: The Hurston/Wright Legacy Award A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR When Ed Goodwin moved with his parents to the Greenwood neighborhood in Tulsa, Oklahoma, his family joined a community soon to become the center of black life in the West. But just a few years later, on May 31, 1921, the teenaged Ed hid in a bathtub as a white mob descended on his neighborhood, laying waste to thirty-five blocks and murdering as many as three hundred people in one of the worst acts of racist violence in U.S. history. The Goodwins and their neighbors soon rebuilt the district into “a Mecca,” in Ed’s words, where nightlife thrived and small businesses flourished. Ed bought a newspaper to chronicle Greenwood’s resurgence and battles against white bigotry, and his son Jim, an attorney, embodied the family’s hopes for the civil rights movement. But by the 1970s urban renewal policies had nearly emptied the neighborhood. Today the newspaper remains, and Ed’s granddaughter Regina represents the neighborhood in the Oklahoma state legislature, working alongside a new generation of local activists to revive it once again.  In Built from the Fire, journalist Victor Luckerson tells the true story behind a potent national symbol of success and solidarity and weaves an epic tale about a neighborhood that refused, more than once, to be erased.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/82cfca54d73453a7adbbe295e2471771.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World by Steven Hawley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cracked-the-future-of-dams-in-a-hot-chaotic-world-by-steven-hawley--65205761</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World Author: Steven Hawley Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The ugly truth about dams is about to be revealed. During the first two decades of the twenty-first century, the whole messy truth about the legacy of last century’s big dam building binge has come to light. What started out as an arguably good government project has drifted oceans away from that original virtuous intent. Governments plugged the nation’s rivers in a misguided attempt to turn them into revenue streams. Water control projects’ main legacy will be one of needless ecological destruction, fostering a host of unnecessary injustices. The estimated 800,000 dams in the world can’t be blamed for destroying the earth’s entire biological inheritance, but they play an outsized role in that destruction. Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Crazy World is a kind of speed date with the history of water control -- its dams, diversions and canals, and just as importantly, the politics and power that evolved with them. Examples from the American West reveal that the costs of building and maintaining a sprawling water storage and delivery complex in an arid world—growing increasingly arid under the ravages of climate chaos—is well beyond the benefits furnished. Success stories from Patagonia and the Blue Heart of Europe point to a possible future where rivers run free and the earth restores itself. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF that includes definitions and illustrations from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205761/9780593748251.mp3" length="4837183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World Author: Steven Hawley Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World Author: Steven Hawley Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The ugly truth about dams is about to be revealed. During the first two decades of the twenty-first century, the whole messy truth about the legacy of last century’s big dam building binge has come to light. What started out as an arguably good government project has drifted oceans away from that original virtuous intent. Governments plugged the nation’s rivers in a misguided attempt to turn them into revenue streams. Water control projects’ main legacy will be one of needless ecological destruction, fostering a host of unnecessary injustices. The estimated 800,000 dams in the world can’t be blamed for destroying the earth’s entire biological inheritance, but they play an outsized role in that destruction. Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Crazy World is a kind of speed date with the history of water control -- its dams, diversions and canals, and just as importantly, the politics and power that evolved with them. Examples from the American West reveal that the costs of building and maintaining a sprawling water storage and delivery complex in an arid world—growing increasingly arid under the ravages of climate chaos—is well beyond the benefits furnished. Success stories from Patagonia and the Blue Heart of Europe point to a possible future where rivers run free and the earth restores itself. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF that includes definitions and illustrations from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d99a86b3cada6b2efb0a9bf59f2ca76c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Journey without End: Migration from the Global South through the Americas by Andrew Nelson, Rob Curran</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/journey-without-end-migration-from-the-global-south-through-the-americas-by-andrew-nelson-rob-curran--65205748</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey without End: Migration from the Global South through the Americas Author: Andrew Nelson, Rob Curran Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Journey without End chronicles the years-long journey of 'extracontinentales'—African and South Asian migrants moving through Latin America, toward the United States. Based on five years of collaborative research between a journalist and an anthropologist, this book makes a narrative-driven critique of how state-level immigration policy fails extracontinental migrants. The book begins with Kidane, an Eritrean migrant who has left his pregnant wife behind to make the four-year trip to North America; it then picks up the natural disaster–riddled voyage of Roshan and Kamala Dhakal from Nepal, to Ecuador; and it continues to the trials of Cameroonian exile Jane Mtebe, who becomes trapped in a bizarre beachside resort town on the edge of the Darién Gap—the gateway from South to Central America. This book follows these migrants as their fitful voyages put them in a semi-permanent state of legal and existential liminality. Mercurial policy creates profit opportunities that transform migration bottlenecks—Quito's tourist district, a Colombian beachside resort, Panama's Darién Gap, and a Mexican border town—into spontaneous migration-oriented spaces rife with racial, gender, and class exploitation. Throughout this struggle, migrant solidarity allows for occasional glimpses of subaltern cosmopolitanism and the possibility of mobile futures.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205748/9798765089088.mp3" length="14437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey without End: Migration from the Global South through the Americas Author: Andrew Nelson, Rob Curran Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journey without End: Migration from the Global South through the Americas Author: Andrew Nelson, Rob Curran Narrator: Zac Aleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Journey without End chronicles the years-long journey of 'extracontinentales'—African and South Asian migrants moving through Latin America, toward the United States. Based on five years of collaborative research between a journalist and an anthropologist, this book makes a narrative-driven critique of how state-level immigration policy fails extracontinental migrants. The book begins with Kidane, an Eritrean migrant who has left his pregnant wife behind to make the four-year trip to North America; it then picks up the natural disaster–riddled voyage of Roshan and Kamala Dhakal from Nepal, to Ecuador; and it continues to the trials of Cameroonian exile Jane Mtebe, who becomes trapped in a bizarre beachside resort town on the edge of the Darién Gap—the gateway from South to Central America. This book follows these migrants as their fitful voyages put them in a semi-permanent state of legal and existential liminality. Mercurial policy creates profit opportunities that transform migration bottlenecks—Quito's tourist district, a Colombian beachside resort, Panama's Darién Gap, and a Mexican border town—into spontaneous migration-oriented spaces rife with racial, gender, and class exploitation. Throughout this struggle, migrant solidarity allows for occasional glimpses of subaltern cosmopolitanism and the possibility of mobile futures.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef123c551b35bd9119a18f2c48bb33b9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Lessons from the Covid War: An Investigative Report by Covid Crisis Group</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-the-covid-war-an-investigative-report-by-covid-crisis-group--65205756</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons from the Covid War: An Investigative Report Author: Covid Crisis Group Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This powerful report on what went wrong—and right—with America’s Covid response, from a team of 34 experts, shows how Americans faced the worst peacetime catastrophe of modern times     Our national leaders have drifted into treating the pandemic as though it were an unavoidable natural catastrophe, repeating a depressing cycle of panic followed by neglect. So a remarkable group of practitioners and scholars from many backgrounds came together determined to discover and learn lessons from this latest world war.     Lessons from the Covid War is plain-spoken and clear sighted. It cuts through the enormous jumble of information to make some sense of it all and answer:  What just happened to us, and why?  And crucially, how, next time, could we do better? Because there will be a next time.     The Covid war showed Americans that their wondrous scientific knowledge had run far ahead of their organized ability to apply it in practice. Improvising to fight this war, many Americans displayed ingenuity and dedication. But they struggled with systems that made success difficult and failure easy.      This book shows how Americans can come together, learn hard truths, build on what worked, and prepare for global emergencies to come.     A joint effort from:  Danielle Allen • John M. Barry  • John Bridgeland • Michael Callahan • Nicholas A. Christakis  • Doug Criscitello • Charity Dean • Victor Dzau • Gary Edson • Ezekiel Emanuel • Ruth Faden • Baruch Fischhoff • Margaret “Peggy” Hamburg • Melissa Harvey • Richard Hatchett • David Heymann • Kendall Hoyt  • Andrew Kilianski • James Lawler • Alexander J. Lazar • James Le Duc • Marc Lipsitch • Anup Malani • Monique K. Mansoura • Mark McClellan • Carter Mecher • Michael Osterholm • David A. Relman • Robert Rodriguez • Carl Schramm • Emily Silverman • Kristin Urquiza •  Rajeev Venkayya • Philip Zelikow THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205756/9781668631379.mp3" length="1477725" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons from the Covid War: An Investigative Report Author: Covid Crisis Group Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons from the Covid War: An Investigative Report Author: Covid Crisis Group Narrator: Derek Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This powerful report on what went wrong—and right—with America’s Covid response, from a team of 34 experts, shows how Americans faced the worst peacetime catastrophe of modern times     Our national leaders have drifted into treating the pandemic as though it were an unavoidable natural catastrophe, repeating a depressing cycle of panic followed by neglect. So a remarkable group of practitioners and scholars from many backgrounds came together determined to discover and learn lessons from this latest world war.     Lessons from the Covid War is plain-spoken and clear sighted. It cuts through the enormous jumble of information to make some sense of it all and answer:  What just happened to us, and why?  And crucially, how, next time, could we do better? Because there will be a next time.     The Covid war showed Americans that their wondrous scientific knowledge had run far ahead of their organized ability to apply it in practice. Improvising to fight this war, many Americans displayed ingenuity and dedication. But they struggled with systems that made success difficult and failure easy.      This book shows how Americans can come together, learn hard truths, build on what worked, and prepare for global emergencies to come.     A joint effort from:  Danielle Allen • John M. Barry  • John Bridgeland • Michael Callahan • Nicholas A. Christakis  • Doug Criscitello • Charity Dean • Victor Dzau • Gary Edson • Ezekiel Emanuel • Ruth Faden • Baruch Fischhoff • Margaret “Peggy” Hamburg • Melissa Harvey • Richard Hatchett • David Heymann • Kendall Hoyt  • Andrew Kilianski • James Lawler • Alexander J. Lazar • James Le Duc • Marc Lipsitch • Anup Malani • Monique K. Mansoura • Mark McClellan • Carter Mecher • Michael Osterholm • David A. Relman • Robert Rodriguez • Carl Schramm • Emily Silverman • Kristin Urquiza •  Rajeev Venkayya • Philip Zelikow THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/af6e8e003b54c03cbc1028c0032c8788.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cold Peace: Avoiding the New Cold War by Michael W. Doyle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cold-peace-avoiding-the-new-cold-war-by-michael-w-doyle--65205721</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold Peace: Avoiding the New Cold War Author: Michael W. Doyle Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An urgent examination of the world barreling toward a new Cold War. With a historian's eye and a theorist's ingenuity, Michael Doyle, whose writings on liberal peace have revolutionized modern statesmanship, cogently assesses the tectonic shifts threatening a global order that has held for more than seventy years. As tensions among China, Russia, and the US escalate perilously toward a new Cold War, Doyle introduces a radical paradigm that will facilitate the international cooperation necessary to avert the global threats of our time. Combining dramatic history with trenchant analysis and landmark theory, Doyle explores the impacts of cyberwarfare, foreign election meddling, and the unprecedented schism of modern politics on American foreign policy. He demonstrates that there can be no success in addressing climate change without China's cooperation, nor any hope of averting nuclear catastrophe without Russia's. In the tradition of Gaddis's The Cold War and Clark's The Sleepwalkers, Cold Peace provides one of the most necessary analyses of global power in decades.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205721/9781696611237.mp3" length="14437222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold Peace: Avoiding the New Cold War Author: Michael W. Doyle Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold Peace: Avoiding the New Cold War Author: Michael W. Doyle Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An urgent examination of the world barreling toward a new Cold War. With a historian's eye and a theorist's ingenuity, Michael Doyle, whose writings on liberal peace have revolutionized modern statesmanship, cogently assesses the tectonic shifts threatening a global order that has held for more than seventy years. As tensions among China, Russia, and the US escalate perilously toward a new Cold War, Doyle introduces a radical paradigm that will facilitate the international cooperation necessary to avert the global threats of our time. Combining dramatic history with trenchant analysis and landmark theory, Doyle explores the impacts of cyberwarfare, foreign election meddling, and the unprecedented schism of modern politics on American foreign policy. He demonstrates that there can be no success in addressing climate change without China's cooperation, nor any hope of averting nuclear catastrophe without Russia's. In the tradition of Gaddis's The Cold War and Clark's The Sleepwalkers, Cold Peace provides one of the most necessary analyses of global power in decades.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/240c61d37bd80d61d392918176cdba57.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795 by Edward J. Larson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-inheritance-liberty-and-slavery-in-the-birth-of-a-nation-1765-1795-by-edward-j-larson--65205611</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795 Author: Edward J. Larson Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize winner, a powerful history that reveals how the twin strands of liberty and slavery were joined in the nation's founding. 'Gut-wrenching. . . . While acknowledging that the study of liberty and slavery in the Revolutionary era remains a 'partisan minefield,' Mr. Larson plunges in, sparing none of the era's most prominent revolutionaries from scrutiny.' —Harold Holzer, Wall Street Journal New attention from historians and journalists is raising pointed questions about the founding period: was the American revolution waged to preserve slavery, and was the Constitution a pact with slavery or a landmark in the antislavery movement? Leaders of the founding who called for American liberty are scrutinized for enslaving Black people themselves: George Washington consistently refused to recognize the freedom of those who escaped his Mount Vernon plantation. And we have long needed a history of the founding that fully includes Black Americans in the revolutionary protests, the war, and the debates over slavery and freedom that followed. We now have that history in Edward J. Larson's insightful synthesis of the founding. Indeed throughout Larson's brilliant history it is the voices of Black Americans that prove the most convincing of all on the urgency of liberty.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205611/9781696610322.mp3" length="14437286" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795 Author: Edward J. Larson Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inheritance: Liberty and Slavery in the Birth of a Nation, 1765-1795 Author: Edward J. Larson Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize winner, a powerful history that reveals how the twin strands of liberty and slavery were joined in the nation's founding. 'Gut-wrenching. . . . While acknowledging that the study of liberty and slavery in the Revolutionary era remains a 'partisan minefield,' Mr. Larson plunges in, sparing none of the era's most prominent revolutionaries from scrutiny.' —Harold Holzer, Wall Street Journal New attention from historians and journalists is raising pointed questions about the founding period: was the American revolution waged to preserve slavery, and was the Constitution a pact with slavery or a landmark in the antislavery movement? Leaders of the founding who called for American liberty are scrutinized for enslaving Black people themselves: George Washington consistently refused to recognize the freedom of those who escaped his Mount Vernon plantation. And we have long needed a history of the founding that fully includes Black Americans in the revolutionary protests, the war, and the debates over slavery and freedom that followed. We now have that history in Edward J. Larson's insightful synthesis of the founding. Indeed throughout Larson's brilliant history it is the voices of Black Americans that prove the most convincing of all on the urgency of liberty.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11f5d6e7b324867c952bfb3096d14b40.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Capitalist Punishment: How Wall Street Is Using Your Money to Create a Country You Didn't Vote For by Vivek Ramaswamy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/capitalist-punishment-how-wall-street-is-using-your-money-to-create-a-country-you-didn-t-vote-for-by-vivek-ramaswamy--65205606</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalist Punishment: How Wall Street Is Using Your Money to Create a Country You Didn't Vote For Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street cartel has quietly seized control of the American economy, and they are forcing governments and businesses to bow down to their political agenda—using your money to do it. Three Wall Street firms have quietly amassed more money than Jeff Bezos, Elon Musk, Andrew Carnegie, and John Rockefeller combined. But the money isn’t even theirs. These asset managers have accumulated all their power through “passive funds,” as most investors no longer believe anyone can reliably pick stocks. Yet the Big Three have decided that they can reliably pick the right social policies instead. As entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy reveals, the results are all bad—and working their way into every corner of the economy. They force US companies to adopt “racial equity audits” and “emissions caps” while supporting human rights atrocities in China. They coerce Western companies to produce less oil while shifting production to dirtier places like Russia. They allow companies like FTX to take victory laps on good management while collapsing like a house of cards. They charge high fees to mom-and-pop investors for so-called sustainable funds that are effectively identical to lower-fee index funds. Worst of all, they’re celebrated as heroes—at least so far. Capitalist Punishment lifts the veil on the largest fiduciary breaches, antitrust abuses, and First Amendment violations of the twenty-first century, misdeeds that are hiding in plain sight.  This isn’t just a threat to capitalism. It’s a threat to democratic self-governance itself. Capitalist Punishment is an easy-to-follow educational tour de force for every participant in financial markets—which, to the surprise of most Americans, includes nearly every single one of them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205606/9780063337770.mp3" length="2437288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalist Punishment: How Wall Street Is Using Your Money to Create a Country You Didn't Vote For Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Timothy Andrés...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656525</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalist Punishment: How Wall Street Is Using Your Money to Create a Country You Didn't Vote For Author: Vivek Ramaswamy Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street cartel has quietly seized control of the American economy, and they are forcing governments and businesses to bow down to their political agenda—using your money to do it. Three Wall Street firms have quietly amassed more money than Jeff Bezos, Elon Musk, Andrew Carnegie, and John Rockefeller combined. But the money isn’t even theirs. These asset managers have accumulated all their power through “passive funds,” as most investors no longer believe anyone can reliably pick stocks. Yet the Big Three have decided that they can reliably pick the right social policies instead. As entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy reveals, the results are all bad—and working their way into every corner of the economy. They force US companies to adopt “racial equity audits” and “emissions caps” while supporting human rights atrocities in China. They coerce Western companies to produce less oil while shifting production to dirtier places like Russia. They allow companies like FTX to take victory laps on good management while collapsing like a house of cards. They charge high fees to mom-and-pop investors for so-called sustainable funds that are effectively identical to lower-fee index funds. Worst of all, they’re celebrated as heroes—at least so far. Capitalist Punishment lifts the veil on the largest fiduciary breaches, antitrust abuses, and First Amendment violations of the twenty-first century, misdeeds that are hiding in plain sight.  This isn’t just a threat to capitalism. It’s a threat to democratic self-governance itself. Capitalist Punishment is an easy-to-follow educational tour de force for every participant in financial markets—which, to the surprise of most Americans, includes nearly every single one of them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/53e57904be4975afea7de3f91f1c72c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World by Zahra Biabani</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/climate-optimism-celebrating-systemic-change-around-the-world-by-zahra-biabani--65205742</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World Author: Zahra Biabani Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Change the way you think about the future. The fate of humanity can be daunting, but we don't need to live in that space. First, we need to change our attitude in order to implement nature-based solutions to deal with climate change. Good news: there are environmental trends and examples to change the way you think about how we can protect the planet.   Get to know Zahra Biabani, a climate activist, influencer, CEO, and writer. After unexpectedly establishing a career as an online sustainability educator and influencer, Zahra decided to jump headfirst into the waters of entrepreneurship and authorship. Climate Optimism is her way to spread hope. Inside, you'll find: ● Real stories on environmental sustainability in other countries that are working ● A mix of unique solutions and practical advice on how to face climate change ● Good news on how to change the way you think and feel about the climate crisis If you're looking for a sustainable living book or books for activists centered on environmentalism like A Field Guide to Climate Anxiety, The Intersectional Environmentalist, or Sustainable Badass, you'll love Climate Optimism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205742/9798765093641.mp3" length="14437279" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World Author: Zahra Biabani Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World Author: Zahra Biabani Narrator: Jeed Saddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Change the way you think about the future. The fate of humanity can be daunting, but we don't need to live in that space. First, we need to change our attitude in order to implement nature-based solutions to deal with climate change. Good news: there are environmental trends and examples to change the way you think about how we can protect the planet.   Get to know Zahra Biabani, a climate activist, influencer, CEO, and writer. After unexpectedly establishing a career as an online sustainability educator and influencer, Zahra decided to jump headfirst into the waters of entrepreneurship and authorship. Climate Optimism is her way to spread hope. Inside, you'll find: ● Real stories on environmental sustainability in other countries that are working ● A mix of unique solutions and practical advice on how to face climate change ● Good news on how to change the way you think and feel about the climate crisis If you're looking for a sustainable living book or books for activists centered on environmentalism like A Field Guide to Climate Anxiety, The Intersectional Environmentalist, or Sustainable Badass, you'll love Climate Optimism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/66a9d822973742959778197a7fec7cf4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Drugs and the FDA: Safety, Efficacy, and the Public's Trust by Mikkael A. Sekeres</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/drugs-and-the-fda-safety-efficacy-and-the-public-s-trust-by-mikkael-a-sekeres--65205712</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drugs and the FDA: Safety, Efficacy, and the Public's Trust Author: Mikkael A. Sekeres Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Food and Drug Administration approval for COVID-19 vaccines and the controversial Alzheimer's drug Aduhelm made headlines, but few of us know much about how the agency does its work. Why is the FDA the ultimate United States authority on a drug's safety and efficacy? In Drugs and the FDA, Mikkael Sekeres—a leading oncologist and former chair of the FDA's cancer drug advisory committee—tells the story of how the FDA became the most trusted regulatory agency in the world. It took a series of tragedies and health crises, as well as patient advocacy, for the government to take responsibility for ensuring the efficacy and safety of drugs and medical devices.   Before the FDA existed, drug makers could hawk any potion, claim treatment of any ailment, and make any promise on a label. But then, throughout the twentieth century, the government was forced to take action when children were poisoned by contaminated diphtheria and smallpox vaccines, an early antibiotic contained antifreeze, a drug prescribed for morning sickness in pregnancy caused babies to be born disfigured, and access to AIDS drugs was limited to a few clinical trials while thousands died. Sekeres describes all these events against the backdrop of the contentious 2011 hearings on the breast cancer drug Avastin, in which he participated as a panel member.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205712/9798765081822.mp3" length="14437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drugs and the FDA: Safety, Efficacy, and the Public's Trust Author: Mikkael A. Sekeres Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drugs and the FDA: Safety, Efficacy, and the Public's Trust Author: Mikkael A. Sekeres Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Food and Drug Administration approval for COVID-19 vaccines and the controversial Alzheimer's drug Aduhelm made headlines, but few of us know much about how the agency does its work. Why is the FDA the ultimate United States authority on a drug's safety and efficacy? In Drugs and the FDA, Mikkael Sekeres—a leading oncologist and former chair of the FDA's cancer drug advisory committee—tells the story of how the FDA became the most trusted regulatory agency in the world. It took a series of tragedies and health crises, as well as patient advocacy, for the government to take responsibility for ensuring the efficacy and safety of drugs and medical devices.   Before the FDA existed, drug makers could hawk any potion, claim treatment of any ailment, and make any promise on a label. But then, throughout the twentieth century, the government was forced to take action when children were poisoned by contaminated diphtheria and smallpox vaccines, an early antibiotic contained antifreeze, a drug prescribed for morning sickness in pregnancy caused babies to be born disfigured, and access to AIDS drugs was limited to a few clinical trials while thousands died. Sekeres describes all these events against the backdrop of the contentious 2011 hearings on the breast cancer drug Avastin, in which he participated as a panel member.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/395c03d7dc4cade9c5fec77563a6a2ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dangerous Instrument: Political Polarization and US Civil-Military Relations by Michael A. Robinson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dangerous-instrument-political-polarization-and-us-civil-military-relations-by-michael-a-robinson--65205707</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Instrument: Political Polarization and US Civil-Military Relations Author: Michael A. Robinson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As increasingly contentious politics in the United States raise concerns over the 'politicization' of traditionally non-partisan institutions, many have turned their attention to how the American military has been—and will be—affected by this trend. Since a low point following the end of the Vietnam War, the US military has experienced a dramatic reversal of public opinion, becoming one of the most trusted institutions in American society. However, this trend is more complicated than it appears: just as individuals have become fonder of their military, they have also become increasingly polarized from one another along partisan lines. The result is a new political environment rife with challenges to traditional civil-military norms. Michael A. Robinson studies the sources and potential limits of American trust in the armed services, focusing on the interplay of the public, political parties, media outlets, and the military itself on the prospect of politicization and its associated challenges. As democratic institutions face persistent pressure worldwide, Dangerous Instrument provides important insights into the contemporary arc of American civil-military affairs and delivers recommendations on ways to preserve a non-partisan military.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205707/9798350815108.mp3" length="14437281" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Instrument: Political Polarization and US Civil-Military Relations Author: Michael A. Robinson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Instrument: Political Polarization and US Civil-Military Relations Author: Michael A. Robinson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As increasingly contentious politics in the United States raise concerns over the 'politicization' of traditionally non-partisan institutions, many have turned their attention to how the American military has been—and will be—affected by this trend. Since a low point following the end of the Vietnam War, the US military has experienced a dramatic reversal of public opinion, becoming one of the most trusted institutions in American society. However, this trend is more complicated than it appears: just as individuals have become fonder of their military, they have also become increasingly polarized from one another along partisan lines. The result is a new political environment rife with challenges to traditional civil-military norms. Michael A. Robinson studies the sources and potential limits of American trust in the armed services, focusing on the interplay of the public, political parties, media outlets, and the military itself on the prospect of politicization and its associated challenges. As democratic institutions face persistent pressure worldwide, Dangerous Instrument provides important insights into the contemporary arc of American civil-military affairs and delivers recommendations on ways to preserve a non-partisan military.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/926c9b25fb87ecbea1e363d5f18885ac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Tiempo de hormigas: De la importancia de hablar con libertad y sin miedo sobre lo que está ocurriendo hoy en España by Antonio P</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-tiempo-de-hormigas-de-la-importancia-de-hablar-con-libertad-y-sin-miedo-sobre-lo-que-esta-ocurriendo-hoy-en-espana-by-antonio-p--65205727</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo de hormigas: De la importancia de hablar con libertad y sin miedo sobre lo que está ocurriendo hoy en España Author: Antonio Pérez Henares Narrator: Enrique Cañizares Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: April  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un libro de alto voltaje político sobre la encrucijada histórica y social en la que se encuentra España.  Antonio Pérez Henares es célebre por la claridad de sus ideas, así como por expresarlas con franqueza y sin andarse con rodeos. En este libro pone encima de la mesa las grandes cuestiones –y grandes tabúes– que preocupan a millones de personas en nuestro país como la manipulación acerca de la historia de España, el paso del feminismo al «hembrismo», la crisis de la verdad en el periodismo, la «progrecracia» o la ecología animalista… Tiempo de hormigas abre un debate sin censura sobre asuntos urgentes, invitándonos a la reflexión, a la vez que realiza un ataque frontal y fulminante contra el «neototalitarismo». «Pues la libertad, “el más preciado bien” en cervantino decir, o esde todos y a todos ampara, o simplemente no existe, no es. Ejerceré, pues, la mía.»  La crítica ha dicho: «Antonio Pérez Henares mantiene indomable su espíritu aventurero. Hoy hace frente a la dictadura de la 'progrecracia' y a la censura de lo políticamente correcto con igual determinación.» Marcos Ondarra, El español  «Aborda la encrucijada histórica y social en la que se encuentra España.» Cope «Un recorrido por temas como la manipulación de la historia de España, la 'crisis de la verdad' del periodismo y el 'neototalitarismo'.» Europa Press  «Una profunda reflexión sobre las amenazas a la libertad.» Cynthia Díaz, Ok Diario  Sobre La canción del bisonte: «Entre Ken Follett y Pascal Picq, un gigante del periodismo español como Pérez Henares se ha inventado un nuevo género: la novela policíaca de las cavernas.» Le Point  «¿Y si la Prehistoria fue la verdadera Edad de Oro de la humanidad? Una novela que no dejará indiferente a nadie. Reveladora.» Juan Luis Arsuaga  Sobre Cabeza de Vaca: «Una aventura fascinante, de principio a fin y de mar a mar, por la inmensidad de una América desconocida y salvaje.» Isabel San Sebastián  «Mucho más que una novela: la epopeya de uno de nuestros héroes ignorados, contada por un gran autor que ha seguido sus pasos.» Juan Eslava Galán]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205727/9788413146249.mp3" length="2437310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo de hormigas: De la importancia de hablar con libertad y sin miedo sobre lo que está ocurriendo hoy en España Author: Antonio Pérez...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649319</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo de hormigas: De la importancia de hablar con libertad y sin miedo sobre lo que está ocurriendo hoy en España Author: Antonio Pérez Henares Narrator: Enrique Cañizares Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: April  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un libro de alto voltaje político sobre la encrucijada histórica y social en la que se encuentra España.  Antonio Pérez Henares es célebre por la claridad de sus ideas, así como por expresarlas con franqueza y sin andarse con rodeos. En este libro pone encima de la mesa las grandes cuestiones –y grandes tabúes– que preocupan a millones de personas en nuestro país como la manipulación acerca de la historia de España, el paso del feminismo al «hembrismo», la crisis de la verdad en el periodismo, la «progrecracia» o la ecología animalista… Tiempo de hormigas abre un debate sin censura sobre asuntos urgentes, invitándonos a la reflexión, a la vez que realiza un ataque frontal y fulminante contra el «neototalitarismo». «Pues la libertad, “el más preciado bien” en cervantino decir, o esde todos y a todos ampara, o simplemente no existe, no es. Ejerceré, pues, la mía.»  La crítica ha dicho: «Antonio Pérez Henares mantiene indomable su espíritu aventurero. Hoy hace frente a la dictadura de la 'progrecracia' y a la censura de lo políticamente correcto con igual determinación.» Marcos Ondarra, El español  «Aborda la encrucijada histórica y social en la que se encuentra España.» Cope «Un recorrido por temas como la manipulación de la historia de España, la 'crisis de la verdad' del periodismo y el 'neototalitarismo'.» Europa Press  «Una profunda reflexión sobre las amenazas a la libertad.» Cynthia Díaz, Ok Diario  Sobre La canción del bisonte: «Entre Ken Follett y Pascal Picq, un gigante del periodismo español como Pérez Henares se ha inventado un nuevo género: la novela policíaca de las cavernas.» Le Point  «¿Y si la Prehistoria fue la verdadera Edad de Oro de la humanidad? Una novela que no dejará indiferente a nadie. Reveladora.» Juan Luis Arsuaga  Sobre Cabeza de Vaca: «Una aventura fascinante, de principio a fin y de mar a mar, por la inmensidad de una América desconocida y salvaje.» Isabel San Sebastián  «Mucho más que una novela: la epopeya de uno de nuestros héroes ignorados, contada por un gran autor que ha seguido sus pasos.» Juan Eslava Galán]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f1ae78b45303b0847e894c3f17d36f7d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>China's Law of the Sea: The New Rules of Maritime Order by Isaac B. Kardon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/china-s-law-of-the-sea-the-new-rules-of-maritime-order-by-isaac-b-kardon--65205730</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Law of the Sea: The New Rules of Maritime Order Author: Isaac B. Kardon Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China's Law of the Sea is the first comprehensive study of the law and geopolitics of China's maritime disputes. It provides a rigorous empirical account of whether and how China is changing 'the rules' of international order—specifically, the international law of the sea.   Conflicts over specific rules lie at the heart of the disputes, which are about much more than sovereignty over islands and rocks in the South and East China Seas. Instead, the main contests concern the strategic maritime space associated with those islands. To consolidate control over this vital maritime space, China's leaders have begun to implement 'China's law of the sea': building domestic legal institutions, bureaucratic organizations, and a naval and maritime law enforcement apparatus to establish China's preferred maritime rules on the water and in the diplomatic arena.   Isaac B. Kardon examines China's laws and policies to defend, exploit, study, administer, surveil, and patrol disputed waters. He also considers other claimants' reactions to these Chinese practices, because other states must acquiesce for China's preferences to become international rules. China's maritime disputes offer unique insights into the nature and scope of China's challenge to international order.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205730/9798350803402.mp3" length="14437263" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Law of the Sea: The New Rules of Maritime Order Author: Isaac B. Kardon Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Law of the Sea: The New Rules of Maritime Order Author: Isaac B. Kardon Narrator: Chris Monteiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China's Law of the Sea is the first comprehensive study of the law and geopolitics of China's maritime disputes. It provides a rigorous empirical account of whether and how China is changing 'the rules' of international order—specifically, the international law of the sea.   Conflicts over specific rules lie at the heart of the disputes, which are about much more than sovereignty over islands and rocks in the South and East China Seas. Instead, the main contests concern the strategic maritime space associated with those islands. To consolidate control over this vital maritime space, China's leaders have begun to implement 'China's law of the sea': building domestic legal institutions, bureaucratic organizations, and a naval and maritime law enforcement apparatus to establish China's preferred maritime rules on the water and in the diplomatic arena.   Isaac B. Kardon examines China's laws and policies to defend, exploit, study, administer, surveil, and patrol disputed waters. He also considers other claimants' reactions to these Chinese practices, because other states must acquiesce for China's preferences to become international rules. China's maritime disputes offer unique insights into the nature and scope of China's challenge to international order.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a74706bea5b18b054c7083bc5fd0f970.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Case Against the Supreme Court by Erwin Chemerinsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-against-the-supreme-court-by-erwin-chemerinsky--65205638</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Supreme Court Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Both historically and in the present, the Supreme Court has largely been a failure     In this devastating book, Erwin Chemerinsky—“one of the shining lights of legal academia” (The New York Times)—shows how, case by case, for over two centuries, the hallowed Court has been far more likely to uphold government abuses of power than to stop them. Drawing on a wealth of rulings, some famous, others little known, he reviews the Supreme Court’s historic failures in key areas, including the refusal to protect minorities, the upholding of gender discrimination, and the neglect of the Constitution in times of crisis, from World War I through 9/11. No one is better suited to make this case than Chemerinsky. He has studied, taught, and practiced constitutional law for thirty years and has argued before the Supreme Court. With passion and eloquence, Chemerinsky advocates reforms that could make the system work better, and he challenges us to think more critically about the nature of the Court and the fallible men and women who sit on it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205638/9780593684177.mp3" length="4837140" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Supreme Court Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654085</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Supreme Court Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Both historically and in the present, the Supreme Court has largely been a failure     In this devastating book, Erwin Chemerinsky—“one of the shining lights of legal academia” (The New York Times)—shows how, case by case, for over two centuries, the hallowed Court has been far more likely to uphold government abuses of power than to stop them. Drawing on a wealth of rulings, some famous, others little known, he reviews the Supreme Court’s historic failures in key areas, including the refusal to protect minorities, the upholding of gender discrimination, and the neglect of the Constitution in times of crisis, from World War I through 9/11. No one is better suited to make this case than Chemerinsky. He has studied, taught, and practiced constitutional law for thirty years and has argued before the Supreme Court. With passion and eloquence, Chemerinsky advocates reforms that could make the system work better, and he challenges us to think more critically about the nature of the Court and the fallible men and women who sit on it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e29d29007b052dee4add1e965ecb3f94.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Laboratories of Terror: The Final Act of Stalin's Great Purge in Soviet Ukraine by Lynne Viola</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/laboratories-of-terror-the-final-act-of-stalin-s-great-purge-in-soviet-ukraine-by-lynne-viola--65205621</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laboratories of Terror: The Final Act of Stalin's Great Purge in Soviet Ukraine Author: Lynne Viola Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Laboratories of Terror explores the final chapter of Stalin's Great Terror in Soviet Ukraine. When the Communist Party Central Committee and the Council of People's Commissars of the USSR halted mass operations in repression in November 1938, large numbers of mainly Communist purge victims whose cases remained incomplete were released. At the same time, hundreds of NKVD operatives who had carried out the Great Terror were scapegoated and arrested. Drawing on materials from the largely closed archives of the Soviet security police, this collection of essays by an international team of researchers illuminates the previously opaque world of the NKVD perpetrator. It uncovers the mechanics and logistics of the terror at the local level by examining the criminal files of a series of mid-level NKVD operatives from across Ukraine. The result offers new perspectives on both Stalin's central role in the architecture of the terror and NKVD perpetrators' agency in implementing one of the most horrific episodes of twentieth-century mass violence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205621/9798350815863.mp3" length="14437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laboratories of Terror: The Final Act of Stalin's Great Purge in Soviet Ukraine Author: Lynne Viola Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laboratories of Terror: The Final Act of Stalin's Great Purge in Soviet Ukraine Author: Lynne Viola Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Laboratories of Terror explores the final chapter of Stalin's Great Terror in Soviet Ukraine. When the Communist Party Central Committee and the Council of People's Commissars of the USSR halted mass operations in repression in November 1938, large numbers of mainly Communist purge victims whose cases remained incomplete were released. At the same time, hundreds of NKVD operatives who had carried out the Great Terror were scapegoated and arrested. Drawing on materials from the largely closed archives of the Soviet security police, this collection of essays by an international team of researchers illuminates the previously opaque world of the NKVD perpetrator. It uncovers the mechanics and logistics of the terror at the local level by examining the criminal files of a series of mid-level NKVD operatives from across Ukraine. The result offers new perspectives on both Stalin's central role in the architecture of the terror and NKVD perpetrators' agency in implementing one of the most horrific episodes of twentieth-century mass violence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/787ca4402f94e6b5cbdf66f1eacd2087.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments by Mckenzie Long</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-contested-land-the-storied-past-and-uncertain-future-of-america-s-national-monuments-by-mckenzie-long--65205603</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments Author: Mckenzie Long Narrator: Mckenzie Long Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One woman's enlightening trek through the natural histories, cultural stories, and present perils of thirteen national monuments Starting amid the sagebrush of Bears Ears National Monument on the eve of the Trump Administration's decision to reduce the site by eighty-five percent, McKenzie Long climbs sandstone cliffs, is awed by Ancestral Pueblo cliff dwellings, and is intrigued by 4,000-year-old petroglyphs. She hikes through remote pink canyons recently removed from the boundary of Grand Staircase–Escalante, skis to a backcountry hut in Maine to view a truly dark night sky, snorkels in warm Hawaiian waters to plumb the meaning of marine preserves, volunteers near the most contaminated nuclear site in the US, and witnesses firsthand the diverse forms of devotion evoked by the Rio Grande. In essays both contemplative and resonant, this book confronts an unjust past and imagines a collaborative future that bears witness to these regions' enduring Indigenous connections. From climate change realities to volatile tensions between economic development and environmental conservation, practical and philosophical issues arise as Long seeks the complicated and often overlooked stories of these incomparable places. Her journey emphasizes in clear and urgent terms the unique significance of, and grave threats to, these contested lands.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205603/9798765073322.mp3" length="14437333" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments Author: Mckenzie Long Narrator: Mckenzie Long Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments Author: Mckenzie Long Narrator: Mckenzie Long Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One woman's enlightening trek through the natural histories, cultural stories, and present perils of thirteen national monuments Starting amid the sagebrush of Bears Ears National Monument on the eve of the Trump Administration's decision to reduce the site by eighty-five percent, McKenzie Long climbs sandstone cliffs, is awed by Ancestral Pueblo cliff dwellings, and is intrigued by 4,000-year-old petroglyphs. She hikes through remote pink canyons recently removed from the boundary of Grand Staircase–Escalante, skis to a backcountry hut in Maine to view a truly dark night sky, snorkels in warm Hawaiian waters to plumb the meaning of marine preserves, volunteers near the most contaminated nuclear site in the US, and witnesses firsthand the diverse forms of devotion evoked by the Rio Grande. In essays both contemplative and resonant, this book confronts an unjust past and imagines a collaborative future that bears witness to these regions' enduring Indigenous connections. From climate change realities to volatile tensions between economic development and environmental conservation, practical and philosophical issues arise as Long seeks the complicated and often overlooked stories of these incomparable places. Her journey emphasizes in clear and urgent terms the unique significance of, and grave threats to, these contested lands.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad61550925640b6fa71ab06f39e97065.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Insider: How the Kiplinger Newsletter Bridged Washington and Wall Street by Rob Wells</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-insider-how-the-kiplinger-newsletter-bridged-washington-and-wall-street-by-rob-wells--65205601</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider: How the Kiplinger Newsletter Bridged Washington and Wall Street Author: Rob Wells Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When Willard M. Kiplinger launched the groundbreaking Kiplinger Washington Letter in 1923, he left the sidelines of traditional journalism to strike out on his own. With a specialized knowledge of finance and close connections to top Washington officials, Kiplinger was uniquely positioned to tell deeper truths about the intersections between government and business. With careful reporting and insider access, he delivered perceptive analysis and forecasts of business, economic, and political news to busy business executives, and the newsletter's readership grew exponentially over the coming decades. More than just a pioneering business journalist, Kiplinger emerged as a quiet but powerful link between the worlds of Presidents Hoover and Roosevelt, and used his Letter to play a little-known but influential role in the New Deal. Part journalism history, part biography, and part democratic chronicle, The Insider offers a well-written and deeply researched portrayal of how Kiplinger not only developed a widely read newsletter that launched a business publishing empire but also how he forged a new role for the journalist as political actor.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205601/9798765096109.mp3" length="14437288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider: How the Kiplinger Newsletter Bridged Washington and Wall Street Author: Rob Wells Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider: How the Kiplinger Newsletter Bridged Washington and Wall Street Author: Rob Wells Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When Willard M. Kiplinger launched the groundbreaking Kiplinger Washington Letter in 1923, he left the sidelines of traditional journalism to strike out on his own. With a specialized knowledge of finance and close connections to top Washington officials, Kiplinger was uniquely positioned to tell deeper truths about the intersections between government and business. With careful reporting and insider access, he delivered perceptive analysis and forecasts of business, economic, and political news to busy business executives, and the newsletter's readership grew exponentially over the coming decades. More than just a pioneering business journalist, Kiplinger emerged as a quiet but powerful link between the worlds of Presidents Hoover and Roosevelt, and used his Letter to play a little-known but influential role in the New Deal. Part journalism history, part biography, and part democratic chronicle, The Insider offers a well-written and deeply researched portrayal of how Kiplinger not only developed a widely read newsletter that launched a business publishing empire but also how he forged a new role for the journalist as political actor.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/da869131d1466fe08ea48c749f640853.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Inventing the Future: Postcapitalism and a World Without Work by Alex Williams, Nick Srnicek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/inventing-the-future-postcapitalism-and-a-world-without-work-by-alex-williams-nick-srnicek--65205783</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing the Future: Postcapitalism and a World Without Work Author: Alex Williams, Nick Srnicek Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This major new manifesto offers a 'clear and compelling vision of a postcapitalist society' and shows how left-wing politics can be rebuilt for the twenty-first century (Mark Fisher, author of Capitalist Realism Neoliberalism isn't working. Austerity is forcing millions into poverty and many more into precarious work, while the left remains trapped in stagnant political practices that offer no respite. Inventing the Future is a bold new manifesto for life after capitalism. Against the confused understanding of our high-tech world by both the right and the left, this book claims that the emancipatory and future-oriented possibilities of our society can be reclaimed. Instead of running from a complex future, Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams demand a postcapitalist economy capable of advancing standards, liberating humanity from work and developing technologies that expand our freedoms. This new edition includes a new chapter where they respond to their various critics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205783/9798765079720.mp3" length="14437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing the Future: Postcapitalism and a World Without Work Author: Alex Williams, Nick Srnicek Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649570</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing the Future: Postcapitalism and a World Without Work Author: Alex Williams, Nick Srnicek Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This major new manifesto offers a 'clear and compelling vision of a postcapitalist society' and shows how left-wing politics can be rebuilt for the twenty-first century (Mark Fisher, author of Capitalist Realism Neoliberalism isn't working. Austerity is forcing millions into poverty and many more into precarious work, while the left remains trapped in stagnant political practices that offer no respite. Inventing the Future is a bold new manifesto for life after capitalism. Against the confused understanding of our high-tech world by both the right and the left, this book claims that the emancipatory and future-oriented possibilities of our society can be reclaimed. Instead of running from a complex future, Nick Srnicek and Alex Williams demand a postcapitalist economy capable of advancing standards, liberating humanity from work and developing technologies that expand our freedoms. This new edition includes a new chapter where they respond to their various critics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f0ee7bf0a75a2c76e213b3f42bdf2d5f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Awakening to China's Rise: European Foreign and Security Policies toward the People's Republic of China by Hugo Meijer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/awakening-to-china-s-rise-european-foreign-and-security-policies-toward-the-people-s-republic-of-china-by-hugo-meijer--65205781</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening to China's Rise: European Foreign and Security Policies toward the People's Republic of China Author: Hugo Meijer Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Awakening to China's Rise provides the most comprehensive analysis to date of how Europe's major powers have responded to the re-emergence of China as a great power in world politics since the end of the Cold War. To do so, it puts forward a unique cross-regional comparison of how the major European powers (France, Germany, and the United Kingdom) have confronted Chinese assertiveness both in the Asia-Pacific and in Europe. Firstly, it analyzes their response to China's increasingly muscular regional posture in the Asia-Pacific through the development of diplomatic and security initiatives with partners in the region. Secondly, it delineates how they have confronted China's inroads into Europe, looking at the measures that they have taken to tackle Chinese investments in, and supply of, technologies in strategic sectors such as critical national infrastructures, dual-use technologies, and in the digital domain, including Huawei's 5G networks. A longstanding assumption in the IR literature has been that European foreign policies toward the People's Republic of China have been driven by a 'naïve' and self-interested focus on the economic opportunities presented by such a vast market, overlooking security considerations. This book challenges this belief through a detailed examination of the policies of France, Germany, and the United Kingdom from 1989 to the present.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205781/9781696610797.mp3" length="14437286" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening to China's Rise: European Foreign and Security Policies toward the People's Republic of China Author: Hugo Meijer Narrator: Nigel Patterson...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awakening to China's Rise: European Foreign and Security Policies toward the People's Republic of China Author: Hugo Meijer Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Awakening to China's Rise provides the most comprehensive analysis to date of how Europe's major powers have responded to the re-emergence of China as a great power in world politics since the end of the Cold War. To do so, it puts forward a unique cross-regional comparison of how the major European powers (France, Germany, and the United Kingdom) have confronted Chinese assertiveness both in the Asia-Pacific and in Europe. Firstly, it analyzes their response to China's increasingly muscular regional posture in the Asia-Pacific through the development of diplomatic and security initiatives with partners in the region. Secondly, it delineates how they have confronted China's inroads into Europe, looking at the measures that they have taken to tackle Chinese investments in, and supply of, technologies in strategic sectors such as critical national infrastructures, dual-use technologies, and in the digital domain, including Huawei's 5G networks. A longstanding assumption in the IR literature has been that European foreign policies toward the People's Republic of China have been driven by a 'naïve' and self-interested focus on the economic opportunities presented by such a vast market, overlooking security considerations. This book challenges this belief through a detailed examination of the policies of France, Germany, and the United Kingdom from 1989 to the present.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/651f06bf056662531603550445799126.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Xi Jinping: The Most Powerful Man in the World by Stefan Aust, Adrian Geiges</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/xi-jinping-the-most-powerful-man-in-the-world-by-stefan-aust-adrian-geiges--65205626</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Xi Jinping: The Most Powerful Man in the World Author: Stefan Aust, Adrian Geiges Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  If China seems unstoppable, so too does its leader Xi Jinping. As general secretary of the Chinese Communist Party and president of China, he commands over 1.4 billion people, in a vast country that spans the prosperous megacities of Beijing and Shanghai and desperately poor rural regions where families still struggle with malnutrition. Today, Xi Jinping faces a series of monumental challenges that would make other global leaders tremble: a trade war with the USA, political unrest in Hong Kong, accusations of genocide in Xinjiang, stuttering economic growth, and a devastating global pandemic that originated inside China. But who is Xi Jinping and what does he really want? To rejuvenate China and bring economic prosperity to all its people? To challenge American supremacy and turn China into the world's dominant power? Avoiding both sycophantic flattery and outright condemnation, this new biography by Stefan Aust and Adrian Geiges gets inside the head of one of the world's most mysterious leaders. Skillfully unraveling the hidden story of Xi Jinping's life and career, from his early childhood to his rise to the pinnacles of the Party and the State, they flesh out his views and uncover how he became the most powerful man in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205626/9798765086629.mp3" length="14437239" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Xi Jinping: The Most Powerful Man in the World Author: Stefan Aust, Adrian Geiges Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655924</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Xi Jinping: The Most Powerful Man in the World Author: Stefan Aust, Adrian Geiges Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  If China seems unstoppable, so too does its leader Xi Jinping. As general secretary of the Chinese Communist Party and president of China, he commands over 1.4 billion people, in a vast country that spans the prosperous megacities of Beijing and Shanghai and desperately poor rural regions where families still struggle with malnutrition. Today, Xi Jinping faces a series of monumental challenges that would make other global leaders tremble: a trade war with the USA, political unrest in Hong Kong, accusations of genocide in Xinjiang, stuttering economic growth, and a devastating global pandemic that originated inside China. But who is Xi Jinping and what does he really want? To rejuvenate China and bring economic prosperity to all its people? To challenge American supremacy and turn China into the world's dominant power? Avoiding both sycophantic flattery and outright condemnation, this new biography by Stefan Aust and Adrian Geiges gets inside the head of one of the world's most mysterious leaders. Skillfully unraveling the hidden story of Xi Jinping's life and career, from his early childhood to his rise to the pinnacles of the Party and the State, they flesh out his views and uncover how he became the most powerful man in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/07a74adfc3b412f2036efc65abcf9e15.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center by John Kekes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/moderate-conservatism-reclaiming-the-center-by-john-kekes--65205607</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center Author: John Kekes Narrator: Ian M. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center by John Kekes is a response to attacks on the United States' 300-year-old constitutional democracy by extremists on the left and the right. It makes a reasoned case for moderation and the defense of a political system that has endured because it has balanced the often-conflicting claims of justice, liberty, equality, prosperity, and security. That balance is now threatened by extremists who ignore all else but their grievances. They are blind to the destructive consequences of their attacks on the conditions on which the well-being of all Americans, including their own, depends. The aim of Moderate Conservatism is to protect the United States' political system. It is a defense of what Americans have and are in danger of losing. Central to it is the rarely conscious patriotism of many millions of citizens who live private lives, earn a living, raise a family, and rely on the political system to protect the conditions in which they can continue to do so. They sustain life as Americans know it. And that life is now threatened by the destructive attacks of extremists. The United States is in urgent need of the balance and moderation this book describes and defends.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205607/9781696610834.mp3" length="14437241" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center Author: John Kekes Narrator: Ian M. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center Author: John Kekes Narrator: Ian M. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moderate Conservatism: Reclaiming the Center by John Kekes is a response to attacks on the United States' 300-year-old constitutional democracy by extremists on the left and the right. It makes a reasoned case for moderation and the defense of a political system that has endured because it has balanced the often-conflicting claims of justice, liberty, equality, prosperity, and security. That balance is now threatened by extremists who ignore all else but their grievances. They are blind to the destructive consequences of their attacks on the conditions on which the well-being of all Americans, including their own, depends. The aim of Moderate Conservatism is to protect the United States' political system. It is a defense of what Americans have and are in danger of losing. Central to it is the rarely conscious patriotism of many millions of citizens who live private lives, earn a living, raise a family, and rely on the political system to protect the conditions in which they can continue to do so. They sustain life as Americans know it. And that life is now threatened by the destructive attacks of extremists. The United States is in urgent need of the balance and moderation this book describes and defends.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/08e87d4a69dfa1c8f33d6b90f826b58a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ideological Fixation: From the Stone Age to Today's Culture Wars by Azar Gat</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ideological-fixation-from-the-stone-age-to-today-s-culture-wars-by-azar-gat--65205733</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideological Fixation: From the Stone Age to Today's Culture Wars Author: Azar Gat Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After theorists around 1960 proclaimed the 'death of ideology,' ideological divides and clashes have reemerged with renewed intensity throughout the world. In the United States they have become particularly venomous. Each side in America's escalating ideological civil war charges the other with concocting 'fake news' and 'alternative facts.' The other side is widely viewed as malicious, irrational, or downright stupid, and, often, as barely legitimate. The zeal of the opposing sides is often scarcely less than that which characterized the religious ideologies of old. Indeed, historical religious ideologies have largely been replaced by 'secular religions' or 'religion substitutes.' Ideology consists of normative prescriptions regarding how society should be shaped, together with an interpretive roadmap indicating how this normative vision can be implemented in reality. Ideological Fixation is the result of tensions and conflicts between these two elements. The book focuses on ideologies' factual claims about the world, typically subordinate to, and often distorted by, their normative commitment. In exploring this phenomenon, the book combines insights from evolutionary psychology regarding the nature of some of our deepest proclivities with a broad sweep through history and around the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205733/9798350803242.mp3" length="14437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideological Fixation: From the Stone Age to Today's Culture Wars Author: Azar Gat Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646632</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideological Fixation: From the Stone Age to Today's Culture Wars Author: Azar Gat Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After theorists around 1960 proclaimed the 'death of ideology,' ideological divides and clashes have reemerged with renewed intensity throughout the world. In the United States they have become particularly venomous. Each side in America's escalating ideological civil war charges the other with concocting 'fake news' and 'alternative facts.' The other side is widely viewed as malicious, irrational, or downright stupid, and, often, as barely legitimate. The zeal of the opposing sides is often scarcely less than that which characterized the religious ideologies of old. Indeed, historical religious ideologies have largely been replaced by 'secular religions' or 'religion substitutes.' Ideology consists of normative prescriptions regarding how society should be shaped, together with an interpretive roadmap indicating how this normative vision can be implemented in reality. Ideological Fixation is the result of tensions and conflicts between these two elements. The book focuses on ideologies' factual claims about the world, typically subordinate to, and often distorted by, their normative commitment. In exploring this phenomenon, the book combines insights from evolutionary psychology regarding the nature of some of our deepest proclivities with a broad sweep through history and around the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/00f9f9a4f89c8b72a2c140c370a4423f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness by Virginia Heffernan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ring-of-fire-high-stakes-mining-in-a-lowlands-wilderness-by-virginia-heffernan--65205665</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Nikki Zakocs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A valuable discovery under the world's second-largest temperate wetland and in the traditional lands of the Cree and Ojibway casts light on the growing conflict among resource development, environmental stewardship, and Indigenous rights When prospectors discovered a gigantic crescent of metal deposits under the James Bay Lowlands of northern Canada in 2007, the find touched off a mining rush, lured a major American company to spend fortunes in the remote swamp, and forced politicians to confront their legal duty to consult Indigenous Peoples about development on their traditional territories. But the multibillion-dollar Ring of Fire was all but abandoned when stakeholders failed to reach a consensus on how to develop the cache despite years of negotiations and hundreds of millions of dollars in spending. Now plans for an all-weather road to connect the region to the highway network are reigniting the fireworks. In this colorful tale, Virginia Heffernan draws on her bush and newsroom experiences to illustrate the complexities of resource development at a time when Indigenous rights are becoming enshrined globally. The Ring of Fire presents an opportunity for Canada to leave behind centuries of plunder and set the global standard for responsible development of minerals critical to the green energy revolution.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205665/9798350811803.mp3" length="14437318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Nikki Zakocs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness Author: Virginia Heffernan Narrator: Nikki Zakocs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A valuable discovery under the world's second-largest temperate wetland and in the traditional lands of the Cree and Ojibway casts light on the growing conflict among resource development, environmental stewardship, and Indigenous rights When prospectors discovered a gigantic crescent of metal deposits under the James Bay Lowlands of northern Canada in 2007, the find touched off a mining rush, lured a major American company to spend fortunes in the remote swamp, and forced politicians to confront their legal duty to consult Indigenous Peoples about development on their traditional territories. But the multibillion-dollar Ring of Fire was all but abandoned when stakeholders failed to reach a consensus on how to develop the cache despite years of negotiations and hundreds of millions of dollars in spending. Now plans for an all-weather road to connect the region to the highway network are reigniting the fireworks. In this colorful tale, Virginia Heffernan draws on her bush and newsroom experiences to illustrate the complexities of resource development at a time when Indigenous rights are becoming enshrined globally. The Ring of Fire presents an opportunity for Canada to leave behind centuries of plunder and set the global standard for responsible development of minerals critical to the green energy revolution.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2ce306f0f6eff88677d393f221c57536.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know®, 2nd Edition by Dennis W. Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/campaigns-elections-and-the-threat-to-democracy-what-everyone-needs-to-know-2nd-edition-by-dennis-w-johnson--65205641</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know®, 2nd Edition Author: Dennis W. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The United States, through its local, state, and national contests, holds more elections, more often, than any democracy in the world. But in recent years, there have been troubling signs that our system of campaigns and elections has become much more fragile and vulnerable. More specifically, in the past twenty years, campaigns have changed profoundly: social media and viral messaging compete with traditional media, races once considered local in nature have become nationalized, Supreme Court decisions on campaign finance law now encourage mega-donors, voters are more polarized, party affiliation has waned, and the middle ideological ground has given way to extremist language and voter rage. This new edition of Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know® offers the most up-to-date examination of campaigns, elections, and future threats to voting and democracy. It will also include new data on voter participation, voter fraud, reapportionment post-2020 census, party polarization, campaign finance, and more. Given the fragility of our election process, what are the threats to a healthy American democracy? This is not simply a book on how campaigns are run, but why campaigns and elections are integral components of American democracy and how those fundamental elements may be vulnerable to misuse.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205641/9798350816488.mp3" length="14437289" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know®, 2nd Edition Author: Dennis W. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653298</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know®, 2nd Edition Author: Dennis W. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The United States, through its local, state, and national contests, holds more elections, more often, than any democracy in the world. But in recent years, there have been troubling signs that our system of campaigns and elections has become much more fragile and vulnerable. More specifically, in the past twenty years, campaigns have changed profoundly: social media and viral messaging compete with traditional media, races once considered local in nature have become nationalized, Supreme Court decisions on campaign finance law now encourage mega-donors, voters are more polarized, party affiliation has waned, and the middle ideological ground has given way to extremist language and voter rage. This new edition of Campaigns, Elections, and the Threat to Democracy: What Everyone Needs to Know® offers the most up-to-date examination of campaigns, elections, and future threats to voting and democracy. It will also include new data on voter participation, voter fraud, reapportionment post-2020 census, party polarization, campaign finance, and more. Given the fragility of our election process, what are the threats to a healthy American democracy? This is not simply a book on how campaigns are run, but why campaigns and elections are integral components of American democracy and how those fundamental elements may be vulnerable to misuse.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8fedd5111e55d35a3a0f0fc6ec6ec865.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Wilhelm Tell': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Jürgen Fritsche, Friedri</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-friedrich-schillers-wilhelm-tell-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-jurgen-fritsche-friedri--65205616</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Wilhelm Tell': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Drama aus der Epoche der Klassik, 'Wilhelm Tell'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205616/9783754502662.mp3" length="1477703" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Wilhelm Tell': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Wilhelm Tell': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Drama aus der Epoche der Klassik, 'Wilhelm Tell'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5ef6f2b4c8052aab836fc74114e9b9a0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century by David Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/every-citizen-a-statesman-the-dream-of-a-democratic-foreign-policy-in-the-american-century-by-david-allen--65205656</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century Author: David Allen Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No major arena of US governance is more elitist than foreign policy. International relations barely surface in election campaigns, and policymakers take little input from Congress. For much of the twentieth century, officials, activists, and academics worked to foster an informed public that would embrace participation in foreign policy as a civic duty. Every Citizen a Statesman recounts an abandoned effort to create a democratic foreign policy. Taking the lead alongside the State Department were philanthropic institutions like the Ford and Rockefeller foundations and the Foreign Policy Association, a nonprofit founded in 1918. In cities across the country, hundreds of thousands of Americans gathered in homes and libraries to learn and talk about pressing global issues. But by the 1960s, officials were convinced that strategy in a nuclear world was beyond ordinary people, and foundation support for outreach withered. The local councils increasingly focused on those who were already engaged in political debate and otherwise decried supposed public apathy, becoming a force for the very elitism they set out to combat. The result, David Allen argues, was a chasm between policymakers and the public that has persisted since the Vietnam War, insulating a critical area of decision-making from the will of the people.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205656/9798765072424.mp3" length="4837190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century Author: David Allen Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Citizen a Statesman: The Dream of a Democratic Foreign Policy in the American Century Author: David Allen Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No major arena of US governance is more elitist than foreign policy. International relations barely surface in election campaigns, and policymakers take little input from Congress. For much of the twentieth century, officials, activists, and academics worked to foster an informed public that would embrace participation in foreign policy as a civic duty. Every Citizen a Statesman recounts an abandoned effort to create a democratic foreign policy. Taking the lead alongside the State Department were philanthropic institutions like the Ford and Rockefeller foundations and the Foreign Policy Association, a nonprofit founded in 1918. In cities across the country, hundreds of thousands of Americans gathered in homes and libraries to learn and talk about pressing global issues. But by the 1960s, officials were convinced that strategy in a nuclear world was beyond ordinary people, and foundation support for outreach withered. The local councils increasingly focused on those who were already engaged in political debate and otherwise decried supposed public apathy, becoming a force for the very elitism they set out to combat. The result, David Allen argues, was a chasm between policymakers and the public that has persisted since the Vietnam War, insulating a critical area of decision-making from the will of the people.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/02f925de3e27297cfba3e39813b2d124.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Jury: A Very Short Introduction by Renée Lettow Lerner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-jury-a-very-short-introduction-by-renee-lettow-lerner--65205786</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jury: A Very Short Introduction Author: Renée Lettow Lerner Narrator: Cathi Colas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Almost every society has professional judges, but from ancient Athens to modern Asia, cultures have wanted ordinary people involved in legal decisions. The use of juries comes with challenges; societies must determine how to select jurors, what cases jurors should decide and by what rules, and how to inform jurors about the law and evidence. This Very Short Introduction shows how and why societies around the world have used juries, charting the spread of the twelve-person jury from England to the British colonies in America, Canada, India, Australia, New Zealand, and the Caribbean. In criminal cases, use of lay jurors has stretched to nations in Europe, Latin America, and Asia as they aspire to democracy, greater popular participation in government, and legitimacy of the justice system. But in English-speaking countries, jury trials are declining. Civil juries have been virtually abolished everywhere except the United States, and even there they are rare. In criminal cases, plea bargaining is now taking the place of jury trials. In this book, Renée Lettow Lerner describes the benefits and challenges of using juries, including jury nullification, and considers how innovations from non-English-speaking countries may be key to the survival of lay participation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205786/9798765062005.mp3" length="14437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jury: A Very Short Introduction Author: Renée Lettow Lerner Narrator: Cathi Colas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649594</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jury: A Very Short Introduction Author: Renée Lettow Lerner Narrator: Cathi Colas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Almost every society has professional judges, but from ancient Athens to modern Asia, cultures have wanted ordinary people involved in legal decisions. The use of juries comes with challenges; societies must determine how to select jurors, what cases jurors should decide and by what rules, and how to inform jurors about the law and evidence. This Very Short Introduction shows how and why societies around the world have used juries, charting the spread of the twelve-person jury from England to the British colonies in America, Canada, India, Australia, New Zealand, and the Caribbean. In criminal cases, use of lay jurors has stretched to nations in Europe, Latin America, and Asia as they aspire to democracy, greater popular participation in government, and legitimacy of the justice system. But in English-speaking countries, jury trials are declining. Civil juries have been virtually abolished everywhere except the United States, and even there they are rare. In criminal cases, plea bargaining is now taking the place of jury trials. In this book, Renée Lettow Lerner describes the benefits and challenges of using juries, including jury nullification, and considers how innovations from non-English-speaking countries may be key to the survival of lay participation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40d1f5640b873ad2813e15a950a1ec9d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Companion to Marx's Grundrisse by David Harvey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-companion-to-marx-s-grundrisse-by-david-harvey--65205778</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Companion to Marx's Grundrisse Author: David Harvey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  David Harvey tackles Marx's notebooks that have spawned wide-ranging and raging controversies When leading scholar of Marx, Roman Rosdolsky, first encountered the virtually unknown text of Marx's Grundrisse—his preparatory work for his masterpiece Das Capital—in the 1950s in New York Public Library, he recognized it as 'a work of fundamental importance,' but declared 'its unusual form' and 'obscure manner of expression, made it far from suitable for reaching a wide circle of readers.' David Harvey's Companion to Marx's Grundrisse builds upon his widely acclaimed companions to the first and second volumes of Capital in a way that will reach as wide an audience as possible. Marx's stated ambition for this text is to reveal 'the exact development of the concept of capital as the fundamental concept of modern economics, just as capital itself is the foundation of bourgeois society.'   While respecting Marx's desire to 'bring out all the contradictions of bourgeois production, as well as the boundary where it drives beyond itself,' David Harvey also pithily illustrates the relevance of Marx's text to understanding the troubled state of contemporary capitalism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205778/9798350800708.mp3" length="14437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Companion to Marx's Grundrisse Author: David Harvey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 56 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Companion to Marx's Grundrisse Author: David Harvey Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  David Harvey tackles Marx's notebooks that have spawned wide-ranging and raging controversies When leading scholar of Marx, Roman Rosdolsky, first encountered the virtually unknown text of Marx's Grundrisse—his preparatory work for his masterpiece Das Capital—in the 1950s in New York Public Library, he recognized it as 'a work of fundamental importance,' but declared 'its unusual form' and 'obscure manner of expression, made it far from suitable for reaching a wide circle of readers.' David Harvey's Companion to Marx's Grundrisse builds upon his widely acclaimed companions to the first and second volumes of Capital in a way that will reach as wide an audience as possible. Marx's stated ambition for this text is to reveal 'the exact development of the concept of capital as the fundamental concept of modern economics, just as capital itself is the foundation of bourgeois society.'   While respecting Marx's desire to 'bring out all the contradictions of bourgeois production, as well as the boundary where it drives beyond itself,' David Harvey also pithily illustrates the relevance of Marx's text to understanding the troubled state of contemporary capitalism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8576805a31488b9cbcf800d2056d0882.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Toxic Exposure: The True Story behind the Monsanto Trials and the Search for Justice by Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/toxic-exposure-the-true-story-behind-the-monsanto-trials-and-the-search-for-justice-by-chadi-nabhan-md-mba-facp--65205728</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Exposure: The True Story behind the Monsanto Trials and the Search for Justice Author: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp Narrator: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For years, Monsanto declared that their product Roundup, the world’s most widely used weed killer, was safe. But that all changed in 2015, when the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) analyzed data from scientific studies and concluded that glyphosate, the active ingredient in Roundup, was probably carcinogenic. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) disagreed, other regulatory agencies got involved, and scientists clamored to understand the link between glyphosate and cancer.Toxic Exposure tells the true story of numerous patients who developed nonHodgkin lymphoma, a form of cancer, after using Roundup and their ensuing trials against Monsanto (now owned by Bayer, one of the largest agrochemical companies in the world). Written by Chadi Nabhan, MD, MBA, a cancer specialist, this is the only book by an expert physician witness who testified in the first three trials against Monsanto.Dr. Nabhan takes the reader behind the scenes of these pivotal trials, explaining key features of the cases, including how Monsanto downplayed the IARC’s scientific conclusions, may have worked to change how the EPA classified glyphosate, and conducted extensive PR campaigns designed to minimize the public’s perception of the negative health effects of its product. He also provides details about the other expert witnesses who reviewed the evidence, analyzed the science, and stood up to this agricultural behemoth in the courtroom.Discover the inside story of corporate influence, courtroom drama, legal discourse, monumental verdicts, and the ensuing media frenzy surrounding this massive uncovering of the truth and the years of scientific and legal work that led up to it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205728/9781705090282.mp3" length="2437236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Exposure: The True Story behind the Monsanto Trials and the Search for Justice Author: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp Narrator: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Exposure: The True Story behind the Monsanto Trials and the Search for Justice Author: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp Narrator: Chadi Nabhan Md Mba Facp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For years, Monsanto declared that their product Roundup, the world’s most widely used weed killer, was safe. But that all changed in 2015, when the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) analyzed data from scientific studies and concluded that glyphosate, the active ingredient in Roundup, was probably carcinogenic. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) disagreed, other regulatory agencies got involved, and scientists clamored to understand the link between glyphosate and cancer.Toxic Exposure tells the true story of numerous patients who developed nonHodgkin lymphoma, a form of cancer, after using Roundup and their ensuing trials against Monsanto (now owned by Bayer, one of the largest agrochemical companies in the world). Written by Chadi Nabhan, MD, MBA, a cancer specialist, this is the only book by an expert physician witness who testified in the first three trials against Monsanto.Dr. Nabhan takes the reader behind the scenes of these pivotal trials, explaining key features of the cases, including how Monsanto downplayed the IARC’s scientific conclusions, may have worked to change how the EPA classified glyphosate, and conducted extensive PR campaigns designed to minimize the public’s perception of the negative health effects of its product. He also provides details about the other expert witnesses who reviewed the evidence, analyzed the science, and stood up to this agricultural behemoth in the courtroom.Discover the inside story of corporate influence, courtroom drama, legal discourse, monumental verdicts, and the ensuing media frenzy surrounding this massive uncovering of the truth and the years of scientific and legal work that led up to it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f522a5d67944aec678b54ba0d6be7ffd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma by Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-promise-kept-the-muscogee-creek-nation-and-mcgirt-v-oklahoma-by-robert-j-miller-robbie-ethridge--65205714</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'At the end of the Trail of Tears there was a promise,' United States Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the decision issued in the case of McGirt v. Oklahoma. And that promise, made in treaties between the United States and the Muscogee (Creek) Nation more than 150 years earlier, would finally be kept. With the Court's ruling, the full extent of the Muscogee (Creek) Reservation was reaffirmed—meaning that 3.25 million acres of land in Oklahoma were recognized as 'Indian Country.' A Promise Kept explores the circumstances and implications of McGirt v. Oklahoma, likely the most significant Indian law case in well over a hundred years. Combining legal analysis and historical context, this book gives an in-depth, accessible account of how the case unfolded and what it might mean for Oklahomans, the Muscogee (Creek) Nation, and other tribes throughout the United States. Robbie Ethridge traces the history of the Muscogee (Creek) Nation from its inception to its resurgence in Oklahoma in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Robert J. Miller considers McGirt v. Oklahoma, examining important related cases, precedents that informed the Court's decision, and future ramifications. Their work clarifies the stakes of a decision that, while long overdue, raises numerous complex issues profoundly affecting federal, state, and tribal relations and law.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205714/9798350807684.mp3" length="14437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649607</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Promise Kept: The Muscogee (Creek) Nation and McGirt v. Oklahoma Author: Robert J. Miller, Robbie Ethridge Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'At the end of the Trail of Tears there was a promise,' United States Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the decision issued in the case of McGirt v. Oklahoma. And that promise, made in treaties between the United States and the Muscogee (Creek) Nation more than 150 years earlier, would finally be kept. With the Court's ruling, the full extent of the Muscogee (Creek) Reservation was reaffirmed—meaning that 3.25 million acres of land in Oklahoma were recognized as 'Indian Country.' A Promise Kept explores the circumstances and implications of McGirt v. Oklahoma, likely the most significant Indian law case in well over a hundred years. Combining legal analysis and historical context, this book gives an in-depth, accessible account of how the case unfolded and what it might mean for Oklahomans, the Muscogee (Creek) Nation, and other tribes throughout the United States. Robbie Ethridge traces the history of the Muscogee (Creek) Nation from its inception to its resurgence in Oklahoma in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Robert J. Miller considers McGirt v. Oklahoma, examining important related cases, precedents that informed the Court's decision, and future ramifications. Their work clarifies the stakes of a decision that, while long overdue, raises numerous complex issues profoundly affecting federal, state, and tribal relations and law.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8b44a6fb811bd2e3c406d1768954ae00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Courage to Be Free: Florida's Blueprint for America's Revival by Ron Desantis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-courage-to-be-free-florida-s-blueprint-for-america-s-revival-by-ron-desantis--65205713</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Be Free: Florida's Blueprint for America's Revival Author: Ron Desantis Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No American leader has accomplished more for his state than Governor Ron DeSantis. Now he reveals how he did it.           He played baseball for Yale, graduated with honours from Harvard Law School and served in Iraq and in the halls of Congress. But in all these places, Ron DeSantis learned the same lesson: he didn’t want to be part of the leftist elite.           His heart was always for the people of Florida, one of the most diverse and culturally rich states in the union. Since becoming governor of the Sunshine State, he has fought – and won – battle after battle, defeating not just opposition from the political left, but a barrage of hostile media coverage proclaiming the end of the world. In 2022, the governor delivered a historic, record-setting victory, winning by nearly 20 points and more than 1.5 million votes.           A first-hand account from the blue-collar boy who grew up to take on Disney and Dr Fauci, The Courage to Be Free is a rallying cry for everyone who wishes to preserve their liberties]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205713/9780008610210.mp3" length="2437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Be Free: Florida's Blueprint for America's Revival Author: Ron Desantis Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Be Free: Florida's Blueprint for America's Revival Author: Ron Desantis Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No American leader has accomplished more for his state than Governor Ron DeSantis. Now he reveals how he did it.           He played baseball for Yale, graduated with honours from Harvard Law School and served in Iraq and in the halls of Congress. But in all these places, Ron DeSantis learned the same lesson: he didn’t want to be part of the leftist elite.           His heart was always for the people of Florida, one of the most diverse and culturally rich states in the union. Since becoming governor of the Sunshine State, he has fought – and won – battle after battle, defeating not just opposition from the political left, but a barrage of hostile media coverage proclaiming the end of the world. In 2022, the governor delivered a historic, record-setting victory, winning by nearly 20 points and more than 1.5 million votes.           A first-hand account from the blue-collar boy who grew up to take on Disney and Dr Fauci, The Courage to Be Free is a rallying cry for everyone who wishes to preserve their liberties]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/012eb3c584fdeac2917ec1c7ed8d972e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Southernization of America: A Story of Democracy in the Balance by Frye Gaillard, Cynthia Tucker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-southernization-of-america-a-story-of-democracy-in-the-balance-by-frye-gaillard-cynthia-tucker--65205696</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Southernization of America: A Story of Democracy in the Balance Author: Frye Gaillard, Cynthia Tucker Narrator: Diana Blue, Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pulitzer Prize-winner Cynthia Tucker and award-winning author Frye Gaillard reflect on the role of the South in America's long descent into Trumpism. In 1974, Southern author John Egerton published his seminal work, The Americanization of Dixie, reflecting on the double-edged reality of the South becoming more like the rest of the country and vice versa. Tucker and Gaillard dive deeper into that reality from the time that Egerton published his book until the present. They explore the 'birtherism' of Donald Trump and the roots of the racial backlash against President Obama; the specter of family separation on our southern border, with its echoes of similar separations in the era of slavery; as well as the rise of the Christian right, demonstrations in Charlottesville, the death of George Floyd, and the attack on the capital—all of which, they argue, have roots that trace their way to the South. But Tucker and Gaillard see another side too, a legacy rooted in the civil rights years that has given us political leaders like John Lewis, Jimmy Carter, Raphael Warnock, and Stacy Abrams. The authors raise the ironic possibility that the South might lead the way on the path to redemption. They bring a multi-racial perspective and years of political reporting to bear on a critical moment in American history, a time of racial reckoning and of democracy under siege.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205696/9798765072080.mp3" length="14437308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Southernization of America: A Story of Democracy in the Balance Author: Frye Gaillard, Cynthia Tucker Narrator: Diana Blue, Paul Heitsch Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649599</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Southernization of America: A Story of Democracy in the Balance Author: Frye Gaillard, Cynthia Tucker Narrator: Diana Blue, Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pulitzer Prize-winner Cynthia Tucker and award-winning author Frye Gaillard reflect on the role of the South in America's long descent into Trumpism. In 1974, Southern author John Egerton published his seminal work, The Americanization of Dixie, reflecting on the double-edged reality of the South becoming more like the rest of the country and vice versa. Tucker and Gaillard dive deeper into that reality from the time that Egerton published his book until the present. They explore the 'birtherism' of Donald Trump and the roots of the racial backlash against President Obama; the specter of family separation on our southern border, with its echoes of similar separations in the era of slavery; as well as the rise of the Christian right, demonstrations in Charlottesville, the death of George Floyd, and the attack on the capital—all of which, they argue, have roots that trace their way to the South. But Tucker and Gaillard see another side too, a legacy rooted in the civil rights years that has given us political leaders like John Lewis, Jimmy Carter, Raphael Warnock, and Stacy Abrams. The authors raise the ironic possibility that the South might lead the way on the path to redemption. They bring a multi-racial perspective and years of political reporting to bear on a critical moment in American history, a time of racial reckoning and of democracy under siege.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9fa1ce6a8156e2de522fca227bb7a68.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Hitchens Can Save the Left: Rediscovering Fearless Liberalism in an Age of Counter-Enlightenment by Matt Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-hitchens-can-save-the-left-rediscovering-fearless-liberalism-in-an-age-of-counter-enlightenment-by-matt-johnson--65205694</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Hitchens Can Save the Left: Rediscovering Fearless Liberalism in an Age of Counter-Enlightenment Author: Matt Johnson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Christopher Hitchens was for many years considered one of the fiercest and most eloquent left-wing polemicists in the world. But on much of today's left, he's remembered as a defector, a warmonger, and a sellout—a supporter of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq who traded his left-wing principles for neoconservatism after the September 11 attacks. In How Hitchens Can Save the Left, Matt Johnson argues that this easy narrative gets Hitchens exactly wrong. Hitchens was a lifelong champion of free inquiry, humanism, and universal liberal values. He was an internationalist who believed all people should have the liberty to speak and write openly, to be free of authoritarian domination, and to escape the arbitrary constraints of tribe, faith, and nation. He was a figure of the Enlightenment and a man of the left until the very end, and his example has never been more important. Across the democratic world, free speech, individual rights, and other basic liberal values are losing their power to inspire. Hitchens's case for universal Enlightenment principles won't just help genuine liberals mount a resistance to the emerging illiberal orthodoxies on the left and the right. It will also remind us how to think and speak fearlessly in defense of those principles.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205694/9781696611817.mp3" length="14437304" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Hitchens Can Save the Left: Rediscovering Fearless Liberalism in an Age of Counter-Enlightenment Author: Matt Johnson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Hitchens Can Save the Left: Rediscovering Fearless Liberalism in an Age of Counter-Enlightenment Author: Matt Johnson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Christopher Hitchens was for many years considered one of the fiercest and most eloquent left-wing polemicists in the world. But on much of today's left, he's remembered as a defector, a warmonger, and a sellout—a supporter of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq who traded his left-wing principles for neoconservatism after the September 11 attacks. In How Hitchens Can Save the Left, Matt Johnson argues that this easy narrative gets Hitchens exactly wrong. Hitchens was a lifelong champion of free inquiry, humanism, and universal liberal values. He was an internationalist who believed all people should have the liberty to speak and write openly, to be free of authoritarian domination, and to escape the arbitrary constraints of tribe, faith, and nation. He was a figure of the Enlightenment and a man of the left until the very end, and his example has never been more important. Across the democratic world, free speech, individual rights, and other basic liberal values are losing their power to inspire. Hitchens's case for universal Enlightenment principles won't just help genuine liberals mount a resistance to the emerging illiberal orthodoxies on the left and the right. It will also remind us how to think and speak fearlessly in defense of those principles.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f1e5c6e6286552b7748bff66caaca7ac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Confronting Saddam Hussein: George W. Bush and the Invasion of Iraq by Melvyn P. Leffler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/confronting-saddam-hussein-george-w-bush-and-the-invasion-of-iraq-by-melvyn-p-leffler--65205689</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Saddam Hussein: George W. Bush and the Invasion of Iraq Author: Melvyn P. Leffler Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  America's decision to go to war in Iraq in 2003 is arguably the most important foreign policy choice of the entire post–Cold War era. Nearly two decades after the event, it remains central to understanding current international politics and US foreign relations. In Confronting Saddam Hussein, the eminent historian of US foreign policy Melvyn P. Leffler analyzes why the US chose war and who was most responsible for the decision. Employing a unique set of personal interviews with dozens of top officials and declassified American and British documents, Leffler vividly portrays the emotions and anxieties that shaped the thinking of the president after the shocking events of 9/11. He shows how fear, hubris, and power influenced Bush's approach to Saddam Hussein's Iraq. At the core of Leffler's account is his compelling portrait of Saddam Hussein. Rather than stressing Bush's preoccupation with promoting freedom or democracy, Leffler emphasizes Hussein's brutality, opportunism, and unpredictability and illuminates how the Iraqi dictator's record of aggression and intransigence haunted the president and influenced his calculations. Throughout, Leffler highlights the harrowing anxieties surrounding the decision-making process after the devastating attack on 9/11 and explains the roles of contingency, agency, rationality, and emotion.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205689/9781696609371.mp3" length="14437300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Saddam Hussein: George W. Bush and the Invasion of Iraq Author: Melvyn P. Leffler Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650993</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting Saddam Hussein: George W. Bush and the Invasion of Iraq Author: Melvyn P. Leffler Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  America's decision to go to war in Iraq in 2003 is arguably the most important foreign policy choice of the entire post–Cold War era. Nearly two decades after the event, it remains central to understanding current international politics and US foreign relations. In Confronting Saddam Hussein, the eminent historian of US foreign policy Melvyn P. Leffler analyzes why the US chose war and who was most responsible for the decision. Employing a unique set of personal interviews with dozens of top officials and declassified American and British documents, Leffler vividly portrays the emotions and anxieties that shaped the thinking of the president after the shocking events of 9/11. He shows how fear, hubris, and power influenced Bush's approach to Saddam Hussein's Iraq. At the core of Leffler's account is his compelling portrait of Saddam Hussein. Rather than stressing Bush's preoccupation with promoting freedom or democracy, Leffler emphasizes Hussein's brutality, opportunism, and unpredictability and illuminates how the Iraqi dictator's record of aggression and intransigence haunted the president and influenced his calculations. Throughout, Leffler highlights the harrowing anxieties surrounding the decision-making process after the devastating attack on 9/11 and explains the roles of contingency, agency, rationality, and emotion.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c15638e8720f2c9adb59c795b0c99bbc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory by Robert P. Crease</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-leak-politics-activists-and-loss-of-trust-at-brookhaven-national-laboratory-by-robert-p-crease--65205684</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory Author: Robert P. Crease Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How the discovery of a harmless leak of radiation sparked a media firestorm, political grandstanding, and fearmongering that closed a vital scientific facility. In 1997, scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory found a small leak of radioactive water near their research reactor. Brookhaven was—and is—a world-class, Nobel Prize–winning lab, and its reactor was the cornerstone of US materials science and one of the world's finest research facilities. But its discovery triggered a media and political firestorm that resulted in the reactor's shutdown, and even attempts to close the entire laboratory.   A quarter century later, the episode reveals the dynamics of today's controversies in which fears and the dismissal of science disrupt serious discussion and research of vital issues. Key players include congressmen and scientists; journalists and university presidents; actors, supermodels, and anti-nuclear activists, all interacting and teaming up in surprising ways. The authors, each with insider knowledge of and access to confidential documents and the key players, reveal how a fact of no health significance could be portrayed as a Chernobyl-like disaster. This compelling exposé reveals the gaps between scientists, politicians, media, and the public that have only gotten more dangerous since 1997.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205684/9798765081846.mp3" length="14437296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory Author: Robert P. Crease Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651012</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leak: Politics, Activists, and Loss of Trust at Brookhaven National Laboratory Author: Robert P. Crease Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How the discovery of a harmless leak of radiation sparked a media firestorm, political grandstanding, and fearmongering that closed a vital scientific facility. In 1997, scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory found a small leak of radioactive water near their research reactor. Brookhaven was—and is—a world-class, Nobel Prize–winning lab, and its reactor was the cornerstone of US materials science and one of the world's finest research facilities. But its discovery triggered a media and political firestorm that resulted in the reactor's shutdown, and even attempts to close the entire laboratory.   A quarter century later, the episode reveals the dynamics of today's controversies in which fears and the dismissal of science disrupt serious discussion and research of vital issues. Key players include congressmen and scientists; journalists and university presidents; actors, supermodels, and anti-nuclear activists, all interacting and teaming up in surprising ways. The authors, each with insider knowledge of and access to confidential documents and the key players, reveal how a fact of no health significance could be portrayed as a Chernobyl-like disaster. This compelling exposé reveals the gaps between scientists, politicians, media, and the public that have only gotten more dangerous since 1997.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f3b4ddb47699b410668383feb0c820ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State by David Satter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/darkness-at-dawn-the-rise-of-the-russian-criminal-state-by-david-satter--65205682</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State Author: David Satter Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'The Russia that Satter depicts in this brave, engaging book cannot be ignored . . . Required reading for anyone interested in the post-Soviet state' (Newsweek).   Anticipating a new dawn of freedom after the disintegration of the Soviet Union, Russians could hardly have foreseen the reality of their future a decade later: a country impoverished and controlled at every level by organized crime. This riveting book views the 1990s reform period through the experiences of individual citizens, revealing the changes that have swept Russia and their effect on Russia's age-old ways of thinking.   'With a reporter's eye for vivid detail and a novelist's ability to capture emotion, he conveys the drama of Russia's rocky road for the average victimized Russian . . . This is only half the story of what is happening in Russia these days, but it is the shattering half, and Satter renders it all the more poignant by making it so human.' —Foreign Affairs   '[Satter] tells engrossing tales of brazen chicanery, official greed and unbearable suffering . . . Satter manages to bring the events to life with excruciating accounts of real Russians whose lives were shattered.' —Baltimore Sun]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205682/9798765060247.mp3" length="14437252" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State Author: David Satter Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State Author: David Satter Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'The Russia that Satter depicts in this brave, engaging book cannot be ignored . . . Required reading for anyone interested in the post-Soviet state' (Newsweek).   Anticipating a new dawn of freedom after the disintegration of the Soviet Union, Russians could hardly have foreseen the reality of their future a decade later: a country impoverished and controlled at every level by organized crime. This riveting book views the 1990s reform period through the experiences of individual citizens, revealing the changes that have swept Russia and their effect on Russia's age-old ways of thinking.   'With a reporter's eye for vivid detail and a novelist's ability to capture emotion, he conveys the drama of Russia's rocky road for the average victimized Russian . . . This is only half the story of what is happening in Russia these days, but it is the shattering half, and Satter renders it all the more poignant by making it so human.' —Foreign Affairs   '[Satter] tells engrossing tales of brazen chicanery, official greed and unbearable suffering . . . Satter manages to bring the events to life with excruciating accounts of real Russians whose lives were shattered.' —Baltimore Sun]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b6406790d06b30d7564709af32cdd8a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Kabale und Liebe': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Friedrich Schiller,</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-friedrich-schillers-kabale-und-liebe-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-friedrich-schiller--65205615</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Kabale und Liebe': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Friedrich Schiller, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Drama aus der Epoche des Sturm und Drangs, 'Kabale und Liebe'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205615/9783754502648.mp3" length="1477713" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Kabale und Liebe': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Friedrich Schiller, Jürgen...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656479</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Kabale und Liebe': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Friedrich Schiller, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Drama aus der Epoche des Sturm und Drangs, 'Kabale und Liebe'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c9fcda33f37bfda91c5d9baf86b16480.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das Evangelium des Reichtums: Ein Essay über Kapitalismus und die moralische Pflicht zur Wohltätigkeit by Andrew</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-das-evangelium-des-reichtums-ein-essay-uber-kapitalismus-und-die-moralische-pflicht-zur-wohltatigkeit-by-andrew--65205659</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das Evangelium des Reichtums: Ein Essay über Kapitalismus und die moralische Pflicht zur Wohltätigkeit Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: February 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Der Mann, der in Reichtum stirbt, stirbt in Schande!' In der Tat, das sagte Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), seinerzeit drittreichster Amerikaner nach John D. Rockefeller und Cornelius Vanderbilt. Gemessen an der Kaufkraft von 2014, besaß er ein Vermögen von über 300 Milliarden Dollar – und gab doch das meiste davon für wohltätige Zwecke wieder her. Er ließ zahlreiche Bibliotheken bauen, gründete eine Hochschule und förderte den Bau des Internationalen Gerichtshofs in Den Haag. Dennoch – als einer der sogenannten 'Robber Barons', der Industriemagnate, die mit harten Bandagen unter Ausbeutung ihrer Arbeiter unfassbar reich wurden, ist das Urteil der Geschichte über ihn mehr als zwiespältig. Sein Urteil, dass der Industrielle, dessen überlegene Intelligenz ihn zum Geschäftemachen und Reichwerden prädestiniert, dem Volk so letztlich am besten dienen kann, ist ein faszinierendes, überaus hörenswertes Stück Zeitgeschichte!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205659/9783754502679.mp3" length="1477701" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das Evangelium des Reichtums: Ein Essay über Kapitalismus und die moralische Pflicht zur Wohltätigkeit Author: Andrew...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656480</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das Evangelium des Reichtums: Ein Essay über Kapitalismus und die moralische Pflicht zur Wohltätigkeit Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: February 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Der Mann, der in Reichtum stirbt, stirbt in Schande!' In der Tat, das sagte Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), seinerzeit drittreichster Amerikaner nach John D. Rockefeller und Cornelius Vanderbilt. Gemessen an der Kaufkraft von 2014, besaß er ein Vermögen von über 300 Milliarden Dollar – und gab doch das meiste davon für wohltätige Zwecke wieder her. Er ließ zahlreiche Bibliotheken bauen, gründete eine Hochschule und förderte den Bau des Internationalen Gerichtshofs in Den Haag. Dennoch – als einer der sogenannten 'Robber Barons', der Industriemagnate, die mit harten Bandagen unter Ausbeutung ihrer Arbeiter unfassbar reich wurden, ist das Urteil der Geschichte über ihn mehr als zwiespältig. Sein Urteil, dass der Industrielle, dessen überlegene Intelligenz ihn zum Geschäftemachen und Reichwerden prädestiniert, dem Volk so letztlich am besten dienen kann, ist ein faszinierendes, überaus hörenswertes Stück Zeitgeschichte!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c5af8b4d20c334dd07ad448888cc91a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Never Turn Back: China and the Forbidden History of the 1980s by Julian Gewirtz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-turn-back-china-and-the-forbidden-history-of-the-1980s-by-julian-gewirtz--65205808</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Turn Back: China and the Forbidden History of the 1980s Author: Julian Gewirtz Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On a hike in January 1984, Deng Xiaoping was warned that his path was a steep and treacherous one. 'Never turn back,' the Chinese leader replied. That became a mantra as the government forged ahead with reforms in the face of heated contestation over the nation's future. But deliberation came to a sudden halt in spring 1989, with protests and purges, massacre and repression. Since then, Beijing has worked intensively to suppress the memory of this era of openness. Julian Gewirtz recovers the debates of the 1980s, tracing the Communist Party's diverse attitudes toward markets, state control, and sweeping technological change, as well as freewheeling public argument over political liberalization. After Tiananmen, however, Beijing systematically erased these discussions of alternative directions. Using newly available Chinese sources, Gewirtz details how the leadership purged the key reformist politician Zhao Ziyang, quashed the student movement, recast the transformations of the 1980s as the inevitable products of consensus, and indoctrinated China and the international community in the new official narrative. Never Turn Back offers a revelatory look at how different China's rise might have been and at the foundations of strongman rule under Xi Jinping, who has intensified the policing of history to bolster his own authority.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205808/9798765070246.mp3" length="4837162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Turn Back: China and the Forbidden History of the 1980s Author: Julian Gewirtz Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643395</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Turn Back: China and the Forbidden History of the 1980s Author: Julian Gewirtz Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On a hike in January 1984, Deng Xiaoping was warned that his path was a steep and treacherous one. 'Never turn back,' the Chinese leader replied. That became a mantra as the government forged ahead with reforms in the face of heated contestation over the nation's future. But deliberation came to a sudden halt in spring 1989, with protests and purges, massacre and repression. Since then, Beijing has worked intensively to suppress the memory of this era of openness. Julian Gewirtz recovers the debates of the 1980s, tracing the Communist Party's diverse attitudes toward markets, state control, and sweeping technological change, as well as freewheeling public argument over political liberalization. After Tiananmen, however, Beijing systematically erased these discussions of alternative directions. Using newly available Chinese sources, Gewirtz details how the leadership purged the key reformist politician Zhao Ziyang, quashed the student movement, recast the transformations of the 1980s as the inevitable products of consensus, and indoctrinated China and the international community in the new official narrative. Never Turn Back offers a revelatory look at how different China's rise might have been and at the foundations of strongman rule under Xi Jinping, who has intensified the policing of history to bolster his own authority.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d44350fc0d1bcd532d7fc9cb726d3dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Problem of Democracy: America, the Middle East, and the Rise and Fall of an Idea by Shadi Hamid</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-problem-of-democracy-america-the-middle-east-and-the-rise-and-fall-of-an-idea-by-shadi-hamid--65205787</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Democracy: America, the Middle East, and the Rise and Fall of an Idea Author: Shadi Hamid Narrator: Amin El Gamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What happens when democracy produces 'bad' outcomes? Is democracy good because of its outcomes or despite them? This 'democratic dilemma' is one of the most persistent, vexing problems for America abroad, particularly in the Middle East—we want democracy in theory but not necessarily in practice. When Islamist parties rise to power through free elections, the United States has too often been ambivalent or opposed, preferring instead pliable dictators. With this legacy of democratic disrespect in mind, and drawing on new interviews with top American officials, Shadi Hamid explores universal questions of morality, power, and hypocrisy. Why has the United States failed so completely to live up to its own stated ideals in the Arab world? And is it possible for it to change? In The Problem of Democracy, Hamid offers an ambitious reimagining of this ongoing debate and argues for 'democratic minimalism' as a path to resolving democratic dilemmas in the Middle East and beyond. In the seemingly eternal tension between democracy and liberalism, recognized by the ancient Greeks and the American founders alike, it may be time to prioritize one over the other, rather than acting as if the two are intertwined when increasingly they are not.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205787/9781696609357.mp3" length="14437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Democracy: America, the Middle East, and the Rise and Fall of an Idea Author: Shadi Hamid Narrator: Amin El Gamin Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649514</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Problem of Democracy: America, the Middle East, and the Rise and Fall of an Idea Author: Shadi Hamid Narrator: Amin El Gamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What happens when democracy produces 'bad' outcomes? Is democracy good because of its outcomes or despite them? This 'democratic dilemma' is one of the most persistent, vexing problems for America abroad, particularly in the Middle East—we want democracy in theory but not necessarily in practice. When Islamist parties rise to power through free elections, the United States has too often been ambivalent or opposed, preferring instead pliable dictators. With this legacy of democratic disrespect in mind, and drawing on new interviews with top American officials, Shadi Hamid explores universal questions of morality, power, and hypocrisy. Why has the United States failed so completely to live up to its own stated ideals in the Arab world? And is it possible for it to change? In The Problem of Democracy, Hamid offers an ambitious reimagining of this ongoing debate and argues for 'democratic minimalism' as a path to resolving democratic dilemmas in the Middle East and beyond. In the seemingly eternal tension between democracy and liberalism, recognized by the ancient Greeks and the American founders alike, it may be time to prioritize one over the other, rather than acting as if the two are intertwined when increasingly they are not.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd89f701fc8ec3f971a3efc0d3e58511.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>It's OK to Be Angry About Capitalism by Bernie Sanders</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-ok-to-be-angry-about-capitalism-by-bernie-sanders--65205784</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to Be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 36   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A progressive takedown of the uber-capitalist status quo that has enriched millionaires and billionaires at the expense of the working class, and a blueprint for what transformational change would actually look like “A clarion call against the American oligarchs . . . powerful.”—The Guardian It’s OK to be angry about capitalism. Reflecting on our turbulent times, Senator Bernie Sanders takes on the billionaire class and speaks blunt truths about our country’s failure to address the destructive nature of a system that is fueled by uncontrolled greed and rigidly committed to prioritizing corporate profits over the needs of ordinary Americans. Sanders argues that unfettered capitalism is to blame for an unprecedented level of income and wealth inequality, is undermining our democracy, and is destroying our planet. How can we accept an economic order that allows three billionaires to control more wealth than the bottom half of our society? How can we accept a political system that allows the super rich to buy politicians and swing elections? How can we accept an energy system that rewards the fossil fuel corporations causing the climate crisis? Sanders believes that, in the face of these overwhelming challenges, the American people must ask tough questions about the systems that have failed us and demand fundamental economic and political change. This is where the path forward begins. It’s OK to Be Angry About Capitalism presents a vision that extends beyond the promises of past campaigns to reveal what would be possible if the political revolution took place, if we would finally recognize that economic rights are human rights, and if we would work to create a society that provides a decent standard of living for all. This isn’t some utopian fantasy; this is democracy as we should know it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205784/9780593454046.mp3" length="4837119" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to Be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640938</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to Be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 36   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A progressive takedown of the uber-capitalist status quo that has enriched millionaires and billionaires at the expense of the working class, and a blueprint for what transformational change would actually look like “A clarion call against the American oligarchs . . . powerful.”—The Guardian It’s OK to be angry about capitalism. Reflecting on our turbulent times, Senator Bernie Sanders takes on the billionaire class and speaks blunt truths about our country’s failure to address the destructive nature of a system that is fueled by uncontrolled greed and rigidly committed to prioritizing corporate profits over the needs of ordinary Americans. Sanders argues that unfettered capitalism is to blame for an unprecedented level of income and wealth inequality, is undermining our democracy, and is destroying our planet. How can we accept an economic order that allows three billionaires to control more wealth than the bottom half of our society? How can we accept a political system that allows the super rich to buy politicians and swing elections? How can we accept an energy system that rewards the fossil fuel corporations causing the climate crisis? Sanders believes that, in the face of these overwhelming challenges, the American people must ask tough questions about the systems that have failed us and demand fundamental economic and political change. This is where the path forward begins. It’s OK to Be Angry About Capitalism presents a vision that extends beyond the promises of past campaigns to reveal what would be possible if the political revolution took place, if we would finally recognize that economic rights are human rights, and if we would work to create a society that provides a decent standard of living for all. This isn’t some utopian fantasy; this is democracy as we should know it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/938b2a1dfe9781af92dc8e34d81b465e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe by Alessio Terzi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/growth-for-good-reshaping-capitalism-to-save-humanity-from-climate-catastrophe-by-alessio-terzi--65205782</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe Author: Alessio Terzi Narrator: Mitch Crawford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Economic growth is wrecking the planet. It's the engine driving climate change, pollution, and the shrinking of natural spaces. To save the environment, will we have to shrink the economy? Might this lead to a better society, helping us break free from an obsession with material wealth that only benefits the few? Alessio Terzi takes these questions as a starting point for a journey into the socioeconomic, evolutionary, and cultural origins of our need for growth. Terzi ranges across centuries and diverse civilizations to show that focus on economic expansion is interwoven with the human quest for happiness, wellbeing, and self-determination. Growth is underpinned by core principles and dynamics behind the West's rise to affluence. Today growth contributes to the stability of liberal democracy, the peaceful conduct of international relations, and the way our society is organized. Abandoning growth would not only prove impractical, but would also sow chaos, exacerbating conflict. This does not mean we have to choose between chaos and environmental destruction. Growth for Good presents a credible agenda to enroll capitalism in the fight against climate catastrophe. With the right policies and the help of engaged citizens, pioneering nations can set in motion a global decarbonization wave and create good jobs and a better world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205782/9798765041987.mp3" length="4837230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe Author: Alessio Terzi Narrator: Mitch Crawford Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe Author: Alessio Terzi Narrator: Mitch Crawford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Economic growth is wrecking the planet. It's the engine driving climate change, pollution, and the shrinking of natural spaces. To save the environment, will we have to shrink the economy? Might this lead to a better society, helping us break free from an obsession with material wealth that only benefits the few? Alessio Terzi takes these questions as a starting point for a journey into the socioeconomic, evolutionary, and cultural origins of our need for growth. Terzi ranges across centuries and diverse civilizations to show that focus on economic expansion is interwoven with the human quest for happiness, wellbeing, and self-determination. Growth is underpinned by core principles and dynamics behind the West's rise to affluence. Today growth contributes to the stability of liberal democracy, the peaceful conduct of international relations, and the way our society is organized. Abandoning growth would not only prove impractical, but would also sow chaos, exacerbating conflict. This does not mean we have to choose between chaos and environmental destruction. Growth for Good presents a credible agenda to enroll capitalism in the fight against climate catastrophe. With the right policies and the help of engaged citizens, pioneering nations can set in motion a global decarbonization wave and create good jobs and a better world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9cd0e9bb47298cba4c27fcf2ecee3064.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Homelessness is a Housing Problem: How Structural Factors Explain U.S Patterns by Clayton Page Aldern, Gregg Colburn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/homelessness-is-a-housing-problem-how-structural-factors-explain-u-s-patterns-by-clayton-page-aldern-gregg-colburn--65205769</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homelessness is a Housing Problem: How Structural Factors Explain U.S Patterns Author: Clayton Page Aldern, Gregg Colburn Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Homelessness Is a Housing Problem, Gregg Colburn and Clayton Page Aldern seek to explain the substantial regional variation in rates of homelessness in cities across the United States. In a departure from many analytical approaches, Colburn and Aldern shift their focus from the individual experiencing homelessness to the metropolitan area. Using accessible statistical analysis, they test a range of conventional beliefs about what drives the prevalence of homelessness in a given city—including mental illness, drug use, poverty, weather, generosity of public assistance, and low-income mobility—and find that none explain the regional variation observed across the country. Instead, housing market conditions, such as the cost and availability of rental housing, offer a far more convincing account. With rigor and clarity, Homelessness Is a Housing Problem explores United States cities' diverse experiences with housing precarity and offers policy solutions for unique regional contexts.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205769/9798765071342.mp3" length="14437276" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homelessness is a Housing Problem: How Structural Factors Explain U.S Patterns Author: Clayton Page Aldern, Gregg Colburn Narrator: Adam Verner Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646605</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homelessness is a Housing Problem: How Structural Factors Explain U.S Patterns Author: Clayton Page Aldern, Gregg Colburn Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Homelessness Is a Housing Problem, Gregg Colburn and Clayton Page Aldern seek to explain the substantial regional variation in rates of homelessness in cities across the United States. In a departure from many analytical approaches, Colburn and Aldern shift their focus from the individual experiencing homelessness to the metropolitan area. Using accessible statistical analysis, they test a range of conventional beliefs about what drives the prevalence of homelessness in a given city—including mental illness, drug use, poverty, weather, generosity of public assistance, and low-income mobility—and find that none explain the regional variation observed across the country. Instead, housing market conditions, such as the cost and availability of rental housing, offer a far more convincing account. With rigor and clarity, Homelessness Is a Housing Problem explores United States cities' diverse experiences with housing precarity and offers policy solutions for unique regional contexts.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d05bd739330784bac203caca5e30fe8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>It's OK to be Angry About Capitalism by Bernie Sanders</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-ok-to-be-angry-about-capitalism-by-bernie-sanders--65205753</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Bernie Sanders has changed US politics forever' Owen Jones It's OK to be angry about capitalism. It's OK to want something better. Bernie Sanders takes on the 1% and speaks blunt truths about a system that is fuelled by uncontrolled greed, and rigged against ordinary people. Where a handful of oligarchs have never had it so good, with more money than they could spend in a thousand lifetimes, and the vast majority struggle to survive. Where a decent standard of living for all seems like an impossible dream. How can we accept an economic order that allows three billionaires to control more wealth than the bottom half of our society? How can we accept a political system that allows the super-rich to buy elections and politicians? How can we accept an energy system that rewards the fossil fuel corporations causing the climate crisis? How can we let it happen any longer? We must demand fundamental economic and political change. This is where the path forward begins. It's OK To Be Angry About Capitalism presents a vision of what would be possible if the political revolution took place. If we would finally recognize that economic rights are human rights, and work to create a society that provides them. This isn't some utopian fantasy; this is democracy as we should know it. Is it really too much to ask? ©2023 Bernie Sanders (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205753/9781802063189.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's OK to be Angry About Capitalism Author: Bernie Sanders Narrator: Bernie Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Bernie Sanders has changed US politics forever' Owen Jones It's OK to be angry about capitalism. It's OK to want something better. Bernie Sanders takes on the 1% and speaks blunt truths about a system that is fuelled by uncontrolled greed, and rigged against ordinary people. Where a handful of oligarchs have never had it so good, with more money than they could spend in a thousand lifetimes, and the vast majority struggle to survive. Where a decent standard of living for all seems like an impossible dream. How can we accept an economic order that allows three billionaires to control more wealth than the bottom half of our society? How can we accept a political system that allows the super-rich to buy elections and politicians? How can we accept an energy system that rewards the fossil fuel corporations causing the climate crisis? How can we let it happen any longer? We must demand fundamental economic and political change. This is where the path forward begins. It's OK To Be Angry About Capitalism presents a vision of what would be possible if the political revolution took place. If we would finally recognize that economic rights are human rights, and work to create a society that provides them. This isn't some utopian fantasy; this is democracy as we should know it. Is it really too much to ask? ©2023 Bernie Sanders (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c2246557ae27c4b0b487e037ee2fdb2e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>NOT Accountable: Rethinking the Constitutionality of Public Employee Unions by Philip K. Howard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-accountable-rethinking-the-constitutionality-of-public-employee-unions-by-philip-k-howard--65205749</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NOT Accountable: Rethinking the Constitutionality of Public Employee Unions Author: Philip K. Howard Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Elected leaders come and go, but public unions just say no.' Hiding in plain sight is a fatal defect of modern democracy. Public employee unions have a death grip on the operating machinery of government. Schools can't work, bad cops can't be fired, and politicians sell their souls for union support. With this searing five-point indictment, Philip K. Howard argues that union controls have disempowered elected executives and should be unconstitutional. Elected officials answer to public employees. Basic tools of good government have been eliminated. There's no accountability, detailed union entitlements make government largely unmanageable and unaffordable, and public policies are driven by what is good for public employees, not what is good for the public. Public unions keep it that way by brute political force—harnessing the huge cohort of public employees into a political force dedicated to preventing the reform of government. The solution, Howard argues, is not political but constitutional. America's republican form of government requires an executive branch that is empowered to implement public policies, not one shackled to union controls. Public employees have a fiduciary duty to serve the public and should not be allowed to organize politically to harm the public.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205749/9781663725325.mp3" length="14437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206 to listen full audiobooks. Title: NOT Accountable: Rethinking the Constitutionality of Public Employee Unions Author: Philip K. Howard Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646206</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NOT Accountable: Rethinking the Constitutionality of Public Employee Unions Author: Philip K. Howard Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Elected leaders come and go, but public unions just say no.' Hiding in plain sight is a fatal defect of modern democracy. Public employee unions have a death grip on the operating machinery of government. Schools can't work, bad cops can't be fired, and politicians sell their souls for union support. With this searing five-point indictment, Philip K. Howard argues that union controls have disempowered elected executives and should be unconstitutional. Elected officials answer to public employees. Basic tools of good government have been eliminated. There's no accountability, detailed union entitlements make government largely unmanageable and unaffordable, and public policies are driven by what is good for public employees, not what is good for the public. Public unions keep it that way by brute political force—harnessing the huge cohort of public employees into a political force dedicated to preventing the reform of government. The solution, Howard argues, is not political but constitutional. America's republican form of government requires an executive branch that is empowered to implement public policies, not one shackled to union controls. Public employees have a fiduciary duty to serve the public and should not be allowed to organize politically to harm the public.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8e7695692b0de2ee9ded55cf5a9bf2a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change by Maria Cristina Garcia</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/state-of-disaster-the-failure-of-u-s-migration-policy-in-an-age-of-climate-change-by-maria-cristina-garcia--65205735</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change Author: Maria Cristina Garcia Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Natural disasters and the dire effects of climate change cause massive population displacements and lead to some of the most intractable political and humanitarian challenges seen today. Yet, as Maria Cristina Garcia observes in this critical history of U.S. policy on migration in the Global South, there is actually no such thing as a 'climate refugee' under current U.S. law. Most initiatives intended to assist those who must migrate are flawed and ineffective from inception because they are derived from outmoded policies. In a world of climate change, U.S. refugee policy simply does not work. Garcia focuses on Central America and the Caribbean, where natural disasters have repeatedly worsened poverty, inequality, and domestic and international political tensions. She explains that the creation of better U.S. policy for those escaping disasters is severely limited by the 1980 Refugee Act, which continues to be applied almost exclusively for reasons of persecution directly related to politics, race, religion, and identity. Garcia contends that the United States must transform its outdated migration policies to address today's realities. Climate change and natural disasters are here to stay, and much of the human devastation left in their wake is essentially a policy choice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205735/9798765057582.mp3" length="14437311" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change Author: Maria Cristina Garcia Narrator: Joana Garcia Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change Author: Maria Cristina Garcia Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Natural disasters and the dire effects of climate change cause massive population displacements and lead to some of the most intractable political and humanitarian challenges seen today. Yet, as Maria Cristina Garcia observes in this critical history of U.S. policy on migration in the Global South, there is actually no such thing as a 'climate refugee' under current U.S. law. Most initiatives intended to assist those who must migrate are flawed and ineffective from inception because they are derived from outmoded policies. In a world of climate change, U.S. refugee policy simply does not work. Garcia focuses on Central America and the Caribbean, where natural disasters have repeatedly worsened poverty, inequality, and domestic and international political tensions. She explains that the creation of better U.S. policy for those escaping disasters is severely limited by the 1980 Refugee Act, which continues to be applied almost exclusively for reasons of persecution directly related to politics, race, religion, and identity. Garcia contends that the United States must transform its outdated migration policies to address today's realities. Climate change and natural disasters are here to stay, and much of the human devastation left in their wake is essentially a policy choice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eb60e5b3276c317cbef8a4abb68e81a6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Russia's War on Everybody: And What it Means for You by Keir Giles</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/russia-s-war-on-everybody-and-what-it-means-for-you-by-keir-giles--65205673</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia's War on Everybody: And What it Means for You Author: Keir Giles Narrator: Keir Giles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's 2022 attack on Ukraine saw confrontation between Moscow and the West spill over into open conflict once again. But Russia has also been waging a clandestine war against the West for decades. Hostile acts abroad, from poisoning dissidents to shooting down airliners, interfering in elections, spying, hacking, and murdering, have long seemed to be the Kremlin's daily business. But what is it all for? Why does Russia consistently behave like this? And what does it achieve? In this book, Keir Giles explains how and why Russia pushes for more power and influence wherever it can reach, far beyond Ukraine—and what it means not just for governments, but for ordinary people. Bringing together stories from the military, politics, diplomacy, espionage, cyber power, organized crime, and more, Giles describes how Moscow conducts its campaigns across the globe, and how nobody is too unimportant to be caught up in them. By lifting the lid on the daily struggle going on behind the scenes to protect governments, businesses, societies, and people from Russian hostile activity, Russia's War On Everybody shows how Moscow's hostile intentions for the rest of the world are far broader and more ambitious, and the ways it tries to achieve them far more pervasive and damaging, than we realize.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205673/9798765073209.mp3" length="14437228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia's War on Everybody: And What it Means for You Author: Keir Giles Narrator: Keir Giles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652070</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia's War on Everybody: And What it Means for You Author: Keir Giles Narrator: Keir Giles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's 2022 attack on Ukraine saw confrontation between Moscow and the West spill over into open conflict once again. But Russia has also been waging a clandestine war against the West for decades. Hostile acts abroad, from poisoning dissidents to shooting down airliners, interfering in elections, spying, hacking, and murdering, have long seemed to be the Kremlin's daily business. But what is it all for? Why does Russia consistently behave like this? And what does it achieve? In this book, Keir Giles explains how and why Russia pushes for more power and influence wherever it can reach, far beyond Ukraine—and what it means not just for governments, but for ordinary people. Bringing together stories from the military, politics, diplomacy, espionage, cyber power, organized crime, and more, Giles describes how Moscow conducts its campaigns across the globe, and how nobody is too unimportant to be caught up in them. By lifting the lid on the daily struggle going on behind the scenes to protect governments, businesses, societies, and people from Russian hostile activity, Russia's War On Everybody shows how Moscow's hostile intentions for the rest of the world are far broader and more ambitious, and the ways it tries to achieve them far more pervasive and damaging, than we realize.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2658738419c646ca6cf0b4edfd8bbbcc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Killer in the Kremlin: The Explosive Account of Putin's Reign of Terror, Expanded edition by John Sweeney</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/killer-in-the-kremlin-the-explosive-account-of-putin-s-reign-of-terror-expanded-edition-by-john-sweeney--65205751</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer in the Kremlin: The Explosive Account of Putin's Reign of Terror, Expanded edition Author: John Sweeney Narrator: John Sweeney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER - NOW UPDATED WITH FOUR NEW CHAPTERS A gripping and explosive account of Vladimir Putin's tyranny, charting his rise from spy to tsar, exposing the events that led to his invasion of Ukraine and his assault on Europe. In Killer in the Kremlin, award-winning journalist John Sweeney takes readers from the heart of Putin's Russia to the killing fields of Chechnya, to the embattled cities of an invaded Ukraine. In a disturbing exposé of Putin's sinister ambition, Sweeney draws on thirty years of his own reporting - from the Moscow apartment bombings to the atrocities committed by the Russian Army in Chechnya, to the annexation of Crimea and a confrontation with Putin over the shooting down of flight MH17 - to understand the true extent of Putin's long war. Drawing on eyewitness accounts and compelling testimony from those who have suffered at Putin's hand, we see the heroism of the Russian opposition, the bravery of the Ukrainian resistance, and the brutality with which the Kremlin responds to such acts of defiance, assassinating or locking away its critics, and stopping at nothing to achieve its imperialist aims. In the midst of one of the darkest acts of aggression in modern history - Russia's invasion of Ukraine - this book shines a light on Putin's rule and poses urgent questions about how the world must respond. 'No one in the world will forgive you for killing peaceful people.' - VOLODYMYR ZELENSKIY, PRESIDENT OF UKRAINE 'An extraordinarily prescient and fascinating book.' - NIHAL ARTHANAYAKE 'This swashbuckling book is a furious attack on the Russian president. Killer in the Kremlin traces Putin's bloody career... a life littered with corpses.' - THE TIMES ©2023 John Sweeney (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205751/9781529912456.mp3" length="2437492" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer in the Kremlin: The Explosive Account of Putin's Reign of Terror, Expanded edition Author: John Sweeney Narrator: John Sweeney Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer in the Kremlin: The Explosive Account of Putin's Reign of Terror, Expanded edition Author: John Sweeney Narrator: John Sweeney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER - NOW UPDATED WITH FOUR NEW CHAPTERS A gripping and explosive account of Vladimir Putin's tyranny, charting his rise from spy to tsar, exposing the events that led to his invasion of Ukraine and his assault on Europe. In Killer in the Kremlin, award-winning journalist John Sweeney takes readers from the heart of Putin's Russia to the killing fields of Chechnya, to the embattled cities of an invaded Ukraine. In a disturbing exposé of Putin's sinister ambition, Sweeney draws on thirty years of his own reporting - from the Moscow apartment bombings to the atrocities committed by the Russian Army in Chechnya, to the annexation of Crimea and a confrontation with Putin over the shooting down of flight MH17 - to understand the true extent of Putin's long war. Drawing on eyewitness accounts and compelling testimony from those who have suffered at Putin's hand, we see the heroism of the Russian opposition, the bravery of the Ukrainian resistance, and the brutality with which the Kremlin responds to such acts of defiance, assassinating or locking away its critics, and stopping at nothing to achieve its imperialist aims. In the midst of one of the darkest acts of aggression in modern history - Russia's invasion of Ukraine - this book shines a light on Putin's rule and poses urgent questions about how the world must respond. 'No one in the world will forgive you for killing peaceful people.' - VOLODYMYR ZELENSKIY, PRESIDENT OF UKRAINE 'An extraordinarily prescient and fascinating book.' - NIHAL ARTHANAYAKE 'This swashbuckling book is a furious attack on the Russian president. Killer in the Kremlin traces Putin's bloody career... a life littered with corpses.' - THE TIMES ©2023 John Sweeney (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd88cd6396d2db2d7a2e2edb6b72fd15.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Natural Right and History by Leo Strauss</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/natural-right-and-history-by-leo-strauss--65205812</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Right and History Author: Leo Strauss Narrator: Clark Cornell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this classic work, Leo Strauss examines the problem of natural right and argues that there is a firm foundation in reality for the distinction between right and wrong in ethics and politics. On the centenary of Strauss's birth, and the fiftieth anniversary of the Walgreen Lectures which spawned the work, Natural Right and History remains as controversial and essential as ever.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205812/9781705239629.mp3" length="14437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Right and History Author: Leo Strauss Narrator: Clark Cornell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646245</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Right and History Author: Leo Strauss Narrator: Clark Cornell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this classic work, Leo Strauss examines the problem of natural right and argues that there is a firm foundation in reality for the distinction between right and wrong in ethics and politics. On the centenary of Strauss's birth, and the fiftieth anniversary of the Walgreen Lectures which spawned the work, Natural Right and History remains as controversial and essential as ever.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/320ec91603c7e3d923b554fda39fb3ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Uyghurs Have No Say: An Imprisoned Writer Speaks by Ilham Tohti</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-uyghurs-have-no-say-an-imprisoned-writer-speaks-by-ilham-tohti--65205797</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Uyghurs Have No Say: An Imprisoned Writer Speaks Author: Ilham Tohti Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The words of China's most famous political prisoner In Xinjiang, the large northwest region of China, the government has imprisoned more than a million Uyghurs in reeducation camps. One of the incarcerated—whose sentence, unlike most others, has no end date—is Ilham Tohti, an intellectual and economist, a prolific writer, and formerly the host of a website, Uyghur Online. In 2014, Tohti was arrested; accused of advocating separatism, violence, and the overthrow of the Chinese government; subjected to a two-day trial; and sentenced to life. Nothing has been heard from him since. Here are Tohti's own words, a collection of his plain-spoken calls for justice, scholarly explanations of the history of Xinjiang, and poignant personal reflections. While his courage and outspokenness about the plight of China's Muslim minorities is extraordinary, these essays sound a measured insistence on peace and just treatment for the Uyghurs. Winner of the PEN/Goldsmith Freedom to Write Award and the Sakharov Prize for Freedom of Thought while imprisoned, this book is the only way to hear from a man who has been called 'a Uyghur Mandela.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205797/9781666136241.mp3" length="14437280" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Uyghurs Have No Say: An Imprisoned Writer Speaks Author: Ilham Tohti Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Uyghurs Have No Say: An Imprisoned Writer Speaks Author: Ilham Tohti Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The words of China's most famous political prisoner In Xinjiang, the large northwest region of China, the government has imprisoned more than a million Uyghurs in reeducation camps. One of the incarcerated—whose sentence, unlike most others, has no end date—is Ilham Tohti, an intellectual and economist, a prolific writer, and formerly the host of a website, Uyghur Online. In 2014, Tohti was arrested; accused of advocating separatism, violence, and the overthrow of the Chinese government; subjected to a two-day trial; and sentenced to life. Nothing has been heard from him since. Here are Tohti's own words, a collection of his plain-spoken calls for justice, scholarly explanations of the history of Xinjiang, and poignant personal reflections. While his courage and outspokenness about the plight of China's Muslim minorities is extraordinary, these essays sound a measured insistence on peace and just treatment for the Uyghurs. Winner of the PEN/Goldsmith Freedom to Write Award and the Sakharov Prize for Freedom of Thought while imprisoned, this book is the only way to hear from a man who has been called 'a Uyghur Mandela.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5473df7b1be9a8709ce6784a9a39b92a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Viral Cultures: Activist Archiving in the Age of AIDS by Marika Cifor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/viral-cultures-activist-archiving-in-the-age-of-aids-by-marika-cifor--65205768</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viral Cultures: Activist Archiving in the Age of AIDS Author: Marika Cifor Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Serving as a vital supplement to the existing scholarship on AIDS activism of the 1980s and 1990s, Viral Cultures is the first book to critically examine the archives that have helped preserve and create the legacy of those radical activities. Marika Cifor charts the efforts activists, archivists, and curators have made to document the work of AIDS activism in the United States and the infrastructure developed to maintain it, safeguarding the material for future generations to remember these social movements and to revitalize the epidemic's past in order to remake the present and future of AIDS. Drawing on large institutional archives such as the New York Public Library, as well as those developed by small, community-based organizations, this work of archival ethnography details how contemporary activists, artists, and curators use these records to build on the cultural legacy of AIDS activism to challenge the conditions of injustice that continue to undergird current AIDS crises. Cifor analyzes the various power structures through which these archives are mediated, demonstrating how ideology shapes the nature of archival material and how it is accessed and used. Positioning vital nostalgia as both a critical faculty and a generative practice, this book explores the act of saving this activist past and reanimating it in the digital age.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205768/9798765083949.mp3" length="14437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viral Cultures: Activist Archiving in the Age of AIDS Author: Marika Cifor Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Viral Cultures: Activist Archiving in the Age of AIDS Author: Marika Cifor Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Serving as a vital supplement to the existing scholarship on AIDS activism of the 1980s and 1990s, Viral Cultures is the first book to critically examine the archives that have helped preserve and create the legacy of those radical activities. Marika Cifor charts the efforts activists, archivists, and curators have made to document the work of AIDS activism in the United States and the infrastructure developed to maintain it, safeguarding the material for future generations to remember these social movements and to revitalize the epidemic's past in order to remake the present and future of AIDS. Drawing on large institutional archives such as the New York Public Library, as well as those developed by small, community-based organizations, this work of archival ethnography details how contemporary activists, artists, and curators use these records to build on the cultural legacy of AIDS activism to challenge the conditions of injustice that continue to undergird current AIDS crises. Cifor analyzes the various power structures through which these archives are mediated, demonstrating how ideology shapes the nature of archival material and how it is accessed and used. Positioning vital nostalgia as both a critical faculty and a generative practice, this book explores the act of saving this activist past and reanimating it in the digital age.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bf395fd0eca6c30cfc1558cb62b23d80.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An End to the Upside Down Reset: The Leftist Vision for Society Under the “Great Reset”—and How It Can Fool Caring People into Supporting Ha</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-end-to-the-upside-down-reset-the-leftist-vision-for-society-under-the-great-reset-and-how-it-can-fool-caring-people-into-supporting-ha--65205772</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An End to the Upside Down Reset: The Leftist Vision for Society Under the “Great Reset”—and How It Can Fool Caring People into Supporting Harmful Causes Author: Mark Gober Narrator: Mark Gober Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Whether you realize it or not, a vision for society—called the “Great Reset”—was formally unveiled by the World Economic Forum (WEF) in 2020, several months after COVID-19 emerged. The WEF is one of the most influential bodies in the world and has ties to the highest levels of global governments and industries. In fact, its Great Reset has implications for our collective future in terms of culture, politics, economics, the environment, technology, and metaphysics. So if you don’t think this subject affects you and your family—think again. In Mark Gober’s An End to the Upside Down Reset, he deconstructs the Great Reset’s stated vision. He demonstrates that while the proposed societal changes might sound compassionate, in practice they could be harmful. Moreover, the Great Reset largely aligns with a leftist worldview that dominates modern education and media—and it becomes even more entrenched because of unconscious psychological biases. Breaking through the fog of this programming allows one to see that the Great Reset risks bringing about a dystopia. This book enables listeners to view ongoing trends with a fresh set of eyes. And it’s an essential exercise: our ability to discern where the Great Reset is taking us could determine our civilization’s future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205772/9798212434171.mp3" length="1477809" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An End to the Upside Down Reset: The Leftist Vision for Society Under the “Great Reset”—and How It Can Fool Caring People into Supporting Harmful...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650211</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An End to the Upside Down Reset: The Leftist Vision for Society Under the “Great Reset”—and How It Can Fool Caring People into Supporting Harmful Causes Author: Mark Gober Narrator: Mark Gober Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Whether you realize it or not, a vision for society—called the “Great Reset”—was formally unveiled by the World Economic Forum (WEF) in 2020, several months after COVID-19 emerged. The WEF is one of the most influential bodies in the world and has ties to the highest levels of global governments and industries. In fact, its Great Reset has implications for our collective future in terms of culture, politics, economics, the environment, technology, and metaphysics. So if you don’t think this subject affects you and your family—think again. In Mark Gober’s An End to the Upside Down Reset, he deconstructs the Great Reset’s stated vision. He demonstrates that while the proposed societal changes might sound compassionate, in practice they could be harmful. Moreover, the Great Reset largely aligns with a leftist worldview that dominates modern education and media—and it becomes even more entrenched because of unconscious psychological biases. Breaking through the fog of this programming allows one to see that the Great Reset risks bringing about a dystopia. This book enables listeners to view ongoing trends with a fresh set of eyes. And it’s an essential exercise: our ability to discern where the Great Reset is taking us could determine our civilization’s future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/96bd5cca2c1016a89dd2111f9ae3f4fd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism by Lerone A. Martin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gospel-of-j-edgar-hoover-how-the-fbi-aided-and-abetted-the-rise-of-white-christian-nationalism-by-lerone-a-martin--65205744</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism Author: Lerone A. Martin Narrator: Langston Darby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The shocking untold story of how the FBI partnered with white evangelicals to champion a vision of America as a white Christian nation. Lerone Martin draws on thousands of newly declassified FBI documents and memos to describe how, under J. Edgar Hoover's leadership, FBI agents attended spiritual retreats and worship services, creating an FBI religious culture that fashioned G-men into soldiers and ministers of Christian America. Martin shows how prominent figures such as Billy Graham, Fulton Sheen, and countless other ministers from across the country partnered with the FBI and laundered bureau intel in their sermons while the faithful crowned Hoover the adjudicator of true evangelical faith and allegiance. These partnerships not only solidified the political norms of modern white evangelicalism, they also contributed to the political rise of white Christian nationalism, establishing religion and race as the bedrock of the modern national security state, and setting the terms for today's domestic terrorism debates. Taking listeners from the pulpits and pews of small-town America to the Oval Office, and from the grassroots to denominational boardrooms, The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover completely transforms how we understand the FBI, white evangelicalism, and our nation's entangled history of religion and politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205744/9781696610926.mp3" length="14437374" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism Author: Lerone A. Martin Narrator: Langston Darby...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover: How the FBI Aided and Abetted the Rise of White Christian Nationalism Author: Lerone A. Martin Narrator: Langston Darby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The shocking untold story of how the FBI partnered with white evangelicals to champion a vision of America as a white Christian nation. Lerone Martin draws on thousands of newly declassified FBI documents and memos to describe how, under J. Edgar Hoover's leadership, FBI agents attended spiritual retreats and worship services, creating an FBI religious culture that fashioned G-men into soldiers and ministers of Christian America. Martin shows how prominent figures such as Billy Graham, Fulton Sheen, and countless other ministers from across the country partnered with the FBI and laundered bureau intel in their sermons while the faithful crowned Hoover the adjudicator of true evangelical faith and allegiance. These partnerships not only solidified the political norms of modern white evangelicalism, they also contributed to the political rise of white Christian nationalism, establishing religion and race as the bedrock of the modern national security state, and setting the terms for today's domestic terrorism debates. Taking listeners from the pulpits and pews of small-town America to the Oval Office, and from the grassroots to denominational boardrooms, The Gospel of J. Edgar Hoover completely transforms how we understand the FBI, white evangelicalism, and our nation's entangled history of religion and politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5b5403c18048706a396db1d3cc561dc7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Hacker's Mind: How the Powerful Bend Society's Rules, and How to Bend them Back by Bruce Schneier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-hacker-s-mind-how-the-powerful-bend-society-s-rules-and-how-to-bend-them-back-by-bruce-schneier--65205703</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Hacker's Mind: How the Powerful Bend Society's Rules, and How to Bend them Back Author: Bruce Schneier Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It’s not just computers—hacking is everywhere.A hack is any means of subverting a system’s rules in unintended ways. The tax code isn’t computer code, but a series of complex formulas. It has vulnerabilities; we call them “loopholes.” We call exploits “tax avoidance strategies.” And there is an entire industry of “black hat” hackers intent on finding exploitable loopholes in the tax code. We call them accountants and tax attorneys.In A Hacker’s Mind, Bruce Schneier takes hacking out of the world of computing and uses it to analyze the systems that underpin our society: from tax laws to financial markets to politics. He reveals an array of powerful actors whose hacks bend our economic, political, and legal systems to their advantage, at the expense of everyone else.Once you learn how to notice hacks, you’ll start seeing them everywhere—and you’ll never look at the world the same way again. Almost all systems have loopholes, and this is by design. Because if you can take advantage of them, the rules no longer apply to you.Unchecked, these hacks threaten to upend our financial markets, weaken our democracy, and even affect the way we think. And when artificial intelligence starts thinking like a hacker—at inhuman speed and scale—the results could be catastrophic.But for those who would don the “white hat,” we can understand the hackingmindset and rebuild our economic, political, and legal systems to counter those who would exploit our society. And we can harness artificial intelligence to improve existing systems, predict and defend against hacks, and realize a more equitable world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205703/9781705091395.mp3" length="2437240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Hacker's Mind: How the Powerful Bend Society's Rules, and How to Bend them Back Author: Bruce Schneier Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Hacker's Mind: How the Powerful Bend Society's Rules, and How to Bend them Back Author: Bruce Schneier Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It’s not just computers—hacking is everywhere.A hack is any means of subverting a system’s rules in unintended ways. The tax code isn’t computer code, but a series of complex formulas. It has vulnerabilities; we call them “loopholes.” We call exploits “tax avoidance strategies.” And there is an entire industry of “black hat” hackers intent on finding exploitable loopholes in the tax code. We call them accountants and tax attorneys.In A Hacker’s Mind, Bruce Schneier takes hacking out of the world of computing and uses it to analyze the systems that underpin our society: from tax laws to financial markets to politics. He reveals an array of powerful actors whose hacks bend our economic, political, and legal systems to their advantage, at the expense of everyone else.Once you learn how to notice hacks, you’ll start seeing them everywhere—and you’ll never look at the world the same way again. Almost all systems have loopholes, and this is by design. Because if you can take advantage of them, the rules no longer apply to you.Unchecked, these hacks threaten to upend our financial markets, weaken our democracy, and even affect the way we think. And when artificial intelligence starts thinking like a hacker—at inhuman speed and scale—the results could be catastrophic.But for those who would don the “white hat,” we can understand the hackingmindset and rebuild our economic, political, and legal systems to counter those who would exploit our society. And we can harness artificial intelligence to improve existing systems, predict and defend against hacks, and realize a more equitable world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6df9bdc3d1d3624e5ae0c4c7b3ee34e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account by Mark Pomerantz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/people-vs-donald-trump-an-inside-account-by-mark-pomerantz--65205691</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account Author: Mark Pomerantz Narrator: Mark Pomerantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A fascinating inside account of the attempt to prosecute former US president Donald Trump.     Mark Pomerantz was a retired lawyer living a calm suburban life when he accepted an offer to join the staff of the district attorney of New York County in February 2021. His brief: to work on the investigation of former president Donald Trump and the Trump Organisation.     Over the next year, Pomerantz interviewed potential witnesses, scrutinised financial records and learned everything he could about Trump’s business practices. He finally gathered enough evidence to support the view—held by many of his colleagues on the case—that Trump should be indicted for a number of financial crimes. But that indictment never happened. This book explains why.     In People vs. Donald Trump, Pomerantz tells the story of his unprecedented investigation, why he and his colleague Carey Dunne resigned in protest when Manhattan’s district attorney refused to act, and why he believes Donald Trump should be prosecuted. He draws from a lifetime of legal experience to tell a devastating and frequently entertaining story of how prosecutors think, how criminals act, and how the American justice system works—and sometimes doesn’t work. It is a cautionary tale that explores how Trump manages to dance between the raindrops of accountability, and how others might bring him to justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205691/9781398526457.mp3" length="1477561" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account Author: Mark Pomerantz Narrator: Mark Pomerantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650491</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account Author: Mark Pomerantz Narrator: Mark Pomerantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A fascinating inside account of the attempt to prosecute former US president Donald Trump.     Mark Pomerantz was a retired lawyer living a calm suburban life when he accepted an offer to join the staff of the district attorney of New York County in February 2021. His brief: to work on the investigation of former president Donald Trump and the Trump Organisation.     Over the next year, Pomerantz interviewed potential witnesses, scrutinised financial records and learned everything he could about Trump’s business practices. He finally gathered enough evidence to support the view—held by many of his colleagues on the case—that Trump should be indicted for a number of financial crimes. But that indictment never happened. This book explains why.     In People vs. Donald Trump, Pomerantz tells the story of his unprecedented investigation, why he and his colleague Carey Dunne resigned in protest when Manhattan’s district attorney refused to act, and why he believes Donald Trump should be prosecuted. He draws from a lifetime of legal experience to tell a devastating and frequently entertaining story of how prosecutors think, how criminals act, and how the American justice system works—and sometimes doesn’t work. It is a cautionary tale that explores how Trump manages to dance between the raindrops of accountability, and how others might bring him to justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/056ab7aad66b31e28355a24e07cb8d78.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mirelle und ihre Freunde auf der Suche nach dem Wunschkraut by Astrid Schneider</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mirelle-und-ihre-freunde-auf-der-suche-nach-dem-wunschkraut-by-astrid-schneider--65205610</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mirelle und ihre Freunde auf der Suche nach dem Wunschkraut Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Astrid Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ü   ,      !  Drei Tiere, die unterschiedlicher nicht sein könnten, treffen aufeinander. Sie stellen fest, dass sie alle in ihrem Leben auf der gleichen Suche sind. Die Suche heißt Veränderung und Freundschaft. Gemeinsam begeben sie sich auf Wanderschaft, um das sagenumwobene Wunschkraut zu finden, das alles verändern soll. Auf ihrer Reise lernen sie sich das erste Mal besser kennen und entdecken neue Seiten an sich. Sie begreifen, was Freundschaft bedeutet, und sind ihrem Ziel so nah – wäre da nicht der böse Ismo, der die Adlerburg mit dem Wunschkraut bewachen lässt.   Gemeinsam schaffen sie es, Berge zu versetzen und das Böse zum Guten zu wenden.    1 Stunde 34 Minuten voller Spannung und Abenteuer  Für Kinder von 5 -12 Jahren           ,    :  * Achtsamkeit für sich selbst und andere entwickeln  * Selbstvertrauen gewinnen  * sich mit den Charakteren im Buch identifizieren  * lernen, dass man gemeinsam alles schaffen kann  * erkennen, dass sie wundervoll sind, genauso wie sie sind    Ein besonderes Hörbuch für Mädchen und Jungs!  Sie sind nur einen Klick davon entfernt, Ihrem Kind zu zeigen, dass es sich immer lohnt mutig zu sein! Dass man gemeinsam viel bewirken kann - wenn man nur weiß, welch besondere Kräfte in einem stecken.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205610/4067248458167.mp3" length="1477661" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mirelle und ihre Freunde auf der Suche nach dem Wunschkraut Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Astrid Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656830</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mirelle und ihre Freunde auf der Suche nach dem Wunschkraut Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Astrid Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: February  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ü   ,      !  Drei Tiere, die unterschiedlicher nicht sein könnten, treffen aufeinander. Sie stellen fest, dass sie alle in ihrem Leben auf der gleichen Suche sind. Die Suche heißt Veränderung und Freundschaft. Gemeinsam begeben sie sich auf Wanderschaft, um das sagenumwobene Wunschkraut zu finden, das alles verändern soll. Auf ihrer Reise lernen sie sich das erste Mal besser kennen und entdecken neue Seiten an sich. Sie begreifen, was Freundschaft bedeutet, und sind ihrem Ziel so nah – wäre da nicht der böse Ismo, der die Adlerburg mit dem Wunschkraut bewachen lässt.   Gemeinsam schaffen sie es, Berge zu versetzen und das Böse zum Guten zu wenden.    1 Stunde 34 Minuten voller Spannung und Abenteuer  Für Kinder von 5 -12 Jahren           ,    :  * Achtsamkeit für sich selbst und andere entwickeln  * Selbstvertrauen gewinnen  * sich mit den Charakteren im Buch identifizieren  * lernen, dass man gemeinsam alles schaffen kann  * erkennen, dass sie wundervoll sind, genauso wie sie sind    Ein besonderes Hörbuch für Mädchen und Jungs!  Sie sind nur einen Klick davon entfernt, Ihrem Kind zu zeigen, dass es sich immer lohnt mutig zu sein! Dass man gemeinsam viel bewirken kann - wenn man nur weiß, welch besondere Kräfte in einem stecken.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6c74a4aebb7fe0024116d8f63490aa71.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Global gescheitert?: Der Westen zwischen Anmaßung und Selbsthass by Susanne Schröter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-global-gescheitert-der-westen-zwischen-anmassung-und-selbsthass-by-susanne-schroter--65205669</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Global gescheitert?: Der Westen zwischen Anmaßung und Selbsthass Author: Susanne Schröter Narrator: Sandra Ragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Susanne Schröters messerscharfe Analyse über den Westen – Spiegel-Bestseller Selten schien der Westen so geschlossen wie zu Beginn des Ukraine-Kriegs. Die Werte der Freiheit und Demokratie galt es gegen ein autokratisches System zu verteidigen. Doch hinter der vermeintlichen Geschlossenheit zeigten sich schnell die ersten Bruchstellen. Wie werden wirtschaftliche Zwänge mit politischen Zielen in Einklang gebracht? Wie viel sind dem Westen die eigenen Ideale wert? Dass sich dahinter ein tiefgreifendes strukturelles Problem des Westens verbirgt, zeigt die Ethnologin und Islamexpertin Susanne Schröter in ihrem neuen Buch. Angesichts der jüngsten Konflikte in der Ukraine, in Afghanistan und Mali sowie der Planlosigkeit westlicher Regierungen im Umgang mit Migrationsbewegungen, Islamismus und Cancel Culture diagnostiziert sie einen zwischen Hybris und Selbsthass gefangenen Westen, der unentwegt die Werte der Demokratie beschwört, sie aber gleichzeitig immer dann verrät, wenn es darauf ankommt. Befindet sich der Westen auf dem besten Weg, die eigene innen- wie außenpolitische Glaubwürdigkeit zu verspielen? In ihrem analytisch klugen und thesenstarken Buch gibt Susanne Schröter die Antwort.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205669/9783963840906.mp3" length="1477597" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Global gescheitert?: Der Westen zwischen Anmaßung und Selbsthass Author: Susanne Schröter Narrator: Sandra Ragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656408</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Global gescheitert?: Der Westen zwischen Anmaßung und Selbsthass Author: Susanne Schröter Narrator: Sandra Ragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Susanne Schröters messerscharfe Analyse über den Westen – Spiegel-Bestseller Selten schien der Westen so geschlossen wie zu Beginn des Ukraine-Kriegs. Die Werte der Freiheit und Demokratie galt es gegen ein autokratisches System zu verteidigen. Doch hinter der vermeintlichen Geschlossenheit zeigten sich schnell die ersten Bruchstellen. Wie werden wirtschaftliche Zwänge mit politischen Zielen in Einklang gebracht? Wie viel sind dem Westen die eigenen Ideale wert? Dass sich dahinter ein tiefgreifendes strukturelles Problem des Westens verbirgt, zeigt die Ethnologin und Islamexpertin Susanne Schröter in ihrem neuen Buch. Angesichts der jüngsten Konflikte in der Ukraine, in Afghanistan und Mali sowie der Planlosigkeit westlicher Regierungen im Umgang mit Migrationsbewegungen, Islamismus und Cancel Culture diagnostiziert sie einen zwischen Hybris und Selbsthass gefangenen Westen, der unentwegt die Werte der Demokratie beschwört, sie aber gleichzeitig immer dann verrät, wenn es darauf ankommt. Befindet sich der Westen auf dem besten Weg, die eigene innen- wie außenpolitische Glaubwürdigkeit zu verspielen? In ihrem analytisch klugen und thesenstarken Buch gibt Susanne Schröter die Antwort.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/14670c05acd9e674c3a19ea753019de2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Making the Imperial Nation: Colonization, Politics, and English Identity, 1660-1700 by Gabriel Glickman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-the-imperial-nation-colonization-politics-and-english-identity-1660-1700-by-gabriel-glickman--65205813</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Imperial Nation: Colonization, Politics, and English Identity, 1660-1700 Author: Gabriel Glickman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After 1660, English governments aimed to convert scattered overseas dominions into a coordinated territorial power base. Stuart monarchs encouraged schemes for expansion in America, Africa, and Asia, tightened control over existing territories, and endorsed systems of slave labor. But English power was precarious, and colonial designs were subject to regular defeats and failed experimentation. Recovering from recent Civil Wars at home, England was shaken by unrest and upheaval through the later seventeenth century. Colonial policies emerged from a kingdom riven with inner tensions, which it exported to enclaves overseas.   Gabriel Glickman reinstates the colonies within the domestic history of Restoration England. He shows how the pursuit of empire raised moral and ideological controversies that divided political opinion and unsettled many ideas of English national identity. Overseas ambitions disrupted bonds in Europe and cast new questions about English relations with Scotland and Ireland. Vigorous debates were provoked by contact with non-Christian peoples and by changes brought to cultural tastes and consumer habits. England was becoming an imperial nation before it had acquired a secure territorial empire. The pressures of colonization exerted a decisive influence over wars, revolutions, and party conflicts that destabilized the later Stuart kingdom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205813/9798765078822.mp3" length="14437278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Imperial Nation: Colonization, Politics, and English Identity, 1660-1700 Author: Gabriel Glickman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640491</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Imperial Nation: Colonization, Politics, and English Identity, 1660-1700 Author: Gabriel Glickman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After 1660, English governments aimed to convert scattered overseas dominions into a coordinated territorial power base. Stuart monarchs encouraged schemes for expansion in America, Africa, and Asia, tightened control over existing territories, and endorsed systems of slave labor. But English power was precarious, and colonial designs were subject to regular defeats and failed experimentation. Recovering from recent Civil Wars at home, England was shaken by unrest and upheaval through the later seventeenth century. Colonial policies emerged from a kingdom riven with inner tensions, which it exported to enclaves overseas.   Gabriel Glickman reinstates the colonies within the domestic history of Restoration England. He shows how the pursuit of empire raised moral and ideological controversies that divided political opinion and unsettled many ideas of English national identity. Overseas ambitions disrupted bonds in Europe and cast new questions about English relations with Scotland and Ireland. Vigorous debates were provoked by contact with non-Christian peoples and by changes brought to cultural tastes and consumer habits. England was becoming an imperial nation before it had acquired a secure territorial empire. The pressures of colonization exerted a decisive influence over wars, revolutions, and party conflicts that destabilized the later Stuart kingdom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8cfea22e4683c183047daf0948a9c12a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Straight State: Sexuality and Citizenship in Twentieth-Century America by Margot Canaday</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-straight-state-sexuality-and-citizenship-in-twentieth-century-america-by-margot-canaday--65205706</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Straight State: Sexuality and Citizenship in Twentieth-Century America Series: #74 of Politics and Society in Modern America Author: Margot Canaday Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic book now available on audio With narration by Laurel Lefkow, who reveals how the government enforced sex and gender conformity and relegated gays to second-class citizenship The Straight State is the most expansive study of the federal regulation of homosexuality yet written. Unearthing startling new evidence from the National Archives, Margot Canaday shows how the state systematically came to penalize homosexuality, giving rise to a regime of second-class citizenship that sexual minorities still live under today. Canaday looks at three key arenas of government control—immigration, the military, and welfare—and demonstrates how federal enforcement of sexual norms emerged with the rise of the modern bureaucratic state. She begins at the turn of the twentieth century when the state first stumbled upon evidence of sex and gender nonconformity, revealing how homosexuality was policed indirectly through the exclusion of sexually 'degenerate' immigrants and other regulatory measures aimed at combating poverty, violence, and vice. Canaday argues that the state's gradual awareness of homosexuality intensified during the later New Deal and through the postwar period as policies were enacted that explicitly used homosexuality to define who could enter the country, serve in the military, and collect state benefits. Midcentury repression was not a sudden response to newly visible gay subcultures, Canaday demonstrates, but the culmination of a much longer and slower process of state-building during which the state came to know and to care about homosexuality across many decades. Social, political, and legal history at their most compelling, The Straight State explores how regulation transformed the regulated: in drawing boundaries around national citizenship, the state helped to define the very meaning of homosexuality in America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205706/9780691251578.mp3" length="2437250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Straight State: Sexuality and Citizenship in Twentieth-Century America Series: #74 of Politics and Society in Modern America Author: Margot Canaday...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649666</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Straight State: Sexuality and Citizenship in Twentieth-Century America Series: #74 of Politics and Society in Modern America Author: Margot Canaday Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic book now available on audio With narration by Laurel Lefkow, who reveals how the government enforced sex and gender conformity and relegated gays to second-class citizenship The Straight State is the most expansive study of the federal regulation of homosexuality yet written. Unearthing startling new evidence from the National Archives, Margot Canaday shows how the state systematically came to penalize homosexuality, giving rise to a regime of second-class citizenship that sexual minorities still live under today. Canaday looks at three key arenas of government control—immigration, the military, and welfare—and demonstrates how federal enforcement of sexual norms emerged with the rise of the modern bureaucratic state. She begins at the turn of the twentieth century when the state first stumbled upon evidence of sex and gender nonconformity, revealing how homosexuality was policed indirectly through the exclusion of sexually 'degenerate' immigrants and other regulatory measures aimed at combating poverty, violence, and vice. Canaday argues that the state's gradual awareness of homosexuality intensified during the later New Deal and through the postwar period as policies were enacted that explicitly used homosexuality to define who could enter the country, serve in the military, and collect state benefits. Midcentury repression was not a sudden response to newly visible gay subcultures, Canaday demonstrates, but the culmination of a much longer and slower process of state-building during which the state came to know and to care about homosexuality across many decades. Social, political, and legal history at their most compelling, The Straight State explores how regulation transformed the regulated: in drawing boundaries around national citizenship, the state helped to define the very meaning of homosexuality in America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49a2d35f4c3e6fc3553bd558c7f39bc1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Invisible Trillions: How Financial Secrecy Is Imperiling Capitalism and Democracy—and the Way to Renew Our Broken System by Raymond W. Baker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/invisible-trillions-how-financial-secrecy-is-imperiling-capitalism-and-democracy-and-the-way-to-renew-our-broken-system-by-raymond-w-baker--65205605</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Trillions: How Financial Secrecy Is Imperiling Capitalism and Democracy—and the Way to Renew Our Broken System Author: Raymond W. Baker Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Essential reading for anyone truly interested in saving democracy from the predations of kleptocracy and plutocracy.' -Charles Davidson, The Journal of Democracy This book expands our understanding of the financial secrecy system dominating capitalism today and shows how we can create accountability to restore our democracy. Over the last half century, capitalism has created the means for trillions of dollars, euros, pounds, and other stores of wealth to move invisibly-beyond the control of central bankers, law enforcement agents, and international institutions. With an entire financial secrecy system now dominating capitalist operations, riches flow inexorably upward and accelerate economic inequality. And rising inequality is directly imperiling-weakening, obstructing, and degrading-democracy. This book is not a screed against capitalism-it is a call for capitalism to return to its roots, reenergizing its synergies with democracy. Raymond Baker writes, 'Democratic capitalism is, in my judgment, the best system yet devised in political economy, but dysfunctions within its capitalist component are undermining the two-part system.' Baker explains the tax havens, secrecy jurisdictions, disguised corporations, anonymous trusts, fake foundations, regulatory loopholes, money laundering techniques, and more that make up the financial secrecy system. But he goes beyond the 'what' to the 'why,' examining the motivations driving the system that generates and shelters trillions of dollars that could go toward spreading wealth, generating public goods, and protecting the environment. Going deeper, Baker illustrates how these realities further corrode the commonwealth, with chapters devoted to the facilitating activities and impacts of banks, corporations, enabling lawyers and accountants, governments, and international institutions and concluding with the limiting role played in policy silos that are missing the bigger picture.  Finally, he provides specific, pragmatic measures to reset capitalism so that it once again contributes to shared prosperity and sustained democracy. This is a magisterial treatment of an issue that is at the root of so many problems that plague our nation and the world today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205605/9781663738523.mp3" length="2437310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Trillions: How Financial Secrecy Is Imperiling Capitalism and Democracy—and the Way to Renew Our Broken System Author: Raymond W. Baker...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Trillions: How Financial Secrecy Is Imperiling Capitalism and Democracy—and the Way to Renew Our Broken System Author: Raymond W. Baker Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Essential reading for anyone truly interested in saving democracy from the predations of kleptocracy and plutocracy.' -Charles Davidson, The Journal of Democracy This book expands our understanding of the financial secrecy system dominating capitalism today and shows how we can create accountability to restore our democracy. Over the last half century, capitalism has created the means for trillions of dollars, euros, pounds, and other stores of wealth to move invisibly-beyond the control of central bankers, law enforcement agents, and international institutions. With an entire financial secrecy system now dominating capitalist operations, riches flow inexorably upward and accelerate economic inequality. And rising inequality is directly imperiling-weakening, obstructing, and degrading-democracy. This book is not a screed against capitalism-it is a call for capitalism to return to its roots, reenergizing its synergies with democracy. Raymond Baker writes, 'Democratic capitalism is, in my judgment, the best system yet devised in political economy, but dysfunctions within its capitalist component are undermining the two-part system.' Baker explains the tax havens, secrecy jurisdictions, disguised corporations, anonymous trusts, fake foundations, regulatory loopholes, money laundering techniques, and more that make up the financial secrecy system. But he goes beyond the 'what' to the 'why,' examining the motivations driving the system that generates and shelters trillions of dollars that could go toward spreading wealth, generating public goods, and protecting the environment. Going deeper, Baker illustrates how these realities further corrode the commonwealth, with chapters devoted to the facilitating activities and impacts of banks, corporations, enabling lawyers and accountants, governments, and international institutions and concluding with the limiting role played in policy silos that are missing the bigger picture.  Finally, he provides specific, pragmatic measures to reset capitalism so that it once again contributes to shared prosperity and sustained democracy. This is a magisterial treatment of an issue that is at the root of so many problems that plague our nation and the world today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ac57eca9457244ad82d604c63f04cd19.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Todos somos autodefensas: El despertar de un pueblo dormido by José Manuel Mireles Valverde</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-todos-somos-autodefensas-el-despertar-de-un-pueblo-dormido-by-jose-manuel-mireles-valverde--65205612</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todos somos autodefensas: El despertar de un pueblo dormido Author: José Manuel Mireles Valverde Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Mireles no es el caudillo estoico, insensible, inmutable y de mirada fría que presentan los medios de comunicación. Este libro es una ventana al corazón de un hombre que llora, ríe, sufre y disfruta la vida»  Pablo Alarcón-Cháires  En 2004 Michoacán se resquebrajó. Ese año, los cárteles, insatisfechos con las ganancias obtenidas con el tráfico de drogas, diversificaron sus actividades e incursionaron en la extorsión, el secuestro, el pillaje y, en el colmo del sadismo, la violación y la tortura. Después de una década de violencia desatada, los habitantes de la zona reaccionaron. Empobrecidos por los embates del crimen, olvidados por las autoridades, furiosos y hartos, decidieron tomar la justicia en sus manos. José Manuel Mireles Valverde es una figura central en este panorama. Fundador de las autodefensas en la Tierra Caliente, luchó durante más de un año contra los cárteles, pero fue apresado en junio de 2014 durante un operativo federal duramente criticado. Entonces debió emprender otras batallas: la jurídica -por salir de prisión- y la moral -para no doblegar su espíritu-. Y triunfó.  Mireles ha convertido esa 'digna rabia' en la crónica completa de las autodefensas michoacanas. En este libro, que se remonta a la herencia purépecha y la pelea que los terracalenteños dieron durante la Revolución mexicana y la Guerra cristera, el médico y comandante narra a detalle la génesis del movimiento de autodefensas, así comola adrenalina de los combates y las negociaciones frustrantes con el gobierno, que culminaron en una traición histórica.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205612/9786073815079.mp3" length="2437246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todos somos autodefensas: El despertar de un pueblo dormido Author: José Manuel Mireles Valverde Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todos somos autodefensas: El despertar de un pueblo dormido Author: José Manuel Mireles Valverde Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «Mireles no es el caudillo estoico, insensible, inmutable y de mirada fría que presentan los medios de comunicación. Este libro es una ventana al corazón de un hombre que llora, ríe, sufre y disfruta la vida»  Pablo Alarcón-Cháires  En 2004 Michoacán se resquebrajó. Ese año, los cárteles, insatisfechos con las ganancias obtenidas con el tráfico de drogas, diversificaron sus actividades e incursionaron en la extorsión, el secuestro, el pillaje y, en el colmo del sadismo, la violación y la tortura. Después de una década de violencia desatada, los habitantes de la zona reaccionaron. Empobrecidos por los embates del crimen, olvidados por las autoridades, furiosos y hartos, decidieron tomar la justicia en sus manos. José Manuel Mireles Valverde es una figura central en este panorama. Fundador de las autodefensas en la Tierra Caliente, luchó durante más de un año contra los cárteles, pero fue apresado en junio de 2014 durante un operativo federal duramente criticado. Entonces debió emprender otras batallas: la jurídica -por salir de prisión- y la moral -para no doblegar su espíritu-. Y triunfó.  Mireles ha convertido esa 'digna rabia' en la crónica completa de las autodefensas michoacanas. En este libro, que se remonta a la herencia purépecha y la pelea que los terracalenteños dieron durante la Revolución mexicana y la Guerra cristera, el médico y comandante narra a detalle la génesis del movimiento de autodefensas, así comola adrenalina de los combates y las negociaciones frustrantes con el gobierno, que culminaron en una traición histórica.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d026a20ae7b8c50ceb1a400f76e11b3c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Drawing Lines: Why Conservatives Must Begin to Battle Fiercely in the Arena of Ideas by Kira Davis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/drawing-lines-why-conservatives-must-begin-to-battle-fiercely-in-the-arena-of-ideas-by-kira-davis--65205719</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawing Lines: Why Conservatives Must Begin to Battle Fiercely in the Arena of Ideas Author: Kira Davis Narrator: Madeline Mccray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It is time to draw our lines in the sand as Christians and Conservatives by engaging in public conversations with truth and conviction.   Kira Davis has built a brand on reaching out to the other side, on giving people space to be wrong, the space to discuss, the space to tolerate. Unfortunately, the people controlling the public conversations right now will have none of it. We're seeing the lengths they will go to and the lies they let stand in service of crushing 50 percent of this nation. They seek unity through complete elimination of the other side. There are times for compromise and times to draw a line in the sand; the latter has arrived. It is time to draw our lines as Christians and Conservatives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515</guid><pubDate>Wed, 25 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205719/9781696608947.mp3" length="14437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawing Lines: Why Conservatives Must Begin to Battle Fiercely in the Arena of Ideas Author: Kira Davis Narrator: Madeline Mccray Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649515</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawing Lines: Why Conservatives Must Begin to Battle Fiercely in the Arena of Ideas Author: Kira Davis Narrator: Madeline Mccray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It is time to draw our lines in the sand as Christians and Conservatives by engaging in public conversations with truth and conviction.   Kira Davis has built a brand on reaching out to the other side, on giving people space to be wrong, the space to discuss, the space to tolerate. Unfortunately, the people controlling the public conversations right now will have none of it. We're seeing the lengths they will go to and the lies they let stand in service of crushing 50 percent of this nation. They seek unity through complete elimination of the other side. There are times for compromise and times to draw a line in the sand; the latter has arrived. It is time to draw our lines as Christians and Conservatives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/23ed83ad553ad97a7d73d6a518518f78.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Against the Wall: My Journey from Border Patrol Agent to Immigrant Rights Activist by Jenn Budd</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-the-wall-my-journey-from-border-patrol-agent-to-immigrant-rights-activist-by-jenn-budd--65205795</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wall: My Journey from Border Patrol Agent to Immigrant Rights Activist Author: Jenn Budd Narrator: Jenn Budd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Jenn Budd, the only former US Border Patrol agent to continually blow the whistle on this federal agency's rampant corruption, challenges us—as individuals and as a nation—to face the consequences of our actions. Her journey offers a vital perspective on the unfolding moral crisis of our time. She also gives harrowing testimony about rape culture, white privilege, women in law enforcement, LGBTQ issues, mental illness, survival, and forgiveness.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205795/9781696609791.mp3" length="14437276" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wall: My Journey from Border Patrol Agent to Immigrant Rights Activist Author: Jenn Budd Narrator: Jenn Budd Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wall: My Journey from Border Patrol Agent to Immigrant Rights Activist Author: Jenn Budd Narrator: Jenn Budd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Jenn Budd, the only former US Border Patrol agent to continually blow the whistle on this federal agency's rampant corruption, challenges us—as individuals and as a nation—to face the consequences of our actions. Her journey offers a vital perspective on the unfolding moral crisis of our time. She also gives harrowing testimony about rape culture, white privilege, women in law enforcement, LGBTQ issues, mental illness, survival, and forgiveness.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4d041e896c4b3599df7565c45eab108.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Adam Smith's America: How a Scottish Philosopher Became an Icon of American Capitalism by Glory M. Liu</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/adam-smith-s-america-how-a-scottish-philosopher-became-an-icon-of-american-capitalism-by-glory-m-liu--65205776</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith's America: How a Scottish Philosopher Became an Icon of American Capitalism Author: Glory M. Liu Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originally published in 1776, Adam Smith's The Wealth of Nations was lauded by America's founders as a landmark work of Enlightenment thinking. Glory Liu traces how generations of Americans have read, reinterpreted, and weaponized Smith's ideas, revealing how his popular image as a champion of American-style capitalism and free markets is a historical invention. Liu tells the story of how an unassuming Scottish philosopher captured the American imagination and played a leading role in shaping American economic and political ideas. She shows how Smith became known as the father of political economy in the nineteenth century and was firmly associated with free trade, and how, in the aftermath of the Great Depression, the Chicago School of Economics transformed him into the preeminent theorist of self-interest and the miracle of free markets. Liu explores how a new generation of political theorists and public intellectuals has sought to recover Smith's original intentions and restore his reputation as a moral philosopher. Charting the enduring fascination that this humble philosopher from Scotland has held for American readers over more than two centuries, Adam Smith's America shows how Smith continues to be a vehicle for articulating perennial moral and political anxieties about modern capitalism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205776/9798765068144.mp3" length="14437321" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith's America: How a Scottish Philosopher Became an Icon of American Capitalism Author: Glory M. Liu Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adam Smith's America: How a Scottish Philosopher Became an Icon of American Capitalism Author: Glory M. Liu Narrator: Kate Udall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originally published in 1776, Adam Smith's The Wealth of Nations was lauded by America's founders as a landmark work of Enlightenment thinking. Glory Liu traces how generations of Americans have read, reinterpreted, and weaponized Smith's ideas, revealing how his popular image as a champion of American-style capitalism and free markets is a historical invention. Liu tells the story of how an unassuming Scottish philosopher captured the American imagination and played a leading role in shaping American economic and political ideas. She shows how Smith became known as the father of political economy in the nineteenth century and was firmly associated with free trade, and how, in the aftermath of the Great Depression, the Chicago School of Economics transformed him into the preeminent theorist of self-interest and the miracle of free markets. Liu explores how a new generation of political theorists and public intellectuals has sought to recover Smith's original intentions and restore his reputation as a moral philosopher. Charting the enduring fascination that this humble philosopher from Scotland has held for American readers over more than two centuries, Adam Smith's America shows how Smith continues to be a vehicle for articulating perennial moral and political anxieties about modern capitalism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f297fd70c0fa518c239ac8575dd25ec4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Everything Is Possible: Antifascism and the Left in the Age of Fascism by Joseph Fronczak</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-is-possible-antifascism-and-the-left-in-the-age-of-fascism-by-joseph-fronczak--65205762</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Possible: Antifascism and the Left in the Age of Fascism Author: Joseph Fronczak Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The fascinating history of how the antifascist movement of the 1930s created 'the left' as we know it today   In the middle years of the Great Depression, the antifascist movement became a global political force, powerfully uniting people from across divisions of ideology, geography, race, language, and nationality. Joseph Fronczak shows how socialists, liberals, communists, anarchists, and others achieved a semblance of unity in the fight against fascism. Depression-era antifascists were populist, militant, and internationalist. They understood fascism in global terms, and they were determined to fight it on local terms. In the United States, antifascists fought against fascism on the streets of cities such as Chicago, and New York, and they connected their own fights to the ones raging in Germany, Italy, and Spain.   As he traces the global trajectory of the antifascist movement, Fronczak argues that its most significant legacy is its creation of 'the left' as we know it today: an international conglomeration of people committed to a shared politics of solidarity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205762/9798765084946.mp3" length="14437290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Possible: Antifascism and the Left in the Age of Fascism Author: Joseph Fronczak Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640497</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Is Possible: Antifascism and the Left in the Age of Fascism Author: Joseph Fronczak Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The fascinating history of how the antifascist movement of the 1930s created 'the left' as we know it today   In the middle years of the Great Depression, the antifascist movement became a global political force, powerfully uniting people from across divisions of ideology, geography, race, language, and nationality. Joseph Fronczak shows how socialists, liberals, communists, anarchists, and others achieved a semblance of unity in the fight against fascism. Depression-era antifascists were populist, militant, and internationalist. They understood fascism in global terms, and they were determined to fight it on local terms. In the United States, antifascists fought against fascism on the streets of cities such as Chicago, and New York, and they connected their own fights to the ones raging in Germany, Italy, and Spain.   As he traces the global trajectory of the antifascist movement, Fronczak argues that its most significant legacy is its creation of 'the left' as we know it today: an international conglomeration of people committed to a shared politics of solidarity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/18591e6c38c05b0a4b2f9808fda6d4a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Nathan der Weise': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Gotthold Ephra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-gotthold-ephraim-lessings-nathan-der-weise-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-gotthold-ephra--65205680</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Nathan der Weise': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Gotthold Ephraim Lessings Drama aus der Epoche der Aufklärung, 'Nathan der Weise'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015</guid><pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205680/9783754502457.mp3" length="1477737" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Nathan der Weise': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651015</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Nathan der Weise': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Gotthold Ephraim Lessings Drama aus der Epoche der Aufklärung, 'Nathan der Weise'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c7b2f0fcd40e1bf043f592adc64f443c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Streitbar. Was Deutschland jetzt lernen muss by Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-streitbar-was-deutschland-jetzt-lernen-muss-by-marie-agnes-strack-zimmermann--65205624</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Streitbar. Was Deutschland jetzt lernen muss Author: Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann Narrator: Katja Pilaski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wer stark ist, wird nicht angegriffenKriminelle Clans, Fundamentalismus, radikale Rechte stellen unsere Rechtsordnung in Frage. Autoritäre Regierungen unterhöhlen die EU, Russland und China gefährden die westlichen Demokratien und den globalen Frieden. Im Äußeren wie im Inneren steht Deutschland unter Druck. Wenn wir bewahren wollen, was uns kostbar ist, müssen wir uns rüsten. Dabei ist es längst nicht ausreichend, die Bundeswehr zu ertüchtigen. Es bedarf eines gesamtgesellschaftlichen Aufwachens, einer entschiedeneren Haltung, denjenigen mit Macht und Entschlossenheit entgegenzutreten, die uns bedrohen. Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann macht deutlich, dass Friedfertigkeit nicht mit Gleichgültigkeit und Bräsigkeit verwechselt werden darf. Denn wir müssen bereit sein, unseren Frieden zu verteidigen.-]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935</guid><pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205624/9788728401019.mp3" length="2437215" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Streitbar. Was Deutschland jetzt lernen muss Author: Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann Narrator: Katja Pilaski Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Streitbar. Was Deutschland jetzt lernen muss Author: Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann Narrator: Katja Pilaski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wer stark ist, wird nicht angegriffenKriminelle Clans, Fundamentalismus, radikale Rechte stellen unsere Rechtsordnung in Frage. Autoritäre Regierungen unterhöhlen die EU, Russland und China gefährden die westlichen Demokratien und den globalen Frieden. Im Äußeren wie im Inneren steht Deutschland unter Druck. Wenn wir bewahren wollen, was uns kostbar ist, müssen wir uns rüsten. Dabei ist es längst nicht ausreichend, die Bundeswehr zu ertüchtigen. Es bedarf eines gesamtgesellschaftlichen Aufwachens, einer entschiedeneren Haltung, denjenigen mit Macht und Entschlossenheit entgegenzutreten, die uns bedrohen. Marie-Agnes Strack-Zimmermann macht deutlich, dass Friedfertigkeit nicht mit Gleichgültigkeit und Bräsigkeit verwechselt werden darf. Denn wir müssen bereit sein, unseren Frieden zu verteidigen.-]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/64dfd9fd56532d3126b28ccdcb43f6fa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Show Me The Bodies: How We Let Grenfell Happen by Peter Apps</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/show-me-the-bodies-how-we-let-grenfell-happen-by-peter-apps--65205774</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me The Bodies: How We Let Grenfell Happen Author: Peter Apps Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On 14 June 2017, a 24-storey block of flats went up in flames. The fire climbed up cladding as flammable as solid petrol. Fire doors failed to self-close. No alarm rang out to warn sleeping residents. As smoke seeped into their homes, all were told to ‘stay put'. Many did – and they died. It was a disaster decades in the making. Peter Apps exposes how a steady stream of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional indifference caused this tragedy. It is the story of a grieving community forsaken by our government, a community still waiting for change. “However painful the story of Grenfell is, it is one we must hear. Apps' powerful testament tells us how injustice was manifested and how lessons still fail to be learned.” - David Lammy MP “A staggering achievement, both a testament to the victims, the bereaved and the community of Grenfell and a painstaking, forensic investigation into the causes of the crime itself.” - David Peace, author of the Red Riding Quartet “Compelling, rigorous, utterly forensic and so very needed. This book has to be the moment that things change.” - Lucy Easthope, author of When the Dust Settles]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205774/9781004110988.mp3" length="1477549" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me The Bodies: How We Let Grenfell Happen Author: Peter Apps Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646107</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me The Bodies: How We Let Grenfell Happen Author: Peter Apps Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On 14 June 2017, a 24-storey block of flats went up in flames. The fire climbed up cladding as flammable as solid petrol. Fire doors failed to self-close. No alarm rang out to warn sleeping residents. As smoke seeped into their homes, all were told to ‘stay put'. Many did – and they died. It was a disaster decades in the making. Peter Apps exposes how a steady stream of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional indifference caused this tragedy. It is the story of a grieving community forsaken by our government, a community still waiting for change. “However painful the story of Grenfell is, it is one we must hear. Apps' powerful testament tells us how injustice was manifested and how lessons still fail to be learned.” - David Lammy MP “A staggering achievement, both a testament to the victims, the bereaved and the community of Grenfell and a painstaking, forensic investigation into the causes of the crime itself.” - David Peace, author of the Red Riding Quartet “Compelling, rigorous, utterly forensic and so very needed. This book has to be the moment that things change.” - Lucy Easthope, author of When the Dust Settles]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/55a8159510f6fb0344c5c1a24670b1a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Orden mundial: Reflexiones sobre el carácter de los países y el curso de la historia by Henry Kissinger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-orden-mundial-reflexiones-sobre-el-caracter-de-los-paises-y-el-curso-de-la-historia-by-henry-kissinger--65205630</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden mundial: Reflexiones sobre el carácter de los países y el curso de la historia Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una profunda reflexión sobre qué motiva la armonía y el conflicto en las relaciones internacionales, por el Premio Nobel de la Paz.  «Las conclusiones de Kissinger deberían ser lectura obligada para los candidatos a las elecciones de 2016. El orden mundial depende de ello.» The Financial Times  Henry Kissinger presenta una profunda y original reflexión sobre las causas que originan la armonía y los conflictos en los asuntos globales. A partir de su inmensa experiencia como uno de los principales estadistas del siglo XX, asesor de presidentes, conocedor del mundo, observador y participante en los temas centrales de política internacional de último medio siglo, Kissinger expone en esta obra su visión del reto fundamental del siglo XXI: cómo construir un orden internacional compartido en un mundo con perspectivas históricas divergentes, plagado de conflictos violentos, tecnología desbocada y extremismo ideológico.  Reseñas: «El mejor Kissinger, con su inimitable combinación de erudición y agudeza, y el talento para unir titulares con tendencia a largo plazo; a muy largo en este caso. Abarca desde el Tratado de Westphalia a los avances en microprocesadores, desde Sun Tzu a Talleyrand, a Twitter.» Hillary Clinton, The Washington Post  «Un magnífico ensayo sobre el desorden político internacional.» Lluis Bassets, Babelia «El nuevo libro de Henry Kissinger, Orden mundial, no puede ser más oportuno. Kissinger, a sus 91 años, recorre a buen paso los siglos y los continentes, y examina las alianzas y los conflictos que han definido Europa a través de los siglos, las consecuencias de la desintegración de estados como Siria o Iraq, y la relación de China con el resto de Asia y Occidente.» Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times «Este libro combina historia, geografía, política contemporánea y buenas dosis de pasión. Así es, pasión, ya que es un cri de coeur de un famoso escéptico, un aviso a las generaciones futuras de un anciano gran conocedor del pasado, un libro que todos los políticos deberían leer.» John Mickletwait, The New York Times Book Review «El libro de Kissinger es un fascinante e instructivo recorrido global por la búsqueda de la armonía. La clave del realismo en las relaciones internacionales de Kissinger, y el tema de este libro magistral, es que esa humildad es importante no solo para las personas, sino también para los países, incluido Estados Unidos.» Walter Isaacson, Time «Kissinger demuestra por qué sigue siendo un asesor tan respetado tanto por presidentes estadounidenses como por líderes internacionales. Orden Mundial es una guía para perplejos, un manifiesto para repensar el papel de Estados Unidos y del mundo. La visión de Kissinger podría contribuir a crear una era más tranquila que la que tenemos ahora mismo.» Jacob Heilbrunn, The National Interest]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205630/9788419399373.mp3" length="2437243" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden mundial: Reflexiones sobre el carácter de los países y el curso de la historia Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orden mundial: Reflexiones sobre el carácter de los países y el curso de la historia Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una profunda reflexión sobre qué motiva la armonía y el conflicto en las relaciones internacionales, por el Premio Nobel de la Paz.  «Las conclusiones de Kissinger deberían ser lectura obligada para los candidatos a las elecciones de 2016. El orden mundial depende de ello.» The Financial Times  Henry Kissinger presenta una profunda y original reflexión sobre las causas que originan la armonía y los conflictos en los asuntos globales. A partir de su inmensa experiencia como uno de los principales estadistas del siglo XX, asesor de presidentes, conocedor del mundo, observador y participante en los temas centrales de política internacional de último medio siglo, Kissinger expone en esta obra su visión del reto fundamental del siglo XXI: cómo construir un orden internacional compartido en un mundo con perspectivas históricas divergentes, plagado de conflictos violentos, tecnología desbocada y extremismo ideológico.  Reseñas: «El mejor Kissinger, con su inimitable combinación de erudición y agudeza, y el talento para unir titulares con tendencia a largo plazo; a muy largo en este caso. Abarca desde el Tratado de Westphalia a los avances en microprocesadores, desde Sun Tzu a Talleyrand, a Twitter.» Hillary Clinton, The Washington Post  «Un magnífico ensayo sobre el desorden político internacional.» Lluis Bassets, Babelia «El nuevo libro de Henry Kissinger, Orden mundial, no puede ser más oportuno. Kissinger, a sus 91 años, recorre a buen paso los siglos y los continentes, y examina las alianzas y los conflictos que han definido Europa a través de los siglos, las consecuencias de la desintegración de estados como Siria o Iraq, y la relación de China con el resto de Asia y Occidente.» Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times «Este libro combina historia, geografía, política contemporánea y buenas dosis de pasión. Así es, pasión, ya que es un cri de coeur de un famoso escéptico, un aviso a las generaciones futuras de un anciano gran conocedor del pasado, un libro que todos los políticos deberían leer.» John Mickletwait, The New York Times Book Review «El libro de Kissinger es un fascinante e instructivo recorrido global por la búsqueda de la armonía. La clave del realismo en las relaciones internacionales de Kissinger, y el tema de este libro magistral, es que esa humildad es importante no solo para las personas, sino también para los países, incluido Estados Unidos.» Walter Isaacson, Time «Kissinger demuestra por qué sigue siendo un asesor tan respetado tanto por presidentes estadounidenses como por líderes internacionales. Orden Mundial es una guía para perplejos, un manifiesto para repensar el papel de Estados Unidos y del mundo. La visión de Kissinger podría contribuir a crear una era más tranquila que la que tenemos ahora mismo.» Jacob Heilbrunn, The National Interest]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88bf2c3f5c22edb514a19a5c4b3bfdb2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Bendito inquilino!: um guia prático e despretensioso sobre locações by Ester Santos De Almeida</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-bendito-inquilino-um-guia-pratico-e-despretensioso-sobre-locacoes-by-ester-santos-de-almeida--65205609</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Bendito inquilino!: um guia prático e despretensioso sobre locações Author: Ester Santos De Almeida Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Um guia leve e prático com dicas sobre locações de imóveis, baseado na minha experiência como corretora de imóveis!!! Onde relato situações inusitadas que passei durante anos. Onde abordo os erros que os locadores de imóveis jamais devem cometer, se quiserem ter sucesso no mercado de aluguéis!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205609/9786525267135.mp3" length="1477607" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Bendito inquilino!: um guia prático e despretensioso sobre locações Author: Ester Santos De Almeida Narrator: Voz Sintética Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657242</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Bendito inquilino!: um guia prático e despretensioso sobre locações Author: Ester Santos De Almeida Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Um guia leve e prático com dicas sobre locações de imóveis, baseado na minha experiência como corretora de imóveis!!! Onde relato situações inusitadas que passei durante anos. Onde abordo os erros que os locadores de imóveis jamais devem cometer, se quiserem ter sucesso no mercado de aluguéis!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6a1421fb5ac6336bf3ecb069b625271a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Nations of NATO: Shaping the Alliance's Relevance and Cohesion by Thierry Tardy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nations-of-nato-shaping-the-alliance-s-relevance-and-cohesion-by-thierry-tardy--65205811</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nations of NATO: Shaping the Alliance's Relevance and Cohesion Author: Thierry Tardy Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATO stands at the forefront of the response to Russia's aggression in Ukraine. But how does NATO function? The Nations of NATO explores national policies within the Atlantic Alliance. It examines the foreign policies of sixteen allies, focusing on issues such as their strategic cultures, relationship with the US, contributions to NATO operations, levels of defense spending, domestic challenges, and decision-making processes. The recent crisis in Ukraine has without doubt reinvigorated NATO as a military alliance, but over the last decade it has also been affected by a number of challenges, both endogenous and exogenous. Whether the Alliance is threatened from the outside (Russia, terrorism, China) or is being undermined from within (intra-Alliance politics, diverging threat perceptions) has become an increasingly debated issue. The degree to which the Alliance can adapt to evolving threats has also been at stake. At the heart of these debates are NATO allies' policies, preferences, threat perceptions, and level of commitment to the shared enterprise. By analyzing the drivers, constraints, and specificities of relevant national policies, the volume offers an overview of NATO's contemporary functions and challenges, and constitutes an important source of data for future research and comparative analysis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205811/9781696610254.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nations of NATO: Shaping the Alliance's Relevance and Cohesion Author: Thierry Tardy Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640473</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nations of NATO: Shaping the Alliance's Relevance and Cohesion Author: Thierry Tardy Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATO stands at the forefront of the response to Russia's aggression in Ukraine. But how does NATO function? The Nations of NATO explores national policies within the Atlantic Alliance. It examines the foreign policies of sixteen allies, focusing on issues such as their strategic cultures, relationship with the US, contributions to NATO operations, levels of defense spending, domestic challenges, and decision-making processes. The recent crisis in Ukraine has without doubt reinvigorated NATO as a military alliance, but over the last decade it has also been affected by a number of challenges, both endogenous and exogenous. Whether the Alliance is threatened from the outside (Russia, terrorism, China) or is being undermined from within (intra-Alliance politics, diverging threat perceptions) has become an increasingly debated issue. The degree to which the Alliance can adapt to evolving threats has also been at stake. At the heart of these debates are NATO allies' policies, preferences, threat perceptions, and level of commitment to the shared enterprise. By analyzing the drivers, constraints, and specificities of relevant national policies, the volume offers an overview of NATO's contemporary functions and challenges, and constitutes an important source of data for future research and comparative analysis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/43df9d0880a66aff97bd0b7ddb992b56.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Constitution of Our Country by Clara L. Carson, Frank A. Rexford</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-constitution-of-our-country-by-clara-l-carson-frank-a-rexford--65205681</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Our Country Author: Clara L. Carson, Frank A. Rexford Narrator: Stephen Bowlby, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  More relevant than ever to our everyday lives, the US Constitution, the foundation of our democratic republic, comes alive in this simple and easy-to-understand short audiobook. Originally published for high schools in the City of New York in 1924, The Constitution of Our Country combines the original document, narrated by Hillary Huber, and clear teaching text, narrated by Stephen Bowlby. Its straightforward language cuts through today’s partisan politics, and takes us back to the true original meanings. Hear what the US Constitution really says … and does not say.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205681/9798212434348.mp3" length="1477589" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Our Country Author: Clara L. Carson, Frank A. Rexford Narrator: Stephen Bowlby, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Our Country Author: Clara L. Carson, Frank A. Rexford Narrator: Stephen Bowlby, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  More relevant than ever to our everyday lives, the US Constitution, the foundation of our democratic republic, comes alive in this simple and easy-to-understand short audiobook. Originally published for high schools in the City of New York in 1924, The Constitution of Our Country combines the original document, narrated by Hillary Huber, and clear teaching text, narrated by Stephen Bowlby. Its straightforward language cuts through today’s partisan politics, and takes us back to the true original meanings. Hear what the US Constitution really says … and does not say.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/107ab50d3beba1e6a456a6eb843aef2a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Emilia Galotti': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Gotthold Ephraim</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-gotthold-ephraim-lessings-emilia-galotti-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-gotthold-ephraim--65205724</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Emilia Galotti': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Gotthold Ephraim Lessings Trauerspiel aus der Epoche der Aufklärung, 'Emilia Galotti'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016</guid><pubDate>Fri, 13 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205724/9783754502440.mp3" length="1477733" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Emilia Galotti': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651016</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Gotthold Ephraim Lessings 'Emilia Galotti': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Gotthold Ephraim Lessings Trauerspiel aus der Epoche der Aufklärung, 'Emilia Galotti'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7ac0263c96ee12d464638f687387df76.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Justiça Restaurativa pela lente de uma Magistrada: um relato de experiência by Carolina Valões</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-justica-restaurativa-pela-lente-de-uma-magistrada-um-relato-de-experiencia-by-carolina-valoes--65205662</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça Restaurativa pela lente de uma Magistrada: um relato de experiência Author: Carolina Valões Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro trata da política judiciária da Justiça Restaurativa (JR) e sua aplicação nos crimes cometidos com violência doméstica e familiar contra a mulher. A autora, que é Juíza do Tribunal de Justiça de Alagoas (TJAL) e coordenou o Núcleo de JR do referido Tribunal entre 2018 e 2021, apresenta o panorama detalhado da implementação da política no Poder Judiciário (PJ). A obra é dividida em três capítulos. No primeiro, a autora discorreu sobre a Política Nacional de Justiça Restaurativa e a sua aplicação na seara da violência doméstica e familiar contra a mulher. Nesse ponto, apresentou inédito e extenso mapeamento de todos os Tribunais de Justiça do país que desenvolvem práticas restaurativas nessa seara, com informações específicas de cada programa. O segundo capítulo revelou o modelo de JR do TJAL e o passo a passo da implementação do programa em Alagoas, que se deu no 4º Juizado de Violência Doméstica e Familiar de Maceió. Há valiosos destaques sobre os desafios, projetos, parcerias, metodologia e atuação das equipes (multidisciplinar e de facilitadoras). O terceiro e último capítulo expôs a análise da autora sobre os processos restaurativos de atendimentos das vítimas e ofensores e da aptidão de as práticas restaurativas aplicadas funcionarem como política judiciária de enfrentamento à violência contra a mulher. Em suas conclusões, além de apresentar os resultados da pesquisa, a autora levanta uma série de preocupações e de propostas para o aperfeiçoamento do programa no PJ.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205662/9786525267319.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça Restaurativa pela lente de uma Magistrada: um relato de experiência Author: Carolina Valões Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656433</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça Restaurativa pela lente de uma Magistrada: um relato de experiência Author: Carolina Valões Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro trata da política judiciária da Justiça Restaurativa (JR) e sua aplicação nos crimes cometidos com violência doméstica e familiar contra a mulher. A autora, que é Juíza do Tribunal de Justiça de Alagoas (TJAL) e coordenou o Núcleo de JR do referido Tribunal entre 2018 e 2021, apresenta o panorama detalhado da implementação da política no Poder Judiciário (PJ). A obra é dividida em três capítulos. No primeiro, a autora discorreu sobre a Política Nacional de Justiça Restaurativa e a sua aplicação na seara da violência doméstica e familiar contra a mulher. Nesse ponto, apresentou inédito e extenso mapeamento de todos os Tribunais de Justiça do país que desenvolvem práticas restaurativas nessa seara, com informações específicas de cada programa. O segundo capítulo revelou o modelo de JR do TJAL e o passo a passo da implementação do programa em Alagoas, que se deu no 4º Juizado de Violência Doméstica e Familiar de Maceió. Há valiosos destaques sobre os desafios, projetos, parcerias, metodologia e atuação das equipes (multidisciplinar e de facilitadoras). O terceiro e último capítulo expôs a análise da autora sobre os processos restaurativos de atendimentos das vítimas e ofensores e da aptidão de as práticas restaurativas aplicadas funcionarem como política judiciária de enfrentamento à violência contra a mulher. Em suas conclusões, além de apresentar os resultados da pesquisa, a autora levanta uma série de preocupações e de propostas para o aperfeiçoamento do programa no PJ.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a27031660d82465f743bc715a7d39e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Medios y cloacas: Así conspira el Estado profundo contra la democracia by Pablo Iglesias</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-medios-y-cloacas-asi-conspira-el-estado-profundo-contra-la-democracia-by-pablo-iglesias--65205658</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Medios y cloacas: Así conspira el Estado profundo contra la democracia Author: Pablo Iglesias Narrator: Concha Luna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Este volumen reúne artículos y entrevistas sobre medios y política publicados por Pablo Iglesias durante el último año. La mayoría proceden de la revista CTXT y algunos vienen del programa La Base, pódcast que Iglesias dirige en Público. El libro analiza la estructura de la derecha mediática y las alcantarillas del Estado y reflexiona sobre la situación del periodismo en nuestro país. Incluye una larga entrevista inédita de Vanesa Jiménez a Iglesias. Prefacio de Miguel Mora, prólogo de Manuel Levin y epílogo de Inna Afinogenova.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205658/9788412658606.mp3" length="1477609" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Medios y cloacas: Así conspira el Estado profundo contra la democracia Author: Pablo Iglesias Narrator: Concha Luna Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656554</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Medios y cloacas: Así conspira el Estado profundo contra la democracia Author: Pablo Iglesias Narrator: Concha Luna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Este volumen reúne artículos y entrevistas sobre medios y política publicados por Pablo Iglesias durante el último año. La mayoría proceden de la revista CTXT y algunos vienen del programa La Base, pódcast que Iglesias dirige en Público. El libro analiza la estructura de la derecha mediática y las alcantarillas del Estado y reflexiona sobre la situación del periodismo en nuestro país. Incluye una larga entrevista inédita de Vanesa Jiménez a Iglesias. Prefacio de Miguel Mora, prólogo de Manuel Levin y epílogo de Inna Afinogenova.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4a972660bf302219c7e002456fc2e98.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Algorithms for the People: Democracy in the Age of AI by Josh Simons</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/algorithms-for-the-people-democracy-in-the-age-of-ai-by-josh-simons--65205773</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms for the People: Democracy in the Age of AI Author: Josh Simons Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Teri Schnaubelt explains how to put democracy at the heart of AI governance Artificial intelligence and machine learning are reshaping our world. Police forces use them to decide where to send police officers, judges to decide whom to release on bail, welfare agencies to decide which children are at risk of abuse, and Facebook and Google to rank content and distribute ads. In these spheres, and many others, powerful prediction tools are changing how decisions are made, narrowing opportunities for the exercise of judgment, empathy, and creativity. In Algorithms for the People, Josh Simons flips the narrative about how we govern these technologies. Instead of examining the impact of technology on democracy, he explores how to put democracy at the heart of AI governance. Drawing on his experience as a research fellow at Harvard University, a visiting research scientist on Facebook's Responsible AI team, and a policy advisor to the UK's Labour Party, Simons gets under the hood of predictive technologies, offering an accessible account of how they work, why they matter, and how to regulate the institutions that build and use them. He argues that prediction is political: human choices about how to design and use predictive tools shape their effects. Approaching predictive technologies through the lens of political theory casts new light on how democracies should govern political choices made outside the sphere of representative politics. Showing the connection between technology regulation and democratic reform, Simons argues that we must go beyond conventional theorizing of AI ethics to wrestle with fundamental moral and political questions about how the governance of technology can support the flourishing of democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205773/9780691251158.mp3" length="2437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms for the People: Democracy in the Age of AI Author: Josh Simons Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Algorithms for the People: Democracy in the Age of AI Author: Josh Simons Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Teri Schnaubelt explains how to put democracy at the heart of AI governance Artificial intelligence and machine learning are reshaping our world. Police forces use them to decide where to send police officers, judges to decide whom to release on bail, welfare agencies to decide which children are at risk of abuse, and Facebook and Google to rank content and distribute ads. In these spheres, and many others, powerful prediction tools are changing how decisions are made, narrowing opportunities for the exercise of judgment, empathy, and creativity. In Algorithms for the People, Josh Simons flips the narrative about how we govern these technologies. Instead of examining the impact of technology on democracy, he explores how to put democracy at the heart of AI governance. Drawing on his experience as a research fellow at Harvard University, a visiting research scientist on Facebook's Responsible AI team, and a policy advisor to the UK's Labour Party, Simons gets under the hood of predictive technologies, offering an accessible account of how they work, why they matter, and how to regulate the institutions that build and use them. He argues that prediction is political: human choices about how to design and use predictive tools shape their effects. Approaching predictive technologies through the lens of political theory casts new light on how democracies should govern political choices made outside the sphere of representative politics. Showing the connection between technology regulation and democratic reform, Simons argues that we must go beyond conventional theorizing of AI ethics to wrestle with fundamental moral and political questions about how the governance of technology can support the flourishing of democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef0360b99da9f67b3dc38f9898b29096.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - O uso de dados pessoais pelo setor público e as administrações tributárias no contexto da LGPD by José Valmi Brito</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-o-uso-de-dados-pessoais-pelo-setor-publico-e-as-administracoes-tributarias-no-contexto-da-lgpd-by-jose-valmi-brito--65205608</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O uso de dados pessoais pelo setor público e as administrações tributárias no contexto da LGPD Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: January  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Esta obra busca levar aos leitores primeiramente um breve conhecimento das leis que balizam a proteção de dados e o acesso a informações no país. No segundo momento, mostra um comparativo do que trazem as leis brasileiras diante daquelas que surgiram primeiramente em outros países, fazendo com que o leitor possa analisar o que uma traz de bom e outra ainda não, ou vice-versa. Mostrando o que e no que isso poderá influenciar nossas vidas, graças a TODOS os nossos dados que entregamos ao estado e às Big Datas, de maneira indiscriminada, espontânea e talvez inocente, podendo mudar opiniões na escola de nossos produtos ou até de candidatos a cargos políticos, de acordo com a análise de algoritmos que recebem nossas informações, criam um padrão de comportamento, e muitas vezes podendo, através de impulsionamentos, conseguir alterar mudanças de opiniões e comportamentos. José Valmi Brito]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485</guid><pubDate>Mon, 09 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205608/9786525260693.mp3" length="1477649" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O uso de dados pessoais pelo setor público e as administrações tributárias no contexto da LGPD Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O uso de dados pessoais pelo setor público e as administrações tributárias no contexto da LGPD Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: January  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Esta obra busca levar aos leitores primeiramente um breve conhecimento das leis que balizam a proteção de dados e o acesso a informações no país. No segundo momento, mostra um comparativo do que trazem as leis brasileiras diante daquelas que surgiram primeiramente em outros países, fazendo com que o leitor possa analisar o que uma traz de bom e outra ainda não, ou vice-versa. Mostrando o que e no que isso poderá influenciar nossas vidas, graças a TODOS os nossos dados que entregamos ao estado e às Big Datas, de maneira indiscriminada, espontânea e talvez inocente, podendo mudar opiniões na escola de nossos produtos ou até de candidatos a cargos políticos, de acordo com a análise de algoritmos que recebem nossas informações, criam um padrão de comportamento, e muitas vezes podendo, através de impulsionamentos, conseguir alterar mudanças de opiniões e comportamentos. José Valmi Brito]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58eda592a0b930321a1df43dc34201b6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Die Räuber': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-friedrich-schillers-die-rauber-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-jurgen-fritsche-friedrich--65205690</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Die Räuber': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Sturm-und-Drang-Drama 'Die Räuber'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020</guid><pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205690/9783754502426.mp3" length="1477701" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Die Räuber': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651020</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Friedrich Schillers 'Die Räuber': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Friedrich Schiller Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Friedrich Schillers Sturm-und-Drang-Drama 'Die Räuber'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/831818431bb48bffc7641bfca01c1144.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-johann-wolfgang-von-goethes-faust-der-tragodie-erster-teil-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen--65205674</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes Meisterwerk 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018</guid><pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205674/9783754502433.mp3" length="1477775" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: January  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes Meisterwerk 'Faust – Der Tragödie erster Teil'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d8ebc7fdeefc2d69e8d3ad9521812ec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Del fascismo al populismo en la historia by Federico Finchelstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-del-fascismo-al-populismo-en-la-historia-by-federico-finchelstein--65205695</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del fascismo al populismo en la historia Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿De qué hablamos cuando hablamos de fascismo y populismo? ¿Qué los  asemeja y qué los diferencia? ¿Cuáles son sus conexiones en términos  teóricos y cuáles en su decurso histórico? ¿Cómo y por qué el fascismo se transformó en el populismo en la historia?     Con una frecuencia inédita en los últimos setenta años, los términos  fascismo y populismo aparecen repetidos en el discurso de políticos,  periodistas, académicos y opinadores de toda laya como representaciones  del mal absoluto encarnado en general en liderazgos demagógicos y autoritarios.  Sin demasiadas precisiones, y aparentemente definidos en cada caso a  gusto o conveniencia de sus usuarios, nunca termina de quedar claro: ¿de  qué hablamos cuando hablamos de fascismo y populismo? ¿Qué son? ¿Qué los  asemeja y qué los diferencia? ¿Cuáles son sus conexiones en términos  teóricos y cuáles en su decurso histórico? ¿En qué se basan quienes  llaman 'populista' o 'fascista' tanto a Hugo Chávez como a Donald Trump?  Basado en un riguroso análisis histórico y teórico, Federico Finchelstein responde estas preguntas y presenta una mirada  conceptualmente clara e historiográficamente precisa sobre los modos en  que los fenómenos del fascismo y el populismo se manifiestan en la actualidad.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205695/9789877370898.mp3" length="2437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del fascismo al populismo en la historia Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651452</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del fascismo al populismo en la historia Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿De qué hablamos cuando hablamos de fascismo y populismo? ¿Qué los  asemeja y qué los diferencia? ¿Cuáles son sus conexiones en términos  teóricos y cuáles en su decurso histórico? ¿Cómo y por qué el fascismo se transformó en el populismo en la historia?     Con una frecuencia inédita en los últimos setenta años, los términos  fascismo y populismo aparecen repetidos en el discurso de políticos,  periodistas, académicos y opinadores de toda laya como representaciones  del mal absoluto encarnado en general en liderazgos demagógicos y autoritarios.  Sin demasiadas precisiones, y aparentemente definidos en cada caso a  gusto o conveniencia de sus usuarios, nunca termina de quedar claro: ¿de  qué hablamos cuando hablamos de fascismo y populismo? ¿Qué son? ¿Qué los  asemeja y qué los diferencia? ¿Cuáles son sus conexiones en términos  teóricos y cuáles en su decurso histórico? ¿En qué se basan quienes  llaman 'populista' o 'fascista' tanto a Hugo Chávez como a Donald Trump?  Basado en un riguroso análisis histórico y teórico, Federico Finchelstein responde estas preguntas y presenta una mirada  conceptualmente clara e historiográficamente precisa sobre los modos en  que los fenómenos del fascismo y el populismo se manifiestan en la actualidad.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d65976c630fb585af50f49997e44b49.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Disposición final: La confesión de Videla sobre los desaparecidos by Ceferino Reato</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-disposicion-final-la-confesion-de-videla-sobre-los-desaparecidos-by-ceferino-reato--65205668</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disposición final: La confesión de Videla sobre los desaparecidos Author: Ceferino Reato Narrator: Ezequiel Romero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Edición definitiva del libro con la confesión de Jorge Rafael Videla sobre los desaparecidos en la Argentina durante la dictadura  de 1976-1983, resultado de más de veinte horas de entrevista cara a cara en la cárcel, un año antes de su muerte.     El 24 de marzo de 1976, un día soleado y apacible, los militares  -encabezados por Jorge Rafael Videla- tomaron el poder, y muchos  argentinos los recibieron con alivio. La dictadura comenzaba con el  apoyo de buena parte de los empresarios, la Iglesia, la prensa, la gente  de la cultura, el Partido Comunista, el radicalismo y hasta de sectores  peronistas. Montoneros y el ERP se mostraron exultantes: habían jugado  al golpe para acelerar la revolución socialista. Ceferino Reato ofrece  ahora la edición definitiva de un libro que es un documento histórico  porque fue el único periodista argentino que entrevistó a Videla, en más  de veinte horas de preguntas y respuestas en la cárcel, cara a cara, un año antes de la muerte del ex dictador.  Junto con testimonios de militares, guerrilleros, políticos, empresarios  y sindicalistas, reconstruye la dictadura por dentro y el contexto de  violencia y lucha por el poder en el que surgió y se mantuvo.  Esta  edición incluye un prólogo en el que Reato cuenta la trastienda de esas  entrevistas y rebate las críticas a este libro que, en 2012, provocó una  intensa polémica. Incorpora, además, nuevos documentos y una serie de  fotos. A cuarenta años del golpe, la confesión de Videla sobre la dictadura más sangrienta de la historia argentina.  «Para completar nuestra verdad, la de las víctimas, es invalorable la confesión del victimario.» Graciela Fernández Meijide  «Este es un libro para todas las épocas porque confirma la universalidad  de todas las dictaduras brutales que justifican las matanzas de masas.» Robert Cox]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205668/9789500767934.mp3" length="2437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disposición final: La confesión de Videla sobre los desaparecidos Author: Ceferino Reato Narrator: Ezequiel Romero Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651447</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disposición final: La confesión de Videla sobre los desaparecidos Author: Ceferino Reato Narrator: Ezequiel Romero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Edición definitiva del libro con la confesión de Jorge Rafael Videla sobre los desaparecidos en la Argentina durante la dictadura  de 1976-1983, resultado de más de veinte horas de entrevista cara a cara en la cárcel, un año antes de su muerte.     El 24 de marzo de 1976, un día soleado y apacible, los militares  -encabezados por Jorge Rafael Videla- tomaron el poder, y muchos  argentinos los recibieron con alivio. La dictadura comenzaba con el  apoyo de buena parte de los empresarios, la Iglesia, la prensa, la gente  de la cultura, el Partido Comunista, el radicalismo y hasta de sectores  peronistas. Montoneros y el ERP se mostraron exultantes: habían jugado  al golpe para acelerar la revolución socialista. Ceferino Reato ofrece  ahora la edición definitiva de un libro que es un documento histórico  porque fue el único periodista argentino que entrevistó a Videla, en más  de veinte horas de preguntas y respuestas en la cárcel, cara a cara, un año antes de la muerte del ex dictador.  Junto con testimonios de militares, guerrilleros, políticos, empresarios  y sindicalistas, reconstruye la dictadura por dentro y el contexto de  violencia y lucha por el poder en el que surgió y se mantuvo.  Esta  edición incluye un prólogo en el que Reato cuenta la trastienda de esas  entrevistas y rebate las críticas a este libro que, en 2012, provocó una  intensa polémica. Incorpora, además, nuevos documentos y una serie de  fotos. A cuarenta años del golpe, la confesión de Videla sobre la dictadura más sangrienta de la historia argentina.  «Para completar nuestra verdad, la de las víctimas, es invalorable la confesión del victimario.» Graciela Fernández Meijide  «Este es un libro para todas las épocas porque confirma la universalidad  de todas las dictaduras brutales que justifican las matanzas de masas.» Robert Cox]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bee858d4541e3134bc298fcc1e9852c5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Black Lives, White Law: Locked Up and Locked Out in Australia by Russell Marks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-lives-white-law-locked-up-and-locked-out-in-australia-by-russell-marks--65205717</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives, White Law: Locked Up and Locked Out in Australia Author: Russell Marks Narrator: David Soncin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: January  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How and why Australia's legal system fails Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people Indigenous Australians are the most incarcerated people on the planet. Indigenous men are fifteen times more likely to be locked up than their non-Indigenous counterparts; Indigenous women are twenty-one times more likely. Featuring vivid case studies and drawing on a deep sense of history, Black Lives, White Law explores Australia's extraordinary record of locking up First Nations people. It examines Australia's system of criminal justice – the web of laws and courts and police and prisons –  and how that system interacts with First Nations people and communities. How is it that so many are locked up? Why have imprisonment rates increased in recent years? Is this situation fair? Almost everyone agrees that it's not. And yet it keeps getting worse. In this groundbreaking book, Russell Marks investigates Australia's incarceration epidemic. What would happen if the institutions of Australian justice received the same scrutiny to which they routinely subject Indigenous Australians? ‘Such a powerful and compelling exposé of how the so-called justice system actually does absolutely nothing for either offenders or victims.' - OLGA HAVNEN ‘Russell Marks' book is a timely reminder that law is politics and that it is seared into the bodies of First Nations people.' - KATE AUTY]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052</guid><pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205717/9781004114825.mp3" length="1477577" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives, White Law: Locked Up and Locked Out in Australia Author: Russell Marks Narrator: David Soncin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651052</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives, White Law: Locked Up and Locked Out in Australia Author: Russell Marks Narrator: David Soncin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: January  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How and why Australia's legal system fails Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people Indigenous Australians are the most incarcerated people on the planet. Indigenous men are fifteen times more likely to be locked up than their non-Indigenous counterparts; Indigenous women are twenty-one times more likely. Featuring vivid case studies and drawing on a deep sense of history, Black Lives, White Law explores Australia's extraordinary record of locking up First Nations people. It examines Australia's system of criminal justice – the web of laws and courts and police and prisons –  and how that system interacts with First Nations people and communities. How is it that so many are locked up? Why have imprisonment rates increased in recent years? Is this situation fair? Almost everyone agrees that it's not. And yet it keeps getting worse. In this groundbreaking book, Russell Marks investigates Australia's incarceration epidemic. What would happen if the institutions of Australian justice received the same scrutiny to which they routinely subject Indigenous Australians? ‘Such a powerful and compelling exposé of how the so-called justice system actually does absolutely nothing for either offenders or victims.' - OLGA HAVNEN ‘Russell Marks' book is a timely reminder that law is politics and that it is seared into the bodies of First Nations people.' - KATE AUTY]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5908a49efae6279d04e357fb2d6e50cf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Was ich meinem 18-jährigen Ich raten würde: Mit diesem Buch lernst du mehr als in 13 Jahren Schule by Dirk Kreuter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-was-ich-meinem-18-jahrigen-ich-raten-wurde-mit-diesem-buch-lernst-du-mehr-als-in-13-jahren-schule-by-dirk-kreuter--65205705</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was ich meinem 18-jährigen Ich raten würde: Mit diesem Buch lernst du mehr als in 13 Jahren Schule Author: Dirk Kreuter Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Dirk! Wenn du noch mal 18 wärst, was würdest du tun? Was würdest du deinem 18-jährigen Ich raten?« Diese Frage wurde Bestsellerautor und Top-Verkaufstrainer Dirk Kreuter so oft gestellt, dass er beschloss, dazu ein YouTube-Video aufzunehmen. Die riesige Resonanz führte dazu, dass er darauf basierend dieses Buch schrieb mit dem Ziel, Orientierung, Handlungshilfen und Leitplanken für beruflichen und privaten Erfolg zu geben – etwas, das in der Schule fast völlig versäumt wird. Doch du findest hier noch weit mehr: • wertvolle Tipps rund um die Themen Ausbildung, Karriere, Geld und Unternehmertum • Interviews mit prominenten Unternehmern, Autoren und Coaches • alles Wichtige über Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und finanzielle Freiheit Die Erfahrungen, Tipps und Statements werden dir dabei helfen, schwierige Situationen zu meistern und deinen eigenen Weg zu Glück und Erfolg zu finden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205705/9783960928447.mp3" length="1477667" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was ich meinem 18-jährigen Ich raten würde: Mit diesem Buch lernst du mehr als in 13 Jahren Schule Author: Dirk Kreuter Narrator: Stefan...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was ich meinem 18-jährigen Ich raten würde: Mit diesem Buch lernst du mehr als in 13 Jahren Schule Author: Dirk Kreuter Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Dirk! Wenn du noch mal 18 wärst, was würdest du tun? Was würdest du deinem 18-jährigen Ich raten?« Diese Frage wurde Bestsellerautor und Top-Verkaufstrainer Dirk Kreuter so oft gestellt, dass er beschloss, dazu ein YouTube-Video aufzunehmen. Die riesige Resonanz führte dazu, dass er darauf basierend dieses Buch schrieb mit dem Ziel, Orientierung, Handlungshilfen und Leitplanken für beruflichen und privaten Erfolg zu geben – etwas, das in der Schule fast völlig versäumt wird. Doch du findest hier noch weit mehr: • wertvolle Tipps rund um die Themen Ausbildung, Karriere, Geld und Unternehmertum • Interviews mit prominenten Unternehmern, Autoren und Coaches • alles Wichtige über Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und finanzielle Freiheit Die Erfahrungen, Tipps und Statements werden dir dabei helfen, schwierige Situationen zu meistern und deinen eigenen Weg zu Glück und Erfolg zu finden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rde</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8aec65e3e5a033a63d3e5493592fee10.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Preventing Domestic Homicides by Anna-Lee Straatman, Katreena Scott, Peter Jaffe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/preventing-domestic-homicides-by-anna-lee-straatman-katreena-scott-peter-jaffe--65205655</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preventing Domestic Homicides Author: Anna-Lee Straatman, Katreena Scott, Peter Jaffe Narrator: Olivier Charlas, Nancy Bober, Neil Websdale, Mariska Hargitay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: January  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Specially introduced by Holiood Actor Mariska Hargitay from the TV series Law &amp; Order, Preventing Domestic Homicides: Lessons Learned from Tragedies focuses on the diverse nature of domestic homicides and what has been learned about the most effective prevention strategies from emerging research and the work of domestic violence death review committees in Canada, the US, the UK, NZ and AU. Each chapter focuses on different populations—specifically older women, youth dating relationships, indigenous women, immigrant and refugee populations, rural/remote communities, same-sex relationships, homicides with police &amp; military, domestic homicide in the workplace, and children killed in the context of domestic violence. Topics cover current research, risk factors, and include case studies from domestic homicide review committees. Cases are summarized regarding major themes and recommendations, such as public awareness, professional training, risk assessment, intervention and collaboration amongst service systems. Written for academic and domestic violence researchers in sociology, criminology, psychology and psychiatry by global contributors with on-the-ground domestic homicide experience. Focuses on the diverse nature of domestic homicides from emerging research around the world Includes coverage on marginalized populations, children witnessing intimate partner violence, elder abuse, LGBTQ abuse and intimate partner violence, to name a few Includes actual global case studies written by contributors with on-the-ground case review experience]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205655/9798886808957.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preventing Domestic Homicides Author: Anna-Lee Straatman, Katreena Scott, Peter Jaffe Narrator: Olivier Charlas, Nancy Bober, Neil Websdale, Mariska...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preventing Domestic Homicides Author: Anna-Lee Straatman, Katreena Scott, Peter Jaffe Narrator: Olivier Charlas, Nancy Bober, Neil Websdale, Mariska Hargitay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: January  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Specially introduced by Holiood Actor Mariska Hargitay from the TV series Law &amp; Order, Preventing Domestic Homicides: Lessons Learned from Tragedies focuses on the diverse nature of domestic homicides and what has been learned about the most effective prevention strategies from emerging research and the work of domestic violence death review committees in Canada, the US, the UK, NZ and AU. Each chapter focuses on different populations—specifically older women, youth dating relationships, indigenous women, immigrant and refugee populations, rural/remote communities, same-sex relationships, homicides with police &amp; military, domestic homicide in the workplace, and children killed in the context of domestic violence. Topics cover current research, risk factors, and include case studies from domestic homicide review committees. Cases are summarized regarding major themes and recommendations, such as public awareness, professional training, risk assessment, intervention and collaboration amongst service systems. Written for academic and domestic violence researchers in sociology, criminology, psychology and psychiatry by global contributors with on-the-ground domestic homicide experience. Focuses on the diverse nature of domestic homicides from emerging research around the world Includes coverage on marginalized populations, children witnessing intimate partner violence, elder abuse, LGBTQ abuse and intimate partner violence, to name a few Includes actual global case studies written by contributors with on-the-ground case review experience]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/74e736ff85114b2f4f809c65c7a80580.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Hipocresía by Slavoj žižek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-hipocresia-by-slavoj-zizek--65205633</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fiel a su estilo irónico y mordaz, Žižek recorre, en esta serie de textos políticos, los cimientos de las civilizaciones occidentales modernas. Spoiler alert: la conclusión es cínica. ¿Qué es lo que hace que la realidad sea soportable y podamos enfrentarla? 'Lo siento, pero la hipocresía es la base de la civilización. Los rituales y las apariencias sí importan. Si abandonamos las apariencias y enfrentamos la realidad, esta suele ser bastante horrible'. Si tuviera que imaginar la religión ideal para el capitalismo global, sería la que de manera irónica llamo budismo occidental. La lección básica es que no debemos involucrarnos en la realidad social por completo, que debemos aprender a refugiarnos en la paz interior. Ni siquiera intentemos comprender lo que sucede, solo resignémonos. Se trata de una espiritualidad vacía en el sentido de que no nos exhorta a cambiar nada. La estrella de Hollywood más decadente puede tener esta religión como simple fetiche.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718</guid><pubDate>Fri, 30 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205633/9789878928739.mp3" length="1477551" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fiel a su estilo irónico y mordaz, Žižek recorre, en esta serie de textos políticos, los cimientos de las civilizaciones occidentales modernas. Spoiler alert: la conclusión es cínica. ¿Qué es lo que hace que la realidad sea soportable y podamos enfrentarla? 'Lo siento, pero la hipocresía es la base de la civilización. Los rituales y las apariencias sí importan. Si abandonamos las apariencias y enfrentamos la realidad, esta suele ser bastante horrible'. Si tuviera que imaginar la religión ideal para el capitalismo global, sería la que de manera irónica llamo budismo occidental. La lección básica es que no debemos involucrarnos en la realidad social por completo, que debemos aprender a refugiarnos en la paz interior. Ni siquiera intentemos comprender lo que sucede, solo resignémonos. Se trata de una espiritualidad vacía en el sentido de que no nos exhorta a cambiar nada. La estrella de Hollywood más decadente puede tener esta religión como simple fetiche.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/399557548843c35de33b1aebe410252f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Village Labourer 1760-1832: A Study in the Government of England before the Reform Bill by Barbara Hammond, James L Hammond, Cole Bolcho</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-village-labourer-1760-1832-a-study-in-the-government-of-england-before-the-reform-bill-by-barbara-hammond-james-l-hammond-cole-bolcho--65205613</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Village Labourer 1760-1832: A Study in the Government of England before the Reform Bill Author: Barbara Hammond, James L Hammond, Cole Bolchoz Narrator: Cole Bolchoz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Many histories have been written of the governing class that ruled England with such absolute power during the last century of the old régime. Those histories have shown how that class conducted war, how it governed its colonies, how it behaved to the continental Powers, how it managed the first critical chapters of our relations with India, how it treated Ireland, how it developed the Parliamentary system, how it saved Europe from Napoleon. One history has only been sketched in outline: it is the history of the way in which this class governed England. The writers of this book have here attempted to describe the life of the poor during this period. It is their object to show what was in fact happening to the working classes under a government in which they had no share. They found, on searching through the material for such a study, that the subject was too large for a single book; they have accordingly confined themselves in this volume to the treatment of the village poor, leaving the town worker for separate treatment. It is necessary to mention this, for it helps to explain certain omissions that may strike the reader. The growth and direction of economic opinion, for example, are an important part of any examination of this question, but the writers have been obliged to reserve the consideration of that subject for their later volume, to which it seems more appropriate. The writers have also found it necessary to leave entirely on one side for the present the movement for Parliamentary Reform which was alive throughout this period, and very active, of course, during its later stages. Two subjects are discussed fully in this volume, they believe, for the first time. One is the actual method and procedure of Parliamentary Enclosure; the other the labourers’ rising of 1830. Nowhere can the student find a full analysis of the procedure and stages by which the old village age was destroyed. The rising of 1830 is covered as well.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032</guid><pubDate>Wed, 28 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205613/9798823437851.mp3" length="2437304" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Village Labourer 1760-1832: A Study in the Government of England before the Reform Bill Author: Barbara Hammond, James L Hammond, Cole Bolchoz...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Village Labourer 1760-1832: A Study in the Government of England before the Reform Bill Author: Barbara Hammond, James L Hammond, Cole Bolchoz Narrator: Cole Bolchoz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Many histories have been written of the governing class that ruled England with such absolute power during the last century of the old régime. Those histories have shown how that class conducted war, how it governed its colonies, how it behaved to the continental Powers, how it managed the first critical chapters of our relations with India, how it treated Ireland, how it developed the Parliamentary system, how it saved Europe from Napoleon. One history has only been sketched in outline: it is the history of the way in which this class governed England. The writers of this book have here attempted to describe the life of the poor during this period. It is their object to show what was in fact happening to the working classes under a government in which they had no share. They found, on searching through the material for such a study, that the subject was too large for a single book; they have accordingly confined themselves in this volume to the treatment of the village poor, leaving the town worker for separate treatment. It is necessary to mention this, for it helps to explain certain omissions that may strike the reader. The growth and direction of economic opinion, for example, are an important part of any examination of this question, but the writers have been obliged to reserve the consideration of that subject for their later volume, to which it seems more appropriate. The writers have also found it necessary to leave entirely on one side for the present the movement for Parliamentary Reform which was alive throughout this period, and very active, of course, during its later stages. Two subjects are discussed fully in this volume, they believe, for the first time. One is the actual method and procedure of Parliamentary Enclosure; the other the labourers’ rising of 1830. Nowhere can the student find a full analysis of the procedure and stages by which the old village age was destroyed. The rising of 1830 is covered as well.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0f51853128366064453a611c5b557560.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Entscheidung in Kiew - Ukrainische Lektionen - Aktualisierte und erweiterte Neuausgabe (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Karl Schlögel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-entscheidung-in-kiew-ukrainische-lektionen-aktualisierte-und-erweiterte-neuausgabe-ungekurzte-lesung-by-karl-schlogel--65205661</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entscheidung in Kiew - Ukrainische Lektionen - Aktualisierte und erweiterte Neuausgabe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Karl Schlögel Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was macht die Ukraine aus? Erst mit der russischen Annexion der Krim entwickelte sich ein Bewusstsein für die Eigenständigkeit dieses Landes, das nach dem Willen der Aggressoren nun von der Landkarte verschwinden soll. Seit vielen Jahren ist Karl Schlögel in der Ukraine unterwegs, seine ukrainischen Lektionen von 2015 ergänzt er nun um einen großen Essay über den Krieg, der sich gegen die Idee der Freiheitlichkeit überhaupt richtet. Lemberg, Odessa, Czernowitz, Kiew, Charkiw, Mariupol: All diese Namen, die sich nun mit Schreckensnachrichten verbinden, stehen eigentlich für eine offene, vielfältige Welt, die der Westen viel zu lange ignoriert hat. Wer wirklich wissen will, was in Europa auf dem Spiel steht, muss auf die Ukraine schauen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866</guid><pubDate>Fri, 23 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205661/9783732408252.mp3" length="1477693" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entscheidung in Kiew - Ukrainische Lektionen - Aktualisierte und erweiterte Neuausgabe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Karl Schlögel Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entscheidung in Kiew - Ukrainische Lektionen - Aktualisierte und erweiterte Neuausgabe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Karl Schlögel Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was macht die Ukraine aus? Erst mit der russischen Annexion der Krim entwickelte sich ein Bewusstsein für die Eigenständigkeit dieses Landes, das nach dem Willen der Aggressoren nun von der Landkarte verschwinden soll. Seit vielen Jahren ist Karl Schlögel in der Ukraine unterwegs, seine ukrainischen Lektionen von 2015 ergänzt er nun um einen großen Essay über den Krieg, der sich gegen die Idee der Freiheitlichkeit überhaupt richtet. Lemberg, Odessa, Czernowitz, Kiew, Charkiw, Mariupol: All diese Namen, die sich nun mit Schreckensnachrichten verbinden, stehen eigentlich für eine offene, vielfältige Welt, die der Westen viel zu lange ignoriert hat. Wer wirklich wissen will, was in Europa auf dem Spiel steht, muss auf die Ukraine schauen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4827d92e7c6a3b3ccee8b629853a9abf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Under the Lilacs by Louisa May Alcott</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/under-the-lilacs-by-louisa-may-alcott--65205711</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Lilacs Author: Louisa May Alcott Narrator: Tara Dow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Under the Lilacs is a tale of friendship and adventure from celebrated author Louisa May Alcott. When sisters Bab and Betty Moss decide to have a tea party one spring morning, little did they know a strange and talented dog and a bedraggled circus run-away would come into their lives. Ben Brown is believed to be orphaned. With no family to return to, the girl's kind neighbour, Miss Celia, takes Ben under her care, where he learns the true meaning of friendship, home and family.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205711/4067248903230.mp3" length="1477569" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Lilacs Author: Louisa May Alcott Narrator: Tara Dow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Lilacs Author: Louisa May Alcott Narrator: Tara Dow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Under the Lilacs is a tale of friendship and adventure from celebrated author Louisa May Alcott. When sisters Bab and Betty Moss decide to have a tea party one spring morning, little did they know a strange and talented dog and a bedraggled circus run-away would come into their lives. Ben Brown is believed to be orphaned. With no family to return to, the girl's kind neighbour, Miss Celia, takes Ben under her care, where he learns the true meaning of friendship, home and family.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27fd6f7172cee455cefc0c4b08e95362.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La constituyente by Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-constituyente-by-jorge-marcos-baradit-morales--65205722</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constituyente Author: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Narrator: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Crónica en primera persona del proceso constituyente chileno en el  que participó el autor, best seller del sello, como uno de los 155 convencionales.     Desde la emoción del momento de haber sido escogido como uno de los 155  convencionales que escribirían la nueva Constitución chilena, hasta el  aprendizaje de cómo funciona, internamente, aquello que llaman  “política”. El día a día de la convención constitucional es narrado sin  tapujos por el escritor Jorge Baradit, y en su relato reconoce cada  yerro, cada exceso de entusiasmo, cada dificultad que se presentó pero,  también, el arduo trabajo realizado para conseguir de manera excepcional  la primera Constitución redactada por ciudadanos comunes y corrientes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205722/9789562626408.mp3" length="2437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constituyente Author: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Narrator: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La constituyente Author: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Narrator: Jorge Marcos Baradit Morales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Crónica en primera persona del proceso constituyente chileno en el  que participó el autor, best seller del sello, como uno de los 155 convencionales.     Desde la emoción del momento de haber sido escogido como uno de los 155  convencionales que escribirían la nueva Constitución chilena, hasta el  aprendizaje de cómo funciona, internamente, aquello que llaman  “política”. El día a día de la convención constitucional es narrado sin  tapujos por el escritor Jorge Baradit, y en su relato reconoce cada  yerro, cada exceso de entusiasmo, cada dificultad que se presentó pero,  también, el arduo trabajo realizado para conseguir de manera excepcional  la primera Constitución redactada por ciudadanos comunes y corrientes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee9b72e98c68c091da7fd0f4a3710d68.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Polizei: Helfer, Gegner, Staatsgewalt: Inspektion einer mächtigen Organisation by Benjamin Derin, Tobias Singelnstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-polizei-helfer-gegner-staatsgewalt-inspektion-einer-machtigen-organisation-by-benjamin-derin-tobias-singelnstein--65205627</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Polizei: Helfer, Gegner, Staatsgewalt: Inspektion einer mächtigen Organisation Author: Benjamin Derin, Tobias Singelnstein Narrator: Markus Krochmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Apparat im Staat. Die Polizei wird gebraucht und gefürchtet und ist immer wieder in den Schlagzeilen. Doch wie arbeitet und wirkt sie und wie ist ihr Verhältnis zur Gesellschaft?Der Rechtsanwalt Benjamin Derin und der renommierte Polizeiforscher und Kriminologe Tobias Singelnstein zeigen die strukturellen Probleme einer mit weitgehenden Befugnissen und einer Gewaltlizenz ausgestatteten Organisation. Dazu gehören mangelnde Fehlerkultur und Transparenz, Korpsgeist und Rassismus, aber auch Überforderung aufgrund einer wachsenden Zahl an Aufgaben, für die die Beamt:innen nicht immer angemessen ausgebildet sind. Zugleich sorgt die Polizei durch ihre Lobbyarbeit für Polarisierung und neigt zur Verselbstständigung. Die Autoren zeigen, dass die Polizei sich wandeln muss, wenn sie den gesellschaftlichen Veränderungen gerecht werden will und damit eine rechtsstaatliche Einhegung gewährleistet ist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205627/9783863525682.mp3" length="1477691" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Polizei: Helfer, Gegner, Staatsgewalt: Inspektion einer mächtigen Organisation Author: Benjamin Derin, Tobias Singelnstein Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652420</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Polizei: Helfer, Gegner, Staatsgewalt: Inspektion einer mächtigen Organisation Author: Benjamin Derin, Tobias Singelnstein Narrator: Markus Krochmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Apparat im Staat. Die Polizei wird gebraucht und gefürchtet und ist immer wieder in den Schlagzeilen. Doch wie arbeitet und wirkt sie und wie ist ihr Verhältnis zur Gesellschaft?Der Rechtsanwalt Benjamin Derin und der renommierte Polizeiforscher und Kriminologe Tobias Singelnstein zeigen die strukturellen Probleme einer mit weitgehenden Befugnissen und einer Gewaltlizenz ausgestatteten Organisation. Dazu gehören mangelnde Fehlerkultur und Transparenz, Korpsgeist und Rassismus, aber auch Überforderung aufgrund einer wachsenden Zahl an Aufgaben, für die die Beamt:innen nicht immer angemessen ausgebildet sind. Zugleich sorgt die Polizei durch ihre Lobbyarbeit für Polarisierung und neigt zur Verselbstständigung. Die Autoren zeigen, dass die Polizei sich wandeln muss, wenn sie den gesellschaftlichen Veränderungen gerecht werden will und damit eine rechtsstaatliche Einhegung gewährleistet ist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec5b77abe7916dde5dac7f79e0ffe6bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Pensar Medio Oriente by Maruan Soto Antaki</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-pensar-medio-oriente-by-maruan-soto-antaki--65205683</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar Medio Oriente Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una reflexión imprescindible que permita sentar las bases para pensar Medio Oriente con claridad: un escenario donde se entrecruzan nervios tan sensibles como la religión, la identidad nacional, el petróleo, el terrorismo y el fundamentalismo  Para Maruan Soto Antaki, autor de Clandestino y Reserva del vacío, el propósito de este libro es pensar un mundo que se antoja distante, asomarse a una zona a la que debe parte de su identidad: Medio Oriente. La abundancia de opiniones en torno a Medio Oriente no ha resultado en una mejor comprensión de esa parte del mundo, ni mucho menos de la cultura árabe. Por el contrario, el ruido mediático ha alentado prejuicios, malentendidos, lugares comunes y sentencias morales.  En este contexto, se vuelve imprescindible una reflexión más detenida, que permita sentar las bases para pensar Medio Oriente con claridad. En un escenario donde se entrecruzan nervios tan sensibles como la religión, la identidad nacional, el petróleo, el terrorismo y el fundamentalismo, es urgente establecer coordenadas precisas: ¿Qué es ser árabe? ¿Es sinónimo de islámico? ¿Es indisociable el islam del terrorismo? ¿Qué tan profundas son las raíces históricas de los conflictos? ¿Por qué la erupción del Daesh? ¿Por qué Siria es el epicentro de ese perpetuo terremoto?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205683/9786073825917.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar Medio Oriente Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pensar Medio Oriente Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una reflexión imprescindible que permita sentar las bases para pensar Medio Oriente con claridad: un escenario donde se entrecruzan nervios tan sensibles como la religión, la identidad nacional, el petróleo, el terrorismo y el fundamentalismo  Para Maruan Soto Antaki, autor de Clandestino y Reserva del vacío, el propósito de este libro es pensar un mundo que se antoja distante, asomarse a una zona a la que debe parte de su identidad: Medio Oriente. La abundancia de opiniones en torno a Medio Oriente no ha resultado en una mejor comprensión de esa parte del mundo, ni mucho menos de la cultura árabe. Por el contrario, el ruido mediático ha alentado prejuicios, malentendidos, lugares comunes y sentencias morales.  En este contexto, se vuelve imprescindible una reflexión más detenida, que permita sentar las bases para pensar Medio Oriente con claridad. En un escenario donde se entrecruzan nervios tan sensibles como la religión, la identidad nacional, el petróleo, el terrorismo y el fundamentalismo, es urgente establecer coordenadas precisas: ¿Qué es ser árabe? ¿Es sinónimo de islámico? ¿Es indisociable el islam del terrorismo? ¿Qué tan profundas son las raíces históricas de los conflictos? ¿Por qué la erupción del Daesh? ¿Por qué Siria es el epicentro de ese perpetuo terremoto?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc846f8c19ae0593e7aa07defd74bbad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das verstaatlichte Kind: Optimiert, reguliert, traumatisiert - Wie unsere Gesellschaft ihre Kinder versaut by Gunda Frey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-verstaatlichte-kind-optimiert-reguliert-traumatisiert-wie-unsere-gesellschaft-ihre-kinder-versaut-by-gunda-frey--65205670</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das verstaatlichte Kind: Optimiert, reguliert, traumatisiert - Wie unsere Gesellschaft ihre Kinder versaut Author: Gunda Frey Narrator: Gunda Frey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spätestens seit Lockdown und Schulausfall hinterfragen Eltern den Sinn vieler Maßnahmen rund um Schule und Kindeswohl. Zu Recht. Psychotherapeutin Gunda Frey warnt: 'Wir erschaffen eine traumatisierte Generation!' Kinder werden heute von Geburt bis Schulabschluss den Zwängen eines auf 'Funktionieren' optimierten Systems ausgesetzt – Rücksichtnahme auf ihre Bedürfnisse: meist Fehlanzeige! Das Ergebnis: Kinder, denen Eltern, Erzieher und Lehrer nicht das ermöglichen, was gut, gesund und nötig wäre. Die Resultate sind fatal. Dieses Buch ist ein Weckruf für alle, denen die Zukunft unserer Kinder am Herzen liegt. Anhand von zahlreichen Beispielen aus der Praxis zeigt die Autorin, was im herrschenden System im Argen liegt, und liefert Ideen, wie man mit der richtigen Haltung und den richtigen Werten das Schlimmste vielleicht noch verhindern kann.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205670/9783864709203.mp3" length="1477669" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das verstaatlichte Kind: Optimiert, reguliert, traumatisiert - Wie unsere Gesellschaft ihre Kinder versaut Author: Gunda Frey Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651539</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das verstaatlichte Kind: Optimiert, reguliert, traumatisiert - Wie unsere Gesellschaft ihre Kinder versaut Author: Gunda Frey Narrator: Gunda Frey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spätestens seit Lockdown und Schulausfall hinterfragen Eltern den Sinn vieler Maßnahmen rund um Schule und Kindeswohl. Zu Recht. Psychotherapeutin Gunda Frey warnt: 'Wir erschaffen eine traumatisierte Generation!' Kinder werden heute von Geburt bis Schulabschluss den Zwängen eines auf 'Funktionieren' optimierten Systems ausgesetzt – Rücksichtnahme auf ihre Bedürfnisse: meist Fehlanzeige! Das Ergebnis: Kinder, denen Eltern, Erzieher und Lehrer nicht das ermöglichen, was gut, gesund und nötig wäre. Die Resultate sind fatal. Dieses Buch ist ein Weckruf für alle, denen die Zukunft unserer Kinder am Herzen liegt. Anhand von zahlreichen Beispielen aus der Praxis zeigt die Autorin, was im herrschenden System im Argen liegt, und liefert Ideen, wie man mit der richtigen Haltung und den richtigen Werten das Schlimmste vielleicht noch verhindern kann.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/acf351f2d28aca294e4de855fc3e3132.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Practice &amp; Theory Of Bolshevism by Bertrand Russell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-practice-theory-of-bolshevism-by-bertrand-russell--65205660</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practice &amp; Theory Of Bolshevism Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: The Copper Penny, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book records Bertrand Russell's impressions of the new regime after a 1920 visit to Russia following the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, including his meetings with Lenin, Trostky, and Gorky. It includes a chapter that was authored by Dora Black, educational theorist and feminist author, and Russell's spouse. This chapter was unfortunately removed in the second edition, which was issued after Dora and Bertrand divorced. Bertrand Arthur William Russell, 3rd Earl Russell, OM, FRS was a British mathematician, philosopher, logician, and public intellectual.  In this rare one-of-a-kind audiobook adventure the listener is met with the unexpected nature of a grand literary trek. Here is an audio treat to startle the imagination, invigorate the mind, and touch the spirit of all who hear it. From the studios of veteran artists and producers who were amongst the very first to imagine that books might one day talk - first on tape and later in the digital realm. This audiobook is our gift to you - a group of collective artists who have made their production a life's work and joy. A true audio treasure!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205660/9798887676203.mp3" length="1477593" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practice &amp;amp; Theory Of Bolshevism Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: The Copper Penny, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652627</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practice &amp; Theory Of Bolshevism Author: Bertrand Russell Narrator: The Copper Penny, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book records Bertrand Russell's impressions of the new regime after a 1920 visit to Russia following the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, including his meetings with Lenin, Trostky, and Gorky. It includes a chapter that was authored by Dora Black, educational theorist and feminist author, and Russell's spouse. This chapter was unfortunately removed in the second edition, which was issued after Dora and Bertrand divorced. Bertrand Arthur William Russell, 3rd Earl Russell, OM, FRS was a British mathematician, philosopher, logician, and public intellectual.  In this rare one-of-a-kind audiobook adventure the listener is met with the unexpected nature of a grand literary trek. Here is an audio treat to startle the imagination, invigorate the mind, and touch the spirit of all who hear it. From the studios of veteran artists and producers who were amongst the very first to imagine that books might one day talk - first on tape and later in the digital realm. This audiobook is our gift to you - a group of collective artists who have made their production a life's work and joy. A true audio treasure!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0f21230710ed895fe764a7d5c4562236.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direitos Fundamentais aos Refugiados Venezuelanos by Jinny Bitar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direitos-fundamentais-aos-refugiados-venezuelanos-by-jinny-bitar--65205715</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direitos Fundamentais aos Refugiados Venezuelanos Author: Jinny Bitar Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Esta obra trata dos contextos de migração quanto aos direitos fundamentais dos refugiados venezuelanos. Com o aumento do número de imigrantes e refugiados venezuelanos no Brasil, que, em sua maioria, ingressam no território nacional pelo Município de Pacaraima, na região fronteiriça do Estado de Roraima, houve o aumento de algumas situações de conflito decorrentes desse fluxo migratório intenso. Como instrumento de coleta de dados, fizemos uma entrevista semiestruturada com 10 venezuelanos, de ambos os sexos, que se encontram no Brasil há um período de pelo menos dois anos. De acordo com as interpretações dos dados desta pesquisa, percebeu-se o difícil momento de transição e mudanças pelas quais passam os sujeitos imigrantes recém-chegados. As marcas deixadas nas suas vidas, por conta desse momento, são inúmeras: sonhos perdidos, esperanças difíceis de serem retomadas e a dificuldade de recomeçar a vida em um novo país.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205715/9786525260686.mp3" length="1477549" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direitos Fundamentais aos Refugiados Venezuelanos Author: Jinny Bitar Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direitos Fundamentais aos Refugiados Venezuelanos Author: Jinny Bitar Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Esta obra trata dos contextos de migração quanto aos direitos fundamentais dos refugiados venezuelanos. Com o aumento do número de imigrantes e refugiados venezuelanos no Brasil, que, em sua maioria, ingressam no território nacional pelo Município de Pacaraima, na região fronteiriça do Estado de Roraima, houve o aumento de algumas situações de conflito decorrentes desse fluxo migratório intenso. Como instrumento de coleta de dados, fizemos uma entrevista semiestruturada com 10 venezuelanos, de ambos os sexos, que se encontram no Brasil há um período de pelo menos dois anos. De acordo com as interpretações dos dados desta pesquisa, percebeu-se o difícil momento de transição e mudanças pelas quais passam os sujeitos imigrantes recém-chegados. As marcas deixadas nas suas vidas, por conta desse momento, são inúmeras: sonhos perdidos, esperanças difíceis de serem retomadas e a dificuldade de recomeçar a vida em um novo país.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d5026cc4d68c3f072460a3ef9f1d3cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ambedkar's Preamble: A Secret History of the Constitution of India: A Secret History of the Constitution of India by Akash Singh Rathore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ambedkar-s-preamble-a-secret-history-of-the-constitution-of-india-a-secret-history-of-the-constitution-of-india-by-akash-singh-rathore--65205688</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambedkar's Preamble: A Secret History of the Constitution of India: A Secret History of the Constitution of India Author: Akash Singh Rathore Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On 26 January 1950, the Constitution of India was adopted formally and came into effect. Its preamble set out in brief the enlightened values it enshrined and hoped to engender. In a radical shift from mainstream constitutional history, this book establishes Dr B.R. Ambedkar's irrefutable authorship of the preamble by uncovering the intellectual origins of its six most central concepts-justice, liberty, equality, fraternity, dignity, and nation.Although Dr Ambedkar is universally regarded as the chief architect of the Constitution, the specifics of his role as chairman of the Drafting Committee are not widely discussed. Totally neglected is his almost single-handed authorship of the Constitution's Preamble, which is frequently and mistakenly attributed to B.N. Rau rather than to Ambedkar.This book establishes how and why the Preamble to the Constitution of India is essentially an Ambedkarite preamble. It is clear that its central concepts have their provenance in Ambedkar's writings and speeches. Through six eponymous chapters, this book unfolds the story of the six constitutional concepts. In doing so, it spotlights fundamental facts about modern Indian history, as well as Ambedkar's revolutionary political thought, hitherto ignored in conventional accounts.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205688/9789354928222.mp3" length="4837236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambedkar's Preamble: A Secret History of the Constitution of India: A Secret History of the Constitution of India Author: Akash Singh Rathore Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651475</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambedkar's Preamble: A Secret History of the Constitution of India: A Secret History of the Constitution of India Author: Akash Singh Rathore Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On 26 January 1950, the Constitution of India was adopted formally and came into effect. Its preamble set out in brief the enlightened values it enshrined and hoped to engender. In a radical shift from mainstream constitutional history, this book establishes Dr B.R. Ambedkar's irrefutable authorship of the preamble by uncovering the intellectual origins of its six most central concepts-justice, liberty, equality, fraternity, dignity, and nation.Although Dr Ambedkar is universally regarded as the chief architect of the Constitution, the specifics of his role as chairman of the Drafting Committee are not widely discussed. Totally neglected is his almost single-handed authorship of the Constitution's Preamble, which is frequently and mistakenly attributed to B.N. Rau rather than to Ambedkar.This book establishes how and why the Preamble to the Constitution of India is essentially an Ambedkarite preamble. It is clear that its central concepts have their provenance in Ambedkar's writings and speeches. Through six eponymous chapters, this book unfolds the story of the six constitutional concepts. In doing so, it spotlights fundamental facts about modern Indian history, as well as Ambedkar's revolutionary political thought, hitherto ignored in conventional accounts.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2413c5a45dc1468c96a2bfcc7afe482f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Da utilização da inteligência artificial nas execuções fiscais no Brasil by Pedro Henrique Moreira Simões</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-da-utilizacao-da-inteligencia-artificial-nas-execucoes-fiscais-no-brasil-by-pedro-henrique-moreira-simoes--65205666</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Da utilização da inteligência artificial nas execuções fiscais no Brasil Author: Pedro Henrique Moreira Simões Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há consenso em relação ao conceito de inteligência artificial, tema central da presente obra, que apresenta uma abordagem a respeito da inteligência artificial (IA) e sua utilização relacionada ao sistema judiciário a partir de conceitos e de considerações gerais sobre esse tema, desde o seu surgimento até a sua consolidação como fenômeno humano contemporâneo. Não se pode deixar de considerar o surgimento de fenômenos relacionados à automação e à inteligência artificial, como a tecnologia conhecida como blockchain, cuja finalidade é, entre outras, a de aperfeiçoar o cumprimento de obrigações e proteger dados armazenados e compartilhados. O livro também aborda a exclusão tributária como fenômeno jurídico, seus conceitos e objetivos, o arcabouço de normas e princípios do ordenamento jurídico brasileiro que se aplicam à exclusão tributária, além do conceito de exclusão tributária efetiva, que acarreta diversas dificuldades aos credores e devedores na seara do Direito Tributário Brasileiro. Por fim, a presente obra procura analisar o impacto do uso cada vez maior da inteligência tributária nas execuções fiscais em nosso país.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205666/9786525260761.mp3" length="1477631" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Da utilização da inteligência artificial nas execuções fiscais no Brasil Author: Pedro Henrique Moreira Simões Narrator: Voz Sintética...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Da utilização da inteligência artificial nas execuções fiscais no Brasil Author: Pedro Henrique Moreira Simões Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há consenso em relação ao conceito de inteligência artificial, tema central da presente obra, que apresenta uma abordagem a respeito da inteligência artificial (IA) e sua utilização relacionada ao sistema judiciário a partir de conceitos e de considerações gerais sobre esse tema, desde o seu surgimento até a sua consolidação como fenômeno humano contemporâneo. Não se pode deixar de considerar o surgimento de fenômenos relacionados à automação e à inteligência artificial, como a tecnologia conhecida como blockchain, cuja finalidade é, entre outras, a de aperfeiçoar o cumprimento de obrigações e proteger dados armazenados e compartilhados. O livro também aborda a exclusão tributária como fenômeno jurídico, seus conceitos e objetivos, o arcabouço de normas e princípios do ordenamento jurídico brasileiro que se aplicam à exclusão tributária, além do conceito de exclusão tributária efetiva, que acarreta diversas dificuldades aos credores e devedores na seara do Direito Tributário Brasileiro. Por fim, a presente obra procura analisar o impacto do uso cada vez maior da inteligência tributária nas execuções fiscais em nosso país.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5e13a3be09511e65aab087bfd5c0c10c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - ¡Al rescate del caballo! by Mattel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-sam-el-bombero-al-rescate-del-caballo-by-mattel--65205750</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - ¡Al rescate del caballo! Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Trevor Evans estaba enseñando a los pequeños a interpretar correctamente un mapa; así siempre podrían orientarse, incluso en lugares desconocidos. Se dividieron en dos grupos: por un lado, James y Sarah; por el otro, Mandy y Norman. Debían hallar el camino más rápido que llevara a la cima más alta de Pontypandy. Sin embargo, Norman no consideró necesario usar el mapa, y en su camino hacia la cima encontraron un hermoso caballo... Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156</guid><pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205750/9788726807776.mp3" length="997091" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - ¡Al rescate del caballo! Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646156</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - ¡Al rescate del caballo! Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Trevor Evans estaba enseñando a los pequeños a interpretar correctamente un mapa; así siempre podrían orientarse, incluso en lugares desconocidos. Se dividieron en dos grupos: por un lado, James y Sarah; por el otro, Mandy y Norman. Debían hallar el camino más rápido que llevara a la cima más alta de Pontypandy. Sin embargo, Norman no consideró necesario usar el mapa, y en su camino hacia la cima encontraron un hermoso caballo... Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/22fb21a8049781f3956cc51b99ee13e4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Un partidazo de fútbol by Mattel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-sam-el-bombero-un-partidazo-de-futbol-by-mattel--65205746</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Un partidazo de fútbol Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pontypandy se preparaba para el evento deportivo del año: el partido de fútbol que enfrentaba a los bomberos y a los conductores de autobús de la ciudad. Norman le había prometido a Rosalia que la ayudaría con su puesto de pizzas, pero era incapaz de centrarse en algo más que en el partido. De pronto, el horno de pizzas se puso tan caliente que poco después todo el estadio de Pontypandy acabó envuelto por las llamas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157</guid><pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205746/9788726807790.mp3" length="997089" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Un partidazo de fútbol Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646157</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Un partidazo de fútbol Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Pontypandy se preparaba para el evento deportivo del año: el partido de fútbol que enfrentaba a los bomberos y a los conductores de autobús de la ciudad. Norman le había prometido a Rosalia que la ayudaría con su puesto de pizzas, pero era incapaz de centrarse en algo más que en el partido. De pronto, el horno de pizzas se puso tan caliente que poco después todo el estadio de Pontypandy acabó envuelto por las llamas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/809c2cc946b9fe23570f26aaf5aded35.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Desaparición en el zoo by Mattel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-sam-el-bombero-desaparicion-en-el-zoo-by-mattel--65205737</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Desaparición en el zoo Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una mañana, mientras que Mandy y Norman disfrutaban en la playa, descubrieron por casualidad un pingüino que se había escapado del zoo. Mandy quería devolverlo, pero Norman no estaba de acuerdo; quería darle un nuevo hogar: su propia casa. Sin embargo, no todo salió como esperaban... Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158</guid><pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205737/9788726807844.mp3" length="997089" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Desaparición en el zoo Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646158</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sam el Bombero - Desaparición en el zoo Author: Mattel Narrator: Carles Lladó Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una mañana, mientras que Mandy y Norman disfrutaban en la playa, descubrieron por casualidad un pingüino que se había escapado del zoo. Mandy quería devolverlo, pero Norman no estaba de acuerdo; quería darle un nuevo hogar: su propia casa. Sin embargo, no todo salió como esperaban... Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Únete a Sam el bombero en sus fantásticas aventuras con el jefe Steele, Elvis, Tom, Penny y toda la tropa de Pontypandy. Sam saluda a todo el mundo mientras conduce por las concurridas calles de la ciudad con Júpiter, Venus, Mercurio, Neptuno y el resto de geniales vehículos de rescate. Cuando suena la alarma, Sam el bombero acude al lugar enseguida, ya sea si se escapa un pingüino del zoo, si una calabaza gigante da problemas o si un concierto y un partido de fútbol acaban en llamas. ¡Ya lo ves, Sam nuestro héroe es! Sam el bombero es una serie de dibujos animados creada en 1987 para la televisión británica. La idea que dio lugar a la serie nació de dos antiguos bomberos, Dave Gingell y David Jones, los cuales formaron equipo con el escritor Rob Lee y juntos dieron lugar a Sam el bombero. Sam el bombero y sus marcas asociadas son propiedad de Prism Art &amp; Design Limited. © 2021 Prism Art &amp; Design Limited.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad5cb4d9c082eced71f74d9235d1d7b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Democracia, Controle e Corrupção: o caso da 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' na cidade de São Paulo: 2013 by Adair Loredo Santos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-democracia-controle-e-corrupcao-o-caso-da-mafia-dos-auditores-fiscais-na-cidade-de-sao-paulo-2013-by-adair-loredo-santos--65205685</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Democracia, Controle e Corrupção: o caso da 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' na cidade de São Paulo: 2013 Author: Adair Loredo Santos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A tese de doutorado DEMOCRACIA, CONTROLE E CORRUPÇÃO –, defendida no final de outubro na PUC-SP pelo advogado e cientista político Adair Loredo, aborda a 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' que atuavam na prefeitura de São Paulo. Com conclusões surpreendentes, o autor mostra que o grande esquema de corrupção se manteve em funcionamento sob controle de políticos e de seus apadrinhados.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726</guid><pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205685/9786525258188.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Democracia, Controle e Corrupção: o caso da 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' na cidade de São Paulo: 2013 Author: Adair Loredo Santos...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650726</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Democracia, Controle e Corrupção: o caso da 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' na cidade de São Paulo: 2013 Author: Adair Loredo Santos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: December  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A tese de doutorado DEMOCRACIA, CONTROLE E CORRUPÇÃO –, defendida no final de outubro na PUC-SP pelo advogado e cientista político Adair Loredo, aborda a 'Máfia dos Auditores Fiscais' que atuavam na prefeitura de São Paulo. Com conclusões surpreendentes, o autor mostra que o grande esquema de corrupção se manteve em funcionamento sob controle de políticos e de seus apadrinhados.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/904d3781eec55e0b10f7097c97d33872.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Planning Democracy: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India by Nikh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/planning-democracy-how-a-professor-an-institute-and-an-idea-shaped-india-how-a-professor-an-institute-and-an-idea-shaped-india-by-nikh--65205629</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planning Democracy: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India Author: Nikhil Menon Narrator: Shahzad Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: December  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India’s Five-Year Plans were one of the developing world’s most ambitious experiments. After nearly two centuries of colonial rule, planning the economy was meant to be independent India’s route from poverty to prosperity. Planning Democracy explores how India married liberal democracy to a socialist economy. Planning not only built India’s data systems, it even shaped the nature of its democracy. The Five-Year Plans loomed so large that they linked surprisingly far-flung contexts-from computers to Bollywood to Hindutva. In this compelling history, Nikhil Menon brings the world of planning to life through the intriguing story of a gifted scientist known as the Professor, a trail-blazing research institute in Calcutta, and the alluring idea of ‘democratic planning’. Set amidst global conflicts and international debates, Menon reveals how India walked a tightrope between capitalism and communism. Planning Democracy recasts our understanding of the Indian republic, uncovering how planning came to define the nation and revealing the ways in which it continues to shape our world today]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205629/9789354925719.mp3" length="4837260" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planning Democracy: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India Author: Nikhil...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654706</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planning Democracy: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India: How a Professor, an Institute, and an Idea Shaped India Author: Nikhil Menon Narrator: Shahzad Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: December  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India’s Five-Year Plans were one of the developing world’s most ambitious experiments. After nearly two centuries of colonial rule, planning the economy was meant to be independent India’s route from poverty to prosperity. Planning Democracy explores how India married liberal democracy to a socialist economy. Planning not only built India’s data systems, it even shaped the nature of its democracy. The Five-Year Plans loomed so large that they linked surprisingly far-flung contexts-from computers to Bollywood to Hindutva. In this compelling history, Nikhil Menon brings the world of planning to life through the intriguing story of a gifted scientist known as the Professor, a trail-blazing research institute in Calcutta, and the alluring idea of ‘democratic planning’. Set amidst global conflicts and international debates, Menon reveals how India walked a tightrope between capitalism and communism. Planning Democracy recasts our understanding of the Indian republic, uncovering how planning came to define the nation and revealing the ways in which it continues to shape our world today]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/45e134296c57b46b6a4192219b010bdb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Benito Mussolini: Facist Terror by Geoffrey Giuliano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/benito-mussolini-facist-terror-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65205780</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Benito Mussolini: Facist Terror Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878</guid><pubDate>Sat, 03 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205780/9798887676166.mp3" length="1477549" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Benito Mussolini: Facist Terror Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649878</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Benito Mussolini: Facist Terror Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf81ecec63922a48a50417774b36418a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Man Behind The Fascist Doctrine by Geoffrey Giuliano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-man-behind-the-fascist-doctrine-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65205710</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Behind The Fascist Doctrine Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) The Doctrine of Fascism' is an essay attributed to Benito Mussolini. In truth, the first part of the essay, entitled 'Idee Fondamentali', was written by the Italian philosopher Giovanni Gentile, while only the second part is the work of Mussolini himself. Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day. A rare audiobook adventure in politics, history, and outrage!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879</guid><pubDate>Sat, 03 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205710/9798887675565.mp3" length="1477591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Behind The Fascist Doctrine Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Behind The Fascist Doctrine Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) The Doctrine of Fascism' is an essay attributed to Benito Mussolini. In truth, the first part of the essay, entitled 'Idee Fondamentali', was written by the Italian philosopher Giovanni Gentile, while only the second part is the work of Mussolini himself. Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day. A rare audiobook adventure in politics, history, and outrage!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a58fa7bec79d0451a2843dbc36e90c5e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mussolini As Revealed In His Political Speeches by Benito Mussolini</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mussolini-as-revealed-in-his-political-speeches-by-benito-mussolini--65205704</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mussolini As Revealed In His Political Speeches Author: Benito Mussolini Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) This audiobook contains over 60 of Mussolini's earlier speeches, covering the years 1914-1923: from soon after his expulsion from the Socialist Party for supporting WWI, to his becoming Prime Minister yet still submitting outwardly to democratic rule. (He seized power, threw off the democratic yoke, and became dictator in 1925-1927. Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624</guid><pubDate>Sat, 03 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205704/9798887675589.mp3" length="1477617" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mussolini As Revealed In His Political Speeches Author: Benito Mussolini Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mussolini As Revealed In His Political Speeches Author: Benito Mussolini Narrator: Milano Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: December  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “It’s better to live one day as a lion than 100 years as a sheep.” 'I am the most terrible animal that's ever existed.' 'Democracy is beautiful in theory; in practice, it is a fallacy. You in America will see that someday.' 'It's good to trust others but, not to do so is much better.' “I feel, when we have no friends upon whom to lean, or to look for moral guidance.' (Mussolini) This audiobook contains over 60 of Mussolini's earlier speeches, covering the years 1914-1923: from soon after his expulsion from the Socialist Party for supporting WWI, to his becoming Prime Minister yet still submitting outwardly to democratic rule. (He seized power, threw off the democratic yoke, and became dictator in 1925-1927. Benito Amilcare Andrea Mussolini, born on July 29, 1883, who went by the nickname “Il Duce” (“the Leader”), was a deeply unbalanced tyrannical Italian dictator who created the dreaded Fascist Party in 1919. Eventually, he held all power in Italy as the country’s prime minister from 1922 to 1943. An ardent socialist as a youth, Mussolini followed in his father's political footsteps but was expelled by the party for his overt support of World War I. As an evil dictator during World War II (even murdering his own son by lethal injection) he greatly overextended his forces and was eventually killed by his own people in Mezzegra, Italy. Here, for the first time, are the words of the great dictator himself in his twisted manifesto on the political movement he started and is still so feared to this very day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42ee339d46295f80b76941cb6a0b5c4e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Icon Black Lives Matter Series: Huey P. Newton: Smoking Out Fascist America by Geoffrey Giuliano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-icon-black-lives-matter-series-huey-p-newton-smoking-out-fascist-america-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65205709</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Lives Matter Series: Huey P. Newton: Smoking Out Fascist America Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Huey Newton was born on February 17, 1942. He was an African-American revolutionary, notable as the founder of the Black Panther Party. Newton crafted the Party's ten-point manifesto with Bobby Seale in 1966. The Black Panther Party founded over 60 community support programs including food banks, medical clinics, sickle cell anemia tests, prison busing for families of inmates, legal advice seminars, clothing banks, housing cooperatives, and their own ambulance service. The most famous of these programs was the Free Breakfast for Children program which fed thousands of impoverished children daily during the early 1970s. Newton also co-founded the Black Panther newspaper service, which became one of America's most widely distributed African-American newspapers. In 1989, he was murdered in Oakland, California, by Tyrone Robinson, a member of the Black Guerrilla Family. Newton was known for being an advocate of self-defense and used his position as a leader within the Black Panther Party to welcome women and LGBT people into the party, holding the belief that homosexuals 'might be the most oppressed people'. Huey Newton was never shy in talking to the media because after all the powerful movement he started with bobby Seale was all about communication and understanding leading to meaningful change. What follows is a collection of interviews with the controversial charismatic leader commencing from his prison cell in 1968 right up until 1989 just weeks before his tragic death. Here is a chance to get to know and understand not only Huey the forward-thinking and intractable black rights advocate but also the sensitive and sensible intellectual ultimately compassionate and caring man.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205709/9798887676104.mp3" length="1477645" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Lives Matter Series: Huey P. Newton: Smoking Out Fascist America Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Lives Matter Series: Huey P. Newton: Smoking Out Fascist America Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Huey Newton was born on February 17, 1942. He was an African-American revolutionary, notable as the founder of the Black Panther Party. Newton crafted the Party's ten-point manifesto with Bobby Seale in 1966. The Black Panther Party founded over 60 community support programs including food banks, medical clinics, sickle cell anemia tests, prison busing for families of inmates, legal advice seminars, clothing banks, housing cooperatives, and their own ambulance service. The most famous of these programs was the Free Breakfast for Children program which fed thousands of impoverished children daily during the early 1970s. Newton also co-founded the Black Panther newspaper service, which became one of America's most widely distributed African-American newspapers. In 1989, he was murdered in Oakland, California, by Tyrone Robinson, a member of the Black Guerrilla Family. Newton was known for being an advocate of self-defense and used his position as a leader within the Black Panther Party to welcome women and LGBT people into the party, holding the belief that homosexuals 'might be the most oppressed people'. Huey Newton was never shy in talking to the media because after all the powerful movement he started with bobby Seale was all about communication and understanding leading to meaningful change. What follows is a collection of interviews with the controversial charismatic leader commencing from his prison cell in 1968 right up until 1989 just weeks before his tragic death. Here is a chance to get to know and understand not only Huey the forward-thinking and intractable black rights advocate but also the sensitive and sensible intellectual ultimately compassionate and caring man.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b909c897ca0084d0e6b4019540905610.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento by José Valmi Brito</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-acesso-a-justica-democracia-e-desenvolvimento-by-jose-valmi-brito--65205619</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento traz à tona a reflexão sobre a importância de se ter um acesso à justiça célere e igualitária, tratando sobre a desburocratização do judiciário e carregando um olhar social sobre o tema. O livro é escrito de forma leve e muito profunda sobre a necessidade de se ter uma justiça que atenda a todos de forma eficiente, cobrindo toda a gama de necessidades no que concerne aos direitos sociais, civis e políticos. Ao tratar da desburocratização dos processos, do direito à alimentação, da proteção da criança e do adolescente, da manutenção dos direitos dos idosos, além do Sistema Único de Saúde e direitos humanos, a obra tende a ser leitura fundamental tanto para os agentes do direito, quanto para os estudantes e interessados no assunto.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205619/9786525261782.mp3" length="1477553" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656364</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento Author: José Valmi Brito Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acesso à justiça: democracia e desenvolvimento traz à tona a reflexão sobre a importância de se ter um acesso à justiça célere e igualitária, tratando sobre a desburocratização do judiciário e carregando um olhar social sobre o tema. O livro é escrito de forma leve e muito profunda sobre a necessidade de se ter uma justiça que atenda a todos de forma eficiente, cobrindo toda a gama de necessidades no que concerne aos direitos sociais, civis e políticos. Ao tratar da desburocratização dos processos, do direito à alimentação, da proteção da criança e do adolescente, da manutenção dos direitos dos idosos, além do Sistema Único de Saúde e direitos humanos, a obra tende a ser leitura fundamental tanto para os agentes do direito, quanto para os estudantes e interessados no assunto.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ab20c5cb8afacc1a136aa48cd25c3c3f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ein falsches Wort: Wie eine neue linke Ideologie aus Amerika unsere Meinungsfreiheit bedroht by René Pfister</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ein-falsches-wort-wie-eine-neue-linke-ideologie-aus-amerika-unsere-meinungsfreiheit-bedroht-by-rene-pfister--65205736</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein falsches Wort: Wie eine neue linke Ideologie aus Amerika unsere Meinungsfreiheit bedroht Author: René Pfister Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Das Beste, was ich bislang zur neuen linken Glaubenskultur gelesen habe« (Jan Fleischhauer) Eine linke Revolution hat Amerika erfasst: Im Namen von Gerechtigkeit und Antirassismus greift dort eine Ideologie um sich, die neue Intoleranz erzeugt - in liberalen Medien kann ein falsches Wort Karrieren beenden, an den Universitäten herrscht ein Klima der Angst, Unternehmen feuern Mitarbeiter, die sich dem neuen Zeitgeist widersetzen. In vielen Porträts und Geschichten beschreibt René Pfister, Büroleiter des SPIEGEL in Washington, diese neue politische Religion - und zeigt auf, warum die amerikanische Demokratie nicht nur von rechts unter Druck kommt. Er erklärt, wie Dogmatismus, Freund-Feind-Denken und Mob-Mentalität in Internet die Meinungsfreiheit in den USA schon gefährlich eingeschränkt haben. Eindrücklich warnt er vor diesem Fundamentalismus, dem wir uns widersetzen müssen, um auch in Deutschland die offene Gesellschaft zu verteidigen. Pressestimmen »Dieses Buch legt die Grundstruktur des großen gesellschaftlichen Ringens um Sprachdominanz frei. Wer mitstreiten will, muss Pfister lesen.« ― Gabor Steingart/The Pioneer Briefing »René Pfister zeigt, wie stark die Regeln der Woke-Ideologie den Alltag bereits beherrschen. Längst nicht mehr nur in den USA.« ― Neue Zürcher Zeitung »Deshalb kann ich das Buch nur allen empfehlen, die wissen wollen, wo der Wahnsinn herkommt, der uns Debatten beschert, ob man nicht Winnetou aus dem Verkehr ziehen muss oder einen Partysong wie 'Layla'. (…) Es ist das Beste, was ich bislang zur neuen linken Glaubenskultur gelesen habe..« ― Focus »verständlich und gut lesbar [...] ausgesprochen zu empfehlen« ― Cicero »Hier bezieht der Buchautor Pfister Stellung. Die Demokratie lebe vom Ringen umd das stärkste Argument und den bestmöglichen Kompromiss - nicht vom Diskursausschluss.« ― Stuttgarter Zeitung Umschlaggestaltung und -motiv: total italic/Thierry Wijnberg]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037</guid><pubDate>Mon, 28 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205736/9783985440054.mp3" length="1477659" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein falsches Wort: Wie eine neue linke Ideologie aus Amerika unsere Meinungsfreiheit bedroht Author: René Pfister Narrator: Matthias Ernst...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648037</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein falsches Wort: Wie eine neue linke Ideologie aus Amerika unsere Meinungsfreiheit bedroht Author: René Pfister Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Das Beste, was ich bislang zur neuen linken Glaubenskultur gelesen habe« (Jan Fleischhauer) Eine linke Revolution hat Amerika erfasst: Im Namen von Gerechtigkeit und Antirassismus greift dort eine Ideologie um sich, die neue Intoleranz erzeugt - in liberalen Medien kann ein falsches Wort Karrieren beenden, an den Universitäten herrscht ein Klima der Angst, Unternehmen feuern Mitarbeiter, die sich dem neuen Zeitgeist widersetzen. In vielen Porträts und Geschichten beschreibt René Pfister, Büroleiter des SPIEGEL in Washington, diese neue politische Religion - und zeigt auf, warum die amerikanische Demokratie nicht nur von rechts unter Druck kommt. Er erklärt, wie Dogmatismus, Freund-Feind-Denken und Mob-Mentalität in Internet die Meinungsfreiheit in den USA schon gefährlich eingeschränkt haben. Eindrücklich warnt er vor diesem Fundamentalismus, dem wir uns widersetzen müssen, um auch in Deutschland die offene Gesellschaft zu verteidigen. Pressestimmen »Dieses Buch legt die Grundstruktur des großen gesellschaftlichen Ringens um Sprachdominanz frei. Wer mitstreiten will, muss Pfister lesen.« ― Gabor Steingart/The Pioneer Briefing »René Pfister zeigt, wie stark die Regeln der Woke-Ideologie den Alltag bereits beherrschen. Längst nicht mehr nur in den USA.« ― Neue Zürcher Zeitung »Deshalb kann ich das Buch nur allen empfehlen, die wissen wollen, wo der Wahnsinn herkommt, der uns Debatten beschert, ob man nicht Winnetou aus dem Verkehr ziehen muss oder einen Partysong wie 'Layla'. (…) Es ist das Beste, was ich bislang zur neuen linken Glaubenskultur gelesen habe..« ― Focus »verständlich und gut lesbar [...] ausgesprochen zu empfehlen« ― Cicero »Hier bezieht der Buchautor Pfister Stellung. Die Demokratie lebe vom Ringen umd das stärkste Argument und den bestmöglichen Kompromiss - nicht vom Diskursausschluss.« ― Stuttgarter Zeitung Umschlaggestaltung und -motiv: total italic/Thierry Wijnberg]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a3228e2bd5e3842d9beeab3d48062354.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Con la frente en alto: Testimonio contra la impunidad by Lourdes Mendoza</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-con-la-frente-en-alto-testimonio-contra-la-impunidad-by-lourdes-mendoza--65205799</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Con la frente en alto: Testimonio contra la impunidad Author: Lourdes Mendoza Narrator: Lourdes Mendoza, óscar Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  PRÓLOGO DE CIRO GÓMEZ LEYVA  'Sin el testimonio y la memoria la civilización no avanza. Con estas páginas, Lourdes Mendoza nos regala su testimonio de las duras batallas que como mujer, como madre, como periodista ha librado para obtener justicia, preservar su honor y ser ejemplo para Dany, su hija. Con valentía, con profesionalismo, con emociones encontradas, Lourdes nos comparte la memoria de su lucha triunfante por la dignidad.' -Andrés Pastrana, expresidente de Colombia.  La crítica dice:  'Los Lozoya se metieron con la persona equivocada. Trataron de sumirla y sumarla al pantano de hostigamiento y estigmatización que padece la prensa en nuestros días, despertando así a una periodista y madre aguerrida que los exhibió y venció en tribunales. Con la franqueza y claridad que la caracteriza, Lourdes comparte una historia que nos recuerda que lo personal también es político; que las mentiras acaban carreras (y vidas) enteras; y que la batalla por la libertad de expresión está más vigente que nunca.' -Leopoldo Maldonado, director regional de artículo 19  'Este texto es mucho más que una narrativa escrita con un corazón dolorido, con la mano firme de una periodista injustamente lastimada en su dignidad por el poder. Se trata de una sincera y profunda reflexión sobre una cruenta lucha entre la ignominia que busca encubrirse con la mentira y el engaño, por un lado, y el empeño históricamente renovado por que aflore la verdad del otro. Este texto es su Antígona, expresión de una mujer mexicana, de una orgullosa madre resiliente y con la frente en alto ante el poder.' -Emilio Rabasa, Doctor en Derecho  'La prosa de Lourdes Mendoza te atrapa por fluida y porque la respalda una información pesada por precisa. En el trasfondo está un hecho: en México lo normal es que ganen los corruptos. En esta ocasión la periodista (Lourdes) ya derrotó en primera y segunda instancia a Emilio Lozoya. También lo destrozó mediáticamente y sus fotografías mostrándolo en un restaurante de lujo lo tienen tras las rejas. Recomiendo esta crónica que alimenta la creencia de que en México sí puede haber justicia.' -Sergio Aguayo, profesor investigador de el Colegio de México]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205799/9786073825306.mp3" length="2437228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Con la frente en alto: Testimonio contra la impunidad Author: Lourdes Mendoza Narrator: Lourdes Mendoza, óscar Castillo Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Con la frente en alto: Testimonio contra la impunidad Author: Lourdes Mendoza Narrator: Lourdes Mendoza, óscar Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  PRÓLOGO DE CIRO GÓMEZ LEYVA  'Sin el testimonio y la memoria la civilización no avanza. Con estas páginas, Lourdes Mendoza nos regala su testimonio de las duras batallas que como mujer, como madre, como periodista ha librado para obtener justicia, preservar su honor y ser ejemplo para Dany, su hija. Con valentía, con profesionalismo, con emociones encontradas, Lourdes nos comparte la memoria de su lucha triunfante por la dignidad.' -Andrés Pastrana, expresidente de Colombia.  La crítica dice:  'Los Lozoya se metieron con la persona equivocada. Trataron de sumirla y sumarla al pantano de hostigamiento y estigmatización que padece la prensa en nuestros días, despertando así a una periodista y madre aguerrida que los exhibió y venció en tribunales. Con la franqueza y claridad que la caracteriza, Lourdes comparte una historia que nos recuerda que lo personal también es político; que las mentiras acaban carreras (y vidas) enteras; y que la batalla por la libertad de expresión está más vigente que nunca.' -Leopoldo Maldonado, director regional de artículo 19  'Este texto es mucho más que una narrativa escrita con un corazón dolorido, con la mano firme de una periodista injustamente lastimada en su dignidad por el poder. Se trata de una sincera y profunda reflexión sobre una cruenta lucha entre la ignominia que busca encubrirse con la mentira y el engaño, por un lado, y el empeño históricamente renovado por que aflore la verdad del otro. Este texto es su Antígona, expresión de una mujer mexicana, de una orgullosa madre resiliente y con la frente en alto ante el poder.' -Emilio Rabasa, Doctor en Derecho  'La prosa de Lourdes Mendoza te atrapa por fluida y porque la respalda una información pesada por precisa. En el trasfondo está un hecho: en México lo normal es que ganen los corruptos. En esta ocasión la periodista (Lourdes) ya derrotó en primera y segunda instancia a Emilio Lozoya. También lo destrozó mediáticamente y sus fotografías mostrándolo en un restaurante de lujo lo tienen tras las rejas. Recomiendo esta crónica que alimenta la creencia de que en México sí puede haber justicia.' -Sergio Aguayo, profesor investigador de el Colegio de México]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b60f840822b166710962d2974d08ea1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - README.txt – Meine Geschichte (ungekürzt) by Chelsea Manning</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-readme-txt-meine-geschichte-ungekurzt-by-chelsea-manning--65205757</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - README.txt – Meine Geschichte (ungekürzt) Author: Chelsea Manning Narrator: Daniela Thuar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die persönlichen, aufschlussreichen Erinnerungen einer der wichtigsten Aktivistinnen unserer Zeit Im Jahr 2010 veröffentlichte Chelsea Manning geheime Militärdokumente, die sie als Geheimdienstanalystin für die US-Armee im Irak auf der Speicherkarte ihrer Digitalkamera herausgeschmuggelt hatte. Die Armee klagte sie in zweiundzwanzig Punkten im Zusammenhang mit dem unerlaubten Besitz und der Verbreitung von geheimen Dokumenten an und verurteilte sie zu fünfunddreißig Jahren Militärgefängnis. Am Tag nach ihrer Verurteilung erklärte Manning ihre Geschlechtsidentität als Frau und begann die Transition. Im Jahr 2017 verkürzte Präsident Barack Obama ihre Haftstrafe, und Chelsea Manning wurde aus dem Gefängnis entlassen. In ihren Erinnerungen erzählt Manning von ihrem Einsatz für mehr institutionelle Transparenz und Rechenschaftspflichten der Regierung und von dem Kampf um ihre Rechte als Transfrau. Sie schildert ihre schwierige Kindheit, ihre Kämpfe als Heranwachsende, was sie dazu brachte, dem Militär beizutreten, und beschreibt den unbändigen Stolz, den sie auf ihre Arbeit hatte. Wir erfahren bisher unbekannte Details, wie und warum sie die Entscheidung traf, geheime Militärdokumente an WikiLeaks zu schicken, und welche Folgen dieses Handeln für sie hatte. Chelsea Mannings Memoiren zählen zu den eindrücklichsten Zeugnissen des digitalen Zeitalters.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205757/9783365004050.mp3" length="1477561" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - README.txt – Meine Geschichte (ungekürzt) Author: Chelsea Manning Narrator: Daniela Thuar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - README.txt – Meine Geschichte (ungekürzt) Author: Chelsea Manning Narrator: Daniela Thuar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die persönlichen, aufschlussreichen Erinnerungen einer der wichtigsten Aktivistinnen unserer Zeit Im Jahr 2010 veröffentlichte Chelsea Manning geheime Militärdokumente, die sie als Geheimdienstanalystin für die US-Armee im Irak auf der Speicherkarte ihrer Digitalkamera herausgeschmuggelt hatte. Die Armee klagte sie in zweiundzwanzig Punkten im Zusammenhang mit dem unerlaubten Besitz und der Verbreitung von geheimen Dokumenten an und verurteilte sie zu fünfunddreißig Jahren Militärgefängnis. Am Tag nach ihrer Verurteilung erklärte Manning ihre Geschlechtsidentität als Frau und begann die Transition. Im Jahr 2017 verkürzte Präsident Barack Obama ihre Haftstrafe, und Chelsea Manning wurde aus dem Gefängnis entlassen. In ihren Erinnerungen erzählt Manning von ihrem Einsatz für mehr institutionelle Transparenz und Rechenschaftspflichten der Regierung und von dem Kampf um ihre Rechte als Transfrau. Sie schildert ihre schwierige Kindheit, ihre Kämpfe als Heranwachsende, was sie dazu brachte, dem Militär beizutreten, und beschreibt den unbändigen Stolz, den sie auf ihre Arbeit hatte. Wir erfahren bisher unbekannte Details, wie und warum sie die Entscheidung traf, geheime Militärdokumente an WikiLeaks zu schicken, und welche Folgen dieses Handeln für sie hatte. Chelsea Mannings Memoiren zählen zu den eindrücklichsten Zeugnissen des digitalen Zeitalters.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42fa10b92dc0dc82cc2efcb699ec5507.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ami, it's time to go: Plädoyer für die Selbstbehauptung Europas by Oskar Lafontaine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ami-it-s-time-to-go-pladoyer-fur-die-selbstbehauptung-europas-by-oskar-lafontaine--65205754</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ami, it's time to go: Plädoyer für die Selbstbehauptung Europas Author: Oskar Lafontaine Narrator: Martin Wehrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 21, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Entspannungspolitik Willy Brandts ist am Ende und ein neues Zeitalter der Aufrüstung und Eskalation hat begonnen. 'Von deutschem Boden darf niemals wieder Krieg ausgehen', sagte Brandt einst - heute liefert die Bundesregierung schwere Waffen in die Ukraine und macht sich damit wieder einmal zum Vasallen der USA. In deutschen Leitmedien werden währenddessen vollkommen unkritisch die abenteuerlichen Äußerungen unserer Außenministerin, Annalena Baerbock, verbreitet, wonach deutsche Waffen in der Ukraine Menschenleben retten. Gleichzeitig kappt man die Geschäftsbeziehungen zu unserem größten Energielieferanten, verordnet nationales Frieren und stürzt uns in eine Rezession. Das Versagen der deutschen Außenpolitik ist beispiellos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205754/9783987850936.mp3" length="1477599" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ami, it's time to go: Plädoyer für die Selbstbehauptung Europas Author: Oskar Lafontaine Narrator: Martin Wehrmann Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ami, it's time to go: Plädoyer für die Selbstbehauptung Europas Author: Oskar Lafontaine Narrator: Martin Wehrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 21, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Entspannungspolitik Willy Brandts ist am Ende und ein neues Zeitalter der Aufrüstung und Eskalation hat begonnen. 'Von deutschem Boden darf niemals wieder Krieg ausgehen', sagte Brandt einst - heute liefert die Bundesregierung schwere Waffen in die Ukraine und macht sich damit wieder einmal zum Vasallen der USA. In deutschen Leitmedien werden währenddessen vollkommen unkritisch die abenteuerlichen Äußerungen unserer Außenministerin, Annalena Baerbock, verbreitet, wonach deutsche Waffen in der Ukraine Menschenleben retten. Gleichzeitig kappt man die Geschäftsbeziehungen zu unserem größten Energielieferanten, verordnet nationales Frieren und stürzt uns in eine Rezession. Das Versagen der deutschen Außenpolitik ist beispiellos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a938ff05a60b605ae039793b687fe94b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Escritos de um professor atarefado II: edição bilíngue português-espanhol by Ajamir Brito De Melo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-escritos-de-um-professor-atarefado-ii-edicao-bilingue-portugues-espanhol-by-ajamir-brito-de-melo--65205759</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Escritos de um professor atarefado II: edição bilíngue português-espanhol Author: Ajamir Brito De Melo Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  São dois artigos bem didáticos sobre a temática da legislação de Direito Internacional dos Conflitos Armados e sua aplicação em dois momentos distintos: primeiro, nos conflitos do Iraque e da Síria e no segundo momento, aqui na América do Sul, a Guerra da Tríplice Aliança (conhecida também como Guerra do Paraguai), enquanto na Europa era criada a Primeira Convenção de Genebra (A Primeira Convenção de Genebra, acordada em 1864, representou simbolicamente o nascimento do Direito Internacional Humanitário/DIH). Destaque para a versão desses artigos na língua espanhola.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473</guid><pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205759/9786525256948.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Escritos de um professor atarefado II: edição bilíngue português-espanhol Author: Ajamir Brito De Melo Narrator: Voz Sintética Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646473</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Escritos de um professor atarefado II: edição bilíngue português-espanhol Author: Ajamir Brito De Melo Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  São dois artigos bem didáticos sobre a temática da legislação de Direito Internacional dos Conflitos Armados e sua aplicação em dois momentos distintos: primeiro, nos conflitos do Iraque e da Síria e no segundo momento, aqui na América do Sul, a Guerra da Tríplice Aliança (conhecida também como Guerra do Paraguai), enquanto na Europa era criada a Primeira Convenção de Genebra (A Primeira Convenção de Genebra, acordada em 1864, representou simbolicamente o nascimento do Direito Internacional Humanitário/DIH). Destaque para a versão desses artigos na língua espanhola.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e4cf1b2e067a7cdd3536990891b6e65d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Todo lo que debes saber antes de un divorcio by Miriam Iglesias, David González</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-guiaburros-todo-lo-que-debes-saber-antes-de-un-divorcio-by-miriam-iglesias-david-gonzalez--65205720</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Todo lo que debes saber antes de un divorcio Author: Miriam Iglesias, David González Narrator: María José Bosch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Abordar un divorcio representa uno de los momentos más difíciles en la vida de una persona. Por ello, es importante afrontarlo disponiendo de la mayor y mejor información posible, especialmente en lo referido a los asuntos legales que, a veces, pueden resultar tan complicados como conflictivos. Este libro, de la mano de dos abogados experimentados, ofrece al lector una útil guía que responde a cuestiones que suscitan dudas sobre todos los aspectos más comunes, y también los menos frecuentes, que afectan a los cónyuges y que van desde los económicos hasta los que se refieren a la custodia de los hijos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445</guid><pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205720/9788419129789.mp3" length="1477609" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Todo lo que debes saber antes de un divorcio Author: Miriam Iglesias, David González Narrator: María José Bosch Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646445</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Todo lo que debes saber antes de un divorcio Author: Miriam Iglesias, David González Narrator: María José Bosch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Abordar un divorcio representa uno de los momentos más difíciles en la vida de una persona. Por ello, es importante afrontarlo disponiendo de la mayor y mejor información posible, especialmente en lo referido a los asuntos legales que, a veces, pueden resultar tan complicados como conflictivos. Este libro, de la mano de dos abogados experimentados, ofrece al lector una útil guía que responde a cuestiones que suscitan dudas sobre todos los aspectos más comunes, y también los menos frecuentes, que afectan a los cónyuges y que van desde los económicos hasta los que se refieren a la custodia de los hijos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5f209f8db821326d0322cb59b21519fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Über Tyrannei: Zwanzig Lektionen für den Widerstand by Timothy Snyder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-uber-tyrannei-zwanzig-lektionen-fur-den-widerstand-by-timothy-snyder--65205765</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Tyrannei: Zwanzig Lektionen für den Widerstand Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Ulrich Matthes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Schau nicht nur zu! Wir sind nicht klüger als die Menschen, die erlebt haben, wie überall in Europa die Demokratie unterging und Faschismus, Nationalsozialismus und Kommunismus kamen. Aber einen Vorteil haben wir. Wir können aus ihren Erfahrungen lernen. 20 Lektionen aus dem 20. Jahrhundert 1 Leiste keinen vorauseilenden Gehorsam. 2 Verteidige Institutionen. 3 Hüte dich vor dem Einparteienstaat. 4 Übernimm Verantwortung für das Antlitz der Welt. 5 Denk an deine Berufsehre. 6 Nimm dich in Acht vor Paramilitärs. 7 Sei bedächtig, wenn du eine Waffe tragen darfst. 8 Setze ein Zeichen. 9 Sei freundlich zu unserer Sprache. 10 Glaube an die Wahrheit. 11 Frage nach und überprüfe. 12 Nimm Blickkontakt auf und unterhalte dich mit anderen. 13 Praktiziere physische Politik. 14 Führe ein Privatleben. 15 Engagiere dich für einen guten Zweck. 16 Lerne von Gleichgesinnten in anderen Ländern. 17 Achte auf gefährliche Wörter. 18 Bleib ruhig, wenn das Undenkbare eintritt. 19 Sei patriotisch. 20 Sei so mutig wie möglich.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450</guid><pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205765/9783406797569.mp3" length="1477579" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Tyrannei: Zwanzig Lektionen für den Widerstand Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Ulrich Matthes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Tyrannei: Zwanzig Lektionen für den Widerstand Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Ulrich Matthes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Schau nicht nur zu! Wir sind nicht klüger als die Menschen, die erlebt haben, wie überall in Europa die Demokratie unterging und Faschismus, Nationalsozialismus und Kommunismus kamen. Aber einen Vorteil haben wir. Wir können aus ihren Erfahrungen lernen. 20 Lektionen aus dem 20. Jahrhundert 1 Leiste keinen vorauseilenden Gehorsam. 2 Verteidige Institutionen. 3 Hüte dich vor dem Einparteienstaat. 4 Übernimm Verantwortung für das Antlitz der Welt. 5 Denk an deine Berufsehre. 6 Nimm dich in Acht vor Paramilitärs. 7 Sei bedächtig, wenn du eine Waffe tragen darfst. 8 Setze ein Zeichen. 9 Sei freundlich zu unserer Sprache. 10 Glaube an die Wahrheit. 11 Frage nach und überprüfe. 12 Nimm Blickkontakt auf und unterhalte dich mit anderen. 13 Praktiziere physische Politik. 14 Führe ein Privatleben. 15 Engagiere dich für einen guten Zweck. 16 Lerne von Gleichgesinnten in anderen Ländern. 17 Achte auf gefährliche Wörter. 18 Bleib ruhig, wenn das Undenkbare eintritt. 19 Sei patriotisch. 20 Sei so mutig wie möglich.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f1d1d14fa4a2ec521e597ef8eef366f9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business zur Ehre Gottes: Die biblische Lehre über die Möglichkeit, Gott als Unternehmer zu verherrlichen by Wayne Grudem</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-zur-ehre-gottes-die-biblische-lehre-uber-die-moglichkeit-gott-als-unternehmer-zu-verherrlichen-by-wayne-grudem--65205732</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business zur Ehre Gottes: Die biblische Lehre über die Möglichkeit, Gott als Unternehmer zu verherrlichen Author: Wayne Grudem Narrator: Thomas Hamm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kann Business an sich moralisch gut und gottgefällig sein? Manchmal erscheint Business so zwielichtig - Endergebnisse werden manipuliert, Verbraucher werden getäuscht, oder jemand wird befördert, nur weil er Beziehungen hat. Wayne Grudem stellt ein neues Konzept vor: Business selbst verherrlicht Gott, wenn es auf eine Weise betrieben wird, die Gottes Charakter und Schöpfung nachahmt. Er zeigt, dass alle Aspekte des Business, einschließlich der Themen Eigentum, Gewinn, Geld, Wettbewerb sowie Kreditaufnahme und -vergabe, Gott verherrlichen, weil sie Gottes Wesen widerspiegeln. Obwohl Grudem nicht naiv ist und weiß, wie leicht diese Aktivitäten pervertiert und als Mittel zur Sünde benutzt werden können, ist er überzeugt, dass Christen die Businesswelt nicht scheuen sollten. Dieses biblisch fundierte Buch ist ein durchdachter Leitfaden zur Nachahmung Gottes im Umgang mit Kunden, Kollegen, Mitarbeitern und anderen Unternehmen. Sehen Sie, wie Ihr Business - und Ihr Leben im Business - der Ehre Gottes gewidmet werden kann.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205732/9783949998553.mp3" length="1477745" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business zur Ehre Gottes: Die biblische Lehre über die Möglichkeit, Gott als Unternehmer zu verherrlichen Author: Wayne Grudem Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business zur Ehre Gottes: Die biblische Lehre über die Möglichkeit, Gott als Unternehmer zu verherrlichen Author: Wayne Grudem Narrator: Thomas Hamm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kann Business an sich moralisch gut und gottgefällig sein? Manchmal erscheint Business so zwielichtig - Endergebnisse werden manipuliert, Verbraucher werden getäuscht, oder jemand wird befördert, nur weil er Beziehungen hat. Wayne Grudem stellt ein neues Konzept vor: Business selbst verherrlicht Gott, wenn es auf eine Weise betrieben wird, die Gottes Charakter und Schöpfung nachahmt. Er zeigt, dass alle Aspekte des Business, einschließlich der Themen Eigentum, Gewinn, Geld, Wettbewerb sowie Kreditaufnahme und -vergabe, Gott verherrlichen, weil sie Gottes Wesen widerspiegeln. Obwohl Grudem nicht naiv ist und weiß, wie leicht diese Aktivitäten pervertiert und als Mittel zur Sünde benutzt werden können, ist er überzeugt, dass Christen die Businesswelt nicht scheuen sollten. Dieses biblisch fundierte Buch ist ein durchdachter Leitfaden zur Nachahmung Gottes im Umgang mit Kunden, Kollegen, Mitarbeitern und anderen Unternehmen. Sehen Sie, wie Ihr Business - und Ihr Leben im Business - der Ehre Gottes gewidmet werden kann.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5832fe031de642200a14cc2ce6982d22.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Che Guevara Where are you When we Need You? by Geoffrey Giuliano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/che-guevara-where-are-you-when-we-need-you-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65205718</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Where are you When we Need You? Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “The revolution is not an apple that falls when it is ripe. You have to make it fall.' 'The life of a single human being is worth a million times more than all the property of the richest man on earth.' 'I am not a liberator. Liberators do not exist. The people liberate themselves.” CHE GUEVARA In this unique audio primer and celebration of the inspirational life and great work of revolutionary and social reformer Commandante Ernesto Rafael 'Che' Guevara de la Serna Lynch. Ernesto was born June 14, 1928, in Rosario, Argentina, in a family with aristocratic roots but strong socialistic ideals. In June of 1955 young Ernesto met Raul Castro. On July 8th Fidel Castro arrived in Mexico to join his brother and Ernesto. When Fidel met Che 'he was already an educated revolutionary.” Remembers Castro. The great Cuban revolution against tyranny soon followed and was won chiefly because of the dedication of the Castros and Dr. Guevara. On October 8, 1967, in the village La Higuera, Bolivia, Che, and two comrades fell into the hands of the army. A Bolivian colonel and the representatives of the CIA arrived by helicopter. It was decided to murder Che and his comrades Willy Cuba and Juan Pablo Chang immediately. A nervous, young low-level Bolivian soldier did the job, Che, the icon and hero of all hearts and minds, however, live forever!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205718/9798887675169.mp3" length="2437206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Where are you When we Need You? Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Where are you When we Need You? Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “The revolution is not an apple that falls when it is ripe. You have to make it fall.' 'The life of a single human being is worth a million times more than all the property of the richest man on earth.' 'I am not a liberator. Liberators do not exist. The people liberate themselves.” CHE GUEVARA In this unique audio primer and celebration of the inspirational life and great work of revolutionary and social reformer Commandante Ernesto Rafael 'Che' Guevara de la Serna Lynch. Ernesto was born June 14, 1928, in Rosario, Argentina, in a family with aristocratic roots but strong socialistic ideals. In June of 1955 young Ernesto met Raul Castro. On July 8th Fidel Castro arrived in Mexico to join his brother and Ernesto. When Fidel met Che 'he was already an educated revolutionary.” Remembers Castro. The great Cuban revolution against tyranny soon followed and was won chiefly because of the dedication of the Castros and Dr. Guevara. On October 8, 1967, in the village La Higuera, Bolivia, Che, and two comrades fell into the hands of the army. A Bolivian colonel and the representatives of the CIA arrived by helicopter. It was decided to murder Che and his comrades Willy Cuba and Juan Pablo Chang immediately. A nervous, young low-level Bolivian soldier did the job, Che, the icon and hero of all hearts and minds, however, live forever!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a3ddeb201a2579af88af453ba8e377b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Imperialism by Vladimir Lenin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/imperialism-by-vladimir-lenin--65205729</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperialism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Written in 1916 against the backdrop of the First World War, Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism explains the flaws and power of capitalism, which inevitably lead to monopolies, imperialism and colonialism. Lenin develops Marx's theories of political economy, which had been put forward 50 years earlier in Das Kapital. He goes on to argue that imperialism is the most advanced state of capitalism, characterised by the domination of monopolies on an international scale, with the export of capital leading to the big imperialist powers carving up the world. More than a century later, Imperialism remains highly relevant in understanding the historical background to the strategies of many of today's major nations.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472</guid><pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205729/9781781984444.mp3" length="1477497" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperialism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647472</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imperialism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Written in 1916 against the backdrop of the First World War, Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism explains the flaws and power of capitalism, which inevitably lead to monopolies, imperialism and colonialism. Lenin develops Marx's theories of political economy, which had been put forward 50 years earlier in Das Kapital. He goes on to argue that imperialism is the most advanced state of capitalism, characterised by the domination of monopolies on an international scale, with the export of capital leading to the big imperialist powers carving up the world. More than a century later, Imperialism remains highly relevant in understanding the historical background to the strategies of many of today's major nations.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6b89aada9e3b120a058078b719c9ca01.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Everything is wrong by Richard Salahpour</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-is-wrong-by-richard-salahpour--65205779</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Explore the deepest part of your mind and create your reality.  Discover how far can you go down into the rabbit hole. What if you find out everything that you have learned and taught is wrong? Do you want to know it? What would you do? Will you ignore it? Do you dare to recognize it? Do you have the power to accept it? This book will change your entire life forever. Understand this book and live in Heaven every moment of your life on earth. DARE?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232</guid><pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205779/9798823431439.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is wrong Author: Richard Salahpour Narrator: Stephen Torry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Explore the deepest part of your mind and create your reality.  Discover how far can you go down into the rabbit hole. What if you find out everything that you have learned and taught is wrong? Do you want to know it? What would you do? Will you ignore it? Do you dare to recognize it? Do you have the power to accept it? This book will change your entire life forever. Understand this book and live in Heaven every moment of your life on earth. DARE?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0274c174e0e66184a698c8aee2e937f4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Reise ins Reich - Unter Rechtsextremisten, Reichsbürgern und anderen Verschwörungstheoretikern (ungekürzt) by Tobias Ginsburg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-reise-ins-reich-unter-rechtsextremisten-reichsburgern-und-anderen-verschworungstheoretikern-ungekurzt-by-tobias-ginsburg--65205741</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reise ins Reich - Unter Rechtsextremisten, Reichsbürgern und anderen Verschwörungstheoretikern (ungekürzt) Author: Tobias Ginsburg Narrator: Tobias Ginsburg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acht Monate lang tauchte Tobias Ginsburg inkognito in die Szene der 'Reichsbürger' und rechten Verschwörungstheoretiker ein. Er baute sich eine Scheinidentität im Netz auf und bewegte sich unter AfD-Politikern, gewaltbereiten Neonazis und friedensbewegten Esoterikern in Braun, Sektierern und Systemumstürzlern. Sein Buch ist ein ebenso erschütternder wie komischer Streifzug durch eine Welt böser Verführer und verführter Irregeleiteter, das zugleich einen neuen, literarischen Ton in die investigative Reportage einführt. Ein ungewöhnliches Enthüllungsbuch. Es erscheint hier in einer aktualisierten, überarbeiteten und um neue Kapitel erweiterten Fassung.  'Ginsburg begegnet - und das ist eine große Leistung - den Menschen auf seiner Reise eher mit Neugier denn mit Abneigung.' - Süddeutsche Zeitung.  'Ein irrwitzig-wahnsinnig-komisches Buch. Tobias Ginsburg erzählt als Literat und Aufklärer von dieser wahrhaft bedrohlichen Szene.' - Günter Wallraff.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993</guid><pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205741/4066004519258.mp3" length="1477703" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reise ins Reich - Unter Rechtsextremisten, Reichsbürgern und anderen Verschwörungstheoretikern (ungekürzt) Author: Tobias Ginsburg...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645993</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Reise ins Reich - Unter Rechtsextremisten, Reichsbürgern und anderen Verschwörungstheoretikern (ungekürzt) Author: Tobias Ginsburg Narrator: Tobias Ginsburg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Acht Monate lang tauchte Tobias Ginsburg inkognito in die Szene der 'Reichsbürger' und rechten Verschwörungstheoretiker ein. Er baute sich eine Scheinidentität im Netz auf und bewegte sich unter AfD-Politikern, gewaltbereiten Neonazis und friedensbewegten Esoterikern in Braun, Sektierern und Systemumstürzlern. Sein Buch ist ein ebenso erschütternder wie komischer Streifzug durch eine Welt böser Verführer und verführter Irregeleiteter, das zugleich einen neuen, literarischen Ton in die investigative Reportage einführt. Ein ungewöhnliches Enthüllungsbuch. Es erscheint hier in einer aktualisierten, überarbeiteten und um neue Kapitel erweiterten Fassung.  'Ginsburg begegnet - und das ist eine große Leistung - den Menschen auf seiner Reise eher mit Neugier denn mit Abneigung.' - Süddeutsche Zeitung.  'Ein irrwitzig-wahnsinnig-komisches Buch. Tobias Ginsburg erzählt als Literat und Aufklärer von dieser wahrhaft bedrohlichen Szene.' - Günter Wallraff.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgern,rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/92adedfcbacbe77ead013c3d2640fdb8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trust Signals by Scott Baradell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trust-signals-by-scott-baradell--65205804</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Signals Author: Scott Baradell Narrator: Jay Aaseng Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is a trust signal? Let’s say you’re interested in a book you aren’t familiar with—this book, for example.  Before you buy it, you wonder, “Can I trust this author?” Can you trust that their book will be worth your money and your time? The author, in turn, tries to prove their trustworthiness in a number of ways: An accomplished and relevant biography Glowing praise from well-known people on the cover Five-star reviews on Amazon Acclaim on social media by people you follow Coverage in news media outlets you know and respect These are examples of trust signals, the points of evidence that individuals, companies, and brands use to win one another’s trust. Mastering these signals is the single best way to build, grow, and protect your brand in today’s post-truth world—where trust is the most precious commodity of all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211</guid><pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205804/9781544536620.mp3" length="2437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Signals Author: Scott Baradell Narrator: Jay Aaseng Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645211</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Signals Author: Scott Baradell Narrator: Jay Aaseng Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is a trust signal? Let’s say you’re interested in a book you aren’t familiar with—this book, for example.  Before you buy it, you wonder, “Can I trust this author?” Can you trust that their book will be worth your money and your time? The author, in turn, tries to prove their trustworthiness in a number of ways: An accomplished and relevant biography Glowing praise from well-known people on the cover Five-star reviews on Amazon Acclaim on social media by people you follow Coverage in news media outlets you know and respect These are examples of trust signals, the points of evidence that individuals, companies, and brands use to win one another’s trust. Mastering these signals is the single best way to build, grow, and protect your brand in today’s post-truth world—where trust is the most precious commodity of all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/82dcee81c2ce53e8ceae39070b5bbf00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Acesso à Justiça: mecanismos de solução de conflitos e sustentabilidade responsiva by Lídia Ribas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-acesso-a-justica-mecanismos-de-solucao-de-conflitos-e-sustentabilidade-responsiva-by-lidia-ribas--65205801</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à Justiça: mecanismos de solução de conflitos e sustentabilidade responsiva Author: Lídia Ribas Narrator: Equipe Multcast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: November  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O contencioso no Brasil afigura-se cada vez como um gigante que é retroalimentado pelas novas demandas que surgem em virtude de uma cultura de litigiosidade arraigada na sociedade como um todo. O conflito é parte do cotidiano e deve ser considerado não como algo negativo, mas como instrumento para aperfeiçoar as relações interpessoais. É com este objetivo que a presente obra foi organizada, como ferramenta para a construção de uma cultura de pacificação, na busca por uma ordem jurídica justa. O acesso à justiça foi analisado sob uma perspectiva multidisciplinar, visando tanto a prevenção como a solução do conflito, e buscando fomentar novas reflexões na busca por mecanismos sustentáveis na solução de controvérsias. A prevenção do conflito passa por uma mudança de cultura, o que se obtém pelo estímulo a uma postura de corresponsabilidade dos litigantes, numa visão democrática da solução do conflito. Para tanto, há a necessidade de uma abordagem multidisciplinar, valendo-se de instrumentos como a psicologia, para o entendimento das relações interpessoais causadoras dos litígios, e a educação fiscal, como forma de conscientização da importância dos recursos públicos na manutenção e fortalecimento do Estado. Alternativas advindas do direito comparado, como a arbitragem tributária, e uma nova abordagem sob a perspectiva do consensualismo são tendências na busca por mecanismos sustentáveis responsivos na solução de litígios.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449</guid><pubDate>Wed, 09 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205801/9786525239767.mp3" length="1477619" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à Justiça: mecanismos de solução de conflitos e sustentabilidade responsiva Author: Lídia Ribas Narrator: Equipe Multcast Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643449</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Acesso à Justiça: mecanismos de solução de conflitos e sustentabilidade responsiva Author: Lídia Ribas Narrator: Equipe Multcast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: November  9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O contencioso no Brasil afigura-se cada vez como um gigante que é retroalimentado pelas novas demandas que surgem em virtude de uma cultura de litigiosidade arraigada na sociedade como um todo. O conflito é parte do cotidiano e deve ser considerado não como algo negativo, mas como instrumento para aperfeiçoar as relações interpessoais. É com este objetivo que a presente obra foi organizada, como ferramenta para a construção de uma cultura de pacificação, na busca por uma ordem jurídica justa. O acesso à justiça foi analisado sob uma perspectiva multidisciplinar, visando tanto a prevenção como a solução do conflito, e buscando fomentar novas reflexões na busca por mecanismos sustentáveis na solução de controvérsias. A prevenção do conflito passa por uma mudança de cultura, o que se obtém pelo estímulo a uma postura de corresponsabilidade dos litigantes, numa visão democrática da solução do conflito. Para tanto, há a necessidade de uma abordagem multidisciplinar, valendo-se de instrumentos como a psicologia, para o entendimento das relações interpessoais causadoras dos litígios, e a educação fiscal, como forma de conscientização da importância dos recursos públicos na manutenção e fortalecimento do Estado. Alternativas advindas do direito comparado, como a arbitragem tributária, e uma nova abordagem sob a perspectiva do consensualismo são tendências na busca por mecanismos sustentáveis responsivos na solução de litígios.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7c83f51783d18792f51fef26f4bf39a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Staatskunst: Sechs Lektionen für das 21. Jahrhundert by Henry A. Kissinger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-staatskunst-sechs-lektionen-fur-das-21-jahrhundert-by-henry-a-kissinger--65205758</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Staatskunst: Sechs Lektionen für das 21. Jahrhundert Author: Henry A. Kissinger Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 43 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Vermächtnis eines Jahrhundertpolitikers Henry Kissinger, Jahrhundertpolitiker und Friedensnobelpreisträger, Meister der Diplomatie und politischer Stratege, zeigt in diesem Alterswerk, was Staatskunst in Zeiten von Krise und Umbruch auszeichnet.  Am Beispiel von sechs Staatenlenkern, denen er persönlich verbunden war - Konrad Adenauer und Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon und Anwar el-Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew und Margaret Thatcher -, führt er uns vor, wie aus dem Zusammenspiel von Strategie, Mut und Charakter politische Führung erwächst. Und was wir heute, angesichts wiederaufflammender Großmachtkonflikte, von ihrer Staatskunst lernen können. Ein beeindruckendes Vermächtnis, zeitlos und zugleich hochaktuell. Inhalt u.a.: Klassische Beispiele für Führung: der Staatsmann und der Prophet Konrad Adenauer: Die Strategie der Demut • Charles de Gaulle: Die Strategie des Willens • Richard Nixon: Die Strategie des Gleichgewichts • Anwar el-Sadat: Die Strategie der Überwindung • Lee Kuan Yew: Die Strategie der Spitzenleistung • Margaret Thatcher: Die Strategie der Überzeugung • Die Evolution politischer Führung]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205758/9783863525811.mp3" length="1477593" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Staatskunst: Sechs Lektionen für das 21. Jahrhundert Author: Henry A. Kissinger Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Staatskunst: Sechs Lektionen für das 21. Jahrhundert Author: Henry A. Kissinger Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 43 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Vermächtnis eines Jahrhundertpolitikers Henry Kissinger, Jahrhundertpolitiker und Friedensnobelpreisträger, Meister der Diplomatie und politischer Stratege, zeigt in diesem Alterswerk, was Staatskunst in Zeiten von Krise und Umbruch auszeichnet.  Am Beispiel von sechs Staatenlenkern, denen er persönlich verbunden war - Konrad Adenauer und Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon und Anwar el-Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew und Margaret Thatcher -, führt er uns vor, wie aus dem Zusammenspiel von Strategie, Mut und Charakter politische Führung erwächst. Und was wir heute, angesichts wiederaufflammender Großmachtkonflikte, von ihrer Staatskunst lernen können. Ein beeindruckendes Vermächtnis, zeitlos und zugleich hochaktuell. Inhalt u.a.: Klassische Beispiele für Führung: der Staatsmann und der Prophet Konrad Adenauer: Die Strategie der Demut • Charles de Gaulle: Die Strategie des Willens • Richard Nixon: Die Strategie des Gleichgewichts • Anwar el-Sadat: Die Strategie der Überwindung • Lee Kuan Yew: Die Strategie der Spitzenleistung • Margaret Thatcher: Die Strategie der Überzeugung • Die Evolution politischer Führung]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6dfd320e03fe255c4c1868993f441104.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die gespaltene Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Jürgen Kaube, André Kieserling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-gespaltene-gesellschaft-ungekurzte-lesung-by-jurgen-kaube-andre-kieserling--65205763</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die gespaltene Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Jürgen Kaube, André Kieserling Narrator: Frank Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November  4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ob Arm gegen Reich, Ost gegen West, Land gegen Stadt, Jung gegen Alt oder der anhaltende Streit über Identitäts-, Glaubens- oder Genderfragen: Die gesellschaftliche Spaltung erscheint als ein Signum unserer Zeit. Kaum ein Tag vergeht, an dem nicht in Talkshows und Zeitungen gefragt wird, was unsere Gesellschaft - noch - zusammenhält.  Jürgen Kaube und André Kieserling gehen dieser Diagnose auf den Grund: Schrumpft die Mittelschicht wirklich, und wie stellt man überhaupt fest, wer zu ihr gehört? Wenn das islamisch dominierte Viertel in Berlin-Neukölln eine Parallelgesellschaft ist, muss dann nicht auch das Villenviertel im Grunewald so bezeichnet werden? Waren frühere Gesellschaften tatsächlich stärker integriert, oder herrschten dort nur andere Konflikte und Ungerechtigkeiten? Die Gesellschaft, so kann man sagen, besteht wesentlich aus Ungleichheiten; gefährlich aber wird es, wenn Ungleichheit zu immer stärkerer Polarisierung, zu einem permanenten Gegeneinander führt. Was also ist nur mediales Gerede, und wo drohen echte Zerreißproben? Jürgen Kaube und André Kieserling sorgen in einer unübersichtlichen Lage für Orientierung - und liefern nichts weniger als eine schlüssige Deutung unserer gesellschaftlichen Gegenwart. Gelesen von Frank Arnold.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703</guid><pubDate>Fri, 04 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205763/9783732407491.mp3" length="1477659" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die gespaltene Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Jürgen Kaube, André Kieserling Narrator: Frank Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/645703</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die gespaltene Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Jürgen Kaube, André Kieserling Narrator: Frank Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November  4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ob Arm gegen Reich, Ost gegen West, Land gegen Stadt, Jung gegen Alt oder der anhaltende Streit über Identitäts-, Glaubens- oder Genderfragen: Die gesellschaftliche Spaltung erscheint als ein Signum unserer Zeit. Kaum ein Tag vergeht, an dem nicht in Talkshows und Zeitungen gefragt wird, was unsere Gesellschaft - noch - zusammenhält.  Jürgen Kaube und André Kieserling gehen dieser Diagnose auf den Grund: Schrumpft die Mittelschicht wirklich, und wie stellt man überhaupt fest, wer zu ihr gehört? Wenn das islamisch dominierte Viertel in Berlin-Neukölln eine Parallelgesellschaft ist, muss dann nicht auch das Villenviertel im Grunewald so bezeichnet werden? Waren frühere Gesellschaften tatsächlich stärker integriert, oder herrschten dort nur andere Konflikte und Ungerechtigkeiten? Die Gesellschaft, so kann man sagen, besteht wesentlich aus Ungleichheiten; gefährlich aber wird es, wenn Ungleichheit zu immer stärkerer Polarisierung, zu einem permanenten Gegeneinander führt. Was also ist nur mediales Gerede, und wo drohen echte Zerreißproben? Jürgen Kaube und André Kieserling sorgen in einer unübersichtlichen Lage für Orientierung - und liefern nichts weniger als eine schlüssige Deutung unserer gesellschaftlichen Gegenwart. Gelesen von Frank Arnold.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgen,rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/36d3cb7b27b96c93688e26801987167f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - As interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas danosas e seus reflexos no processo civil by José Antonio De Faria Martos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-as-interceptacoes-telefonicas-e-telematicas-danosas-e-seus-reflexos-no-processo-civil-by-jose-antonio-de-faria-martos--65205806</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas danosas e seus reflexos no processo civil Author: José Antonio De Faria Martos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro, que agora honra-nos colocar à disposição de todos, é fruto de investigação científica realizada por ocasião do Curso de Doutorado realizado na FADISP – e sob a orientação do eminente professor Dr. Eduardo Arruda Alvim. O objetivo da investigação científica foi enfrentar o tema das interceptações nas comunicações telefônicas e telemáticas, demonstrando os reflexos no processo civil. Com relação à interceptação telefônica ou telemática, cujo resultado é infrutífero, temos uma situação extremamente grave que necessita de disciplina legislativa em caráter de urgência. As pessoas alcançadas pela interceptação jamais ficam sabendo que foram investigadas ou interceptadas porque não há previsão legal que obrigue as autoridades a passar essa informação. Essa condição tem ensejado interceptações indevidas e abusivas, desviadas do propósito da lei. Aspectos como a tecnovigilância e as várias modalidades de sigilo nas comunicações, de conversas, de bilhetagem, de dados sensíveis, de registros de mensagens tipo torpedo, SMS ou de aplicativos como o WhatsApp, da agenda em aparelhos celulares, de registros de e-mail e da geolocalização do telefone celular, são trazidos na obra. As reflexões sobre as interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas causadoras de danos e seus reflexos no processo civil permitem concluir a necessidade de responsabilização daqueles que delas abusam, principalmente com relação às infrutíferas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205806/9786525259093.mp3" length="1477655" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas danosas e seus reflexos no processo civil Author: José Antonio De Faria Martos Narrator: Voz...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642043</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas danosas e seus reflexos no processo civil Author: José Antonio De Faria Martos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro, que agora honra-nos colocar à disposição de todos, é fruto de investigação científica realizada por ocasião do Curso de Doutorado realizado na FADISP – e sob a orientação do eminente professor Dr. Eduardo Arruda Alvim. O objetivo da investigação científica foi enfrentar o tema das interceptações nas comunicações telefônicas e telemáticas, demonstrando os reflexos no processo civil. Com relação à interceptação telefônica ou telemática, cujo resultado é infrutífero, temos uma situação extremamente grave que necessita de disciplina legislativa em caráter de urgência. As pessoas alcançadas pela interceptação jamais ficam sabendo que foram investigadas ou interceptadas porque não há previsão legal que obrigue as autoridades a passar essa informação. Essa condição tem ensejado interceptações indevidas e abusivas, desviadas do propósito da lei. Aspectos como a tecnovigilância e as várias modalidades de sigilo nas comunicações, de conversas, de bilhetagem, de dados sensíveis, de registros de mensagens tipo torpedo, SMS ou de aplicativos como o WhatsApp, da agenda em aparelhos celulares, de registros de e-mail e da geolocalização do telefone celular, são trazidos na obra. As reflexões sobre as interceptações telefônicas e telemáticas causadoras de danos e seus reflexos no processo civil permitem concluir a necessidade de responsabilização daqueles que delas abusam, principalmente com relação às infrutíferas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a583ab381234ecfa3c8507fc3b031919.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Kampf der Supermächte: Amerika und China auf Konfrontationskurs by Elmar Theveßen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-kampf-der-supermachte-amerika-und-china-auf-konfrontationskurs-by-elmar-thevessen--65205791</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Supermächte: Amerika und China auf Konfrontationskurs Author: Elmar Theveßen Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 6 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Joe Biden richtet die USA auf einen großen Konflikt mit China aus, es geht um nicht weniger als um die Vorherrschaft in der Welt. Das Buch analysiert den Wettlauf der Weltmächte, der sich durch die Ukraine-Krise dramatisch verschärft hat und in einen viel schlimmeren Krieg ausarten kann. Die alte politische und wirtschaftliche Ordnung der Welt wird vom autoritären Regime in Peking angegriffen und droht zu zerbrechen. Mit welchen Maßnahmen wollen die USA am Ende die Nase vorn haben bei Wirtschaft und Technologie, in Kultur und Bildung, im Militär? Bleibt die NATO so geschlossen wie im Konflikt mit Russland? Entscheiden sich die Europäer auch im Ringen mit China gegen Autoritarismus und für Demokratie? Der Experte für internationale Politik liefert eine tiefgehende Analyse der Auseinandersetzung, die das 21. Jahrhundert prägen wird.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205791/9783863525910.mp3" length="1477619" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Supermächte: Amerika und China auf Konfrontationskurs Author: Elmar Theveßen Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Supermächte: Amerika und China auf Konfrontationskurs Author: Elmar Theveßen Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 6 minutes Release date: November  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Joe Biden richtet die USA auf einen großen Konflikt mit China aus, es geht um nicht weniger als um die Vorherrschaft in der Welt. Das Buch analysiert den Wettlauf der Weltmächte, der sich durch die Ukraine-Krise dramatisch verschärft hat und in einen viel schlimmeren Krieg ausarten kann. Die alte politische und wirtschaftliche Ordnung der Welt wird vom autoritären Regime in Peking angegriffen und droht zu zerbrechen. Mit welchen Maßnahmen wollen die USA am Ende die Nase vorn haben bei Wirtschaft und Technologie, in Kultur und Bildung, im Militär? Bleibt die NATO so geschlossen wie im Konflikt mit Russland? Entscheiden sich die Europäer auch im Ringen mit China gegen Autoritarismus und für Demokratie? Der Experte für internationale Politik liefert eine tiefgehende Analyse der Auseinandersetzung, die das 21. Jahrhundert prägen wird.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/334bbf6bc3123242d5c98d81f9182e30.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Harold der Clown-Schneemann und sein Zauberbesen: Ein magisches Weihnachtsmärchen by Ev Beier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-harold-der-clown-schneemann-und-sein-zauberbesen-ein-magisches-weihnachtsmarchen-by-ev-beier--65205785</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Harold der Clown-Schneemann und sein Zauberbesen: Ein magisches Weihnachtsmärchen Author: Ev Beier Narrator: Cornelius Buschbeck, Ev Beier, Santiago Ziesmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Harold der Clown-Schneemann' ist ein neues magisches Winter-Weihnachts-Märchen, das traumhaft unterhaltsam erzählt und gespielt wird, untermalt mit schöner Musik und atmosphärischen Sounds. Auf wunderbare Weise treffen die Kinder, Will und Sara, den fröhlichen Clown-Schneemann Harold und seine Freunde. Mit seinem Zauberbesen kann Harold die wahren Wünsche von Kindern erfüllen. Als die Waldhexe ihn stiehlt, nimmt ein spannendes Abenteuer seinen Lauf. Bei ihrer Suche helfen den Kindern verschiedenste Bewohner des Waldes. Werden sie Harolds magischen Besen wohl zurück bekommen? Und werden die Kinder auch ihr eigenes Weihnachtsglück finden? Die Geschichte zeigt den Weg einer wunderbaren Freundschaft, die Heldenhaftes möglich macht! Das Hörspiel ist in 11 überschaubare Kapitel bzw. Tracks unterteilt, die sich gut auch vor dem Schlafengehen anhören lassen. Die Sprecher sind Cornelius Buschbeck, Santiago Ziesmer (Spongebob) und Ev Beier. Bonus: Harolds Lied 'Let's dance in the snowy night' bzw. 'Lass uns tanzen im Zauber der Nacht']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982</guid><pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205785/4067248085950.mp3" length="1477673" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Harold der Clown-Schneemann und sein Zauberbesen: Ein magisches Weihnachtsmärchen Author: Ev Beier Narrator: Cornelius Buschbeck, Ev Beier,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640982</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Harold der Clown-Schneemann und sein Zauberbesen: Ein magisches Weihnachtsmärchen Author: Ev Beier Narrator: Cornelius Buschbeck, Ev Beier, Santiago Ziesmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Harold der Clown-Schneemann' ist ein neues magisches Winter-Weihnachts-Märchen, das traumhaft unterhaltsam erzählt und gespielt wird, untermalt mit schöner Musik und atmosphärischen Sounds. Auf wunderbare Weise treffen die Kinder, Will und Sara, den fröhlichen Clown-Schneemann Harold und seine Freunde. Mit seinem Zauberbesen kann Harold die wahren Wünsche von Kindern erfüllen. Als die Waldhexe ihn stiehlt, nimmt ein spannendes Abenteuer seinen Lauf. Bei ihrer Suche helfen den Kindern verschiedenste Bewohner des Waldes. Werden sie Harolds magischen Besen wohl zurück bekommen? Und werden die Kinder auch ihr eigenes Weihnachtsglück finden? Die Geschichte zeigt den Weg einer wunderbaren Freundschaft, die Heldenhaftes möglich macht! Das Hörspiel ist in 11 überschaubare Kapitel bzw. Tracks unterteilt, die sich gut auch vor dem Schlafengehen anhören lassen. Die Sprecher sind Cornelius Buschbeck, Santiago Ziesmer (Spongebob) und Ev Beier. Bonus: Harolds Lied 'Let's dance in the snowy night' bzw. 'Lass uns tanzen im Zauber der Nacht']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/479127b43747ca0fcf42e14dc6fecd08.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Endspiel des Kapitalismus - Wie die Konzerne die Macht übernahmen und wie wir sie uns zurückholen (Ungekürzt) by Norbert Häring</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-endspiel-des-kapitalismus-wie-die-konzerne-die-macht-ubernahmen-und-wie-wir-sie-uns-zuruckholen-ungekurzt-by-norbert-haring--65205731</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspiel des Kapitalismus - Wie die Konzerne die Macht übernahmen und wie wir sie uns zurückholen (Ungekürzt) Author: Norbert Häring Narrator: Olaf Pessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Millionen Menschen haben ihren Job verloren. Doch der Aktienmarkt boomt. Hunderttausende Mittelständler sind in finanzielle Not geraten. Doch der DAX erreicht Rekordwerte. In unserem Wirtschaftssystem läuft etwas gewaltig schief - und es wird noch schlimmer kommen, wenn wir nicht endlich den Hebel umlegen. Norbert Häring zeigt, wie einflussreiche Unternehmen die Corona-Krise nutzen, um ihre Macht zu zementieren und eine lang geplante Agenda zur digitalen Kontrolle umsetzen. Zeit für ein neues System, das allen dient, nicht einer kleinen Elite.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815</guid><pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205731/4066004503677.mp3" length="1477755" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspiel des Kapitalismus - Wie die Konzerne die Macht übernahmen und wie wir sie uns zurückholen (Ungekürzt) Author: Norbert Häring...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647815</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspiel des Kapitalismus - Wie die Konzerne die Macht übernahmen und wie wir sie uns zurückholen (Ungekürzt) Author: Norbert Häring Narrator: Olaf Pessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Millionen Menschen haben ihren Job verloren. Doch der Aktienmarkt boomt. Hunderttausende Mittelständler sind in finanzielle Not geraten. Doch der DAX erreicht Rekordwerte. In unserem Wirtschaftssystem läuft etwas gewaltig schief - und es wird noch schlimmer kommen, wenn wir nicht endlich den Hebel umlegen. Norbert Häring zeigt, wie einflussreiche Unternehmen die Corona-Krise nutzen, um ihre Macht zu zementieren und eine lang geplante Agenda zur digitalen Kontrolle umsetzen. Zeit für ein neues System, das allen dient, nicht einer kleinen Elite.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>bernahmen,ckholen,rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ecbe5a96a60d2a375d7a5249e2ff9014.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Lady Susan's - Sommergeschichten by Lady Susan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-lady-susan-s-sommergeschichten-by-lady-susan--65205790</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lady Susan's - Sommergeschichten Author: Lady Susan Narrator: Lady Susan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lady Susan liest ihre eigenen Geschichten für Groß und Klein, für Jung und Alt. Diese Sommergeschichten sind Teil einer Reihe von Geschichten für jede Jahreszeit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205790/4067248097458.mp3" length="1477525" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lady Susan's - Sommergeschichten Author: Lady Susan Narrator: Lady Susan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642060</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lady Susan's - Sommergeschichten Author: Lady Susan Narrator: Lady Susan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lady Susan liest ihre eigenen Geschichten für Groß und Klein, für Jung und Alt. Diese Sommergeschichten sind Teil einer Reihe von Geschichten für jede Jahreszeit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e328eaf6ca9a0826ecec25686cbf2c25.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blocking Public Participation: The Use of Strategic Litigation to Silence Political Expression by Byron Sheldrick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blocking-public-participation-the-use-of-strategic-litigation-to-silence-political-expression-by-byron-sheldrick--65205637</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blocking Public Participation: The Use of Strategic Litigation to Silence Political Expression Author: Byron Sheldrick Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Strategic litigation against public participation (SLAPP) involves lawsuits brought by individuals, corporations, groups, or politicians to curtail political activism and expression. An increasingly large part of the political landscape in Canada, they are often launched against those protesting, boycotting, or participating in some form of political activism. A common feature of SLAPPs is that their intention is rarely to win the case or secure a remedy; rather, the suit is brought to create a chill on political expression. Blocking Public Participation examines the different types of litigation and causes of action that frequently form the basis of SLAPPs, and how these lawsuits transform political disputes into legal cases, thereby blocking political engagement. The resource imbalance between plaintiffs and defendants allows plaintiffs to tie up defendants in complex and costly legal processes. The book also examines the dangers SLAPPs pose to political expression and to the quality and integrity of our democratic political institutions. Finally, the book examines the need to regulate SLAPPs in Canada and assesses various regulatory proposals. In Canada, considerable attention has been paid to the “legalization of politics” and the impact on the Charter in diverting political activism into the judicial arena. SLAPPs, however, are an under-studied element of this process, and in their obstruction of political engagement through recourse to the courts they have profound implications for democratic practice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661</guid><pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205637/9781771125789.mp3" length="2437271" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blocking Public Participation: The Use of Strategic Litigation to Silence Political Expression Author: Byron Sheldrick Narrator: Miles Meili Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blocking Public Participation: The Use of Strategic Litigation to Silence Political Expression Author: Byron Sheldrick Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Strategic litigation against public participation (SLAPP) involves lawsuits brought by individuals, corporations, groups, or politicians to curtail political activism and expression. An increasingly large part of the political landscape in Canada, they are often launched against those protesting, boycotting, or participating in some form of political activism. A common feature of SLAPPs is that their intention is rarely to win the case or secure a remedy; rather, the suit is brought to create a chill on political expression. Blocking Public Participation examines the different types of litigation and causes of action that frequently form the basis of SLAPPs, and how these lawsuits transform political disputes into legal cases, thereby blocking political engagement. The resource imbalance between plaintiffs and defendants allows plaintiffs to tie up defendants in complex and costly legal processes. The book also examines the dangers SLAPPs pose to political expression and to the quality and integrity of our democratic political institutions. Finally, the book examines the need to regulate SLAPPs in Canada and assesses various regulatory proposals. In Canada, considerable attention has been paid to the “legalization of politics” and the impact on the Charter in diverting political activism into the judicial arena. SLAPPs, however, are an under-studied element of this process, and in their obstruction of political engagement through recourse to the courts they have profound implications for democratic practice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/75d329a7e0cae487ed58cbe5c5b904e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Quaking of America by Resmaa Menakem</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-quaking-of-america-by-resmaa-menakem--65205622</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling author of MY GRANDMOTHER'S HANDS surveys America's deteriorating democracy and offers embodied practices to help us protect ourselves and our country.  In THE QUAKING OF AMERICA, therapist and trauma specialist Resmaa Menakem takes readers through somatic processes addressing the growing threat of white-supremacist political violence. Through the coordinated repetition of lies, anti-democratic elements in American society are working to incite mass radicalization, widespread chaos, and a collective trauma response in tens of millions of American bodies. Currently, most of us are utterly unprepared for this potential mayhem. This book can help prepare us—and possibly prevent further destruction. This preparation focuses not on strategy or politics, but on practices that can help us Build presence and discernment in our bodies Settle our bodies during the heat of conflict Maintain our safety, sanity, and stability in dangerous situations Heal our personal and collective racialized trauma Practice embodied social action Turn toward instead of on one another THE QUAKING OF AMERICA is a unique and perfectly timed guide to help us navigate our widespread upheaval and build an antiracist culture. 'Resmaa Menakem is one of our country's most gifted racial healers. His brilliant new book could not be more timely.'—Michael Eric Dyson, author of Entertaining Race and Long Time Coming 'Resmaa Menakem is a visionary, and his work is absolutely essential for antiracist practice.”—Robin DiAngelo, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of White Fragility and Nice Racism]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205622/9798823436014.mp3" length="2437250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestselling author of MY GRANDMOTHER'S HANDS surveys America's deteriorating democracy and offers embodied practices to help us protect ourselves and our country.  In THE QUAKING OF AMERICA, therapist and trauma specialist Resmaa Menakem takes readers through somatic processes addressing the growing threat of white-supremacist political violence. Through the coordinated repetition of lies, anti-democratic elements in American society are working to incite mass radicalization, widespread chaos, and a collective trauma response in tens of millions of American bodies. Currently, most of us are utterly unprepared for this potential mayhem. This book can help prepare us—and possibly prevent further destruction. This preparation focuses not on strategy or politics, but on practices that can help us Build presence and discernment in our bodies Settle our bodies during the heat of conflict Maintain our safety, sanity, and stability in dangerous situations Heal our personal and collective racialized trauma Practice embodied social action Turn toward instead of on one another THE QUAKING OF AMERICA is a unique and perfectly timed guide to help us navigate our widespread upheaval and build an antiracist culture. 'Resmaa Menakem is one of our country's most gifted racial healers. His brilliant new book could not be more timely.'—Michael Eric Dyson, author of Entertaining Race and Long Time Coming 'Resmaa Menakem is a visionary, and his work is absolutely essential for antiracist practice.”—Robin DiAngelo, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of White Fragility and Nice Racism]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf40f774f0f0c99ccd20e8e95e9bbfe1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Amerikas Gotteskrieger - Wie die Religiöse Rechte die Demokratie gefährdet (ungekürzt) by Annika Brockschmidt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-amerikas-gotteskrieger-wie-die-religiose-rechte-die-demokratie-gefahrdet-ungekurzt-by-annika-brockschmidt--65205794</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Amerikas Gotteskrieger - Wie die Religiöse Rechte die Demokratie gefährdet (ungekürzt) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Maja Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der SPIEGEL-Bestseller jetzt als Hörbuch: Sie lehnen alles Staatliche ab, propagieren 'White-Supremacy', kämpfen gegen Abtreibung, befürworten erzkonservative Geschlechterrollen und wähnen sich im Krieg gegen satanische Mächte: die Religiöse Rechte in den USA. Seit Jahrzehnten baut diese Bewegung ihre landesweite Infrastruktur aus Organisationen und Medienimperien immer weiter auf, unter der Regierung Trump konnten zahlreiche ihrer Vertreter Posten im Weißen Haus und in den Gerichten besetzen. Annika Brockschmidt geht der Geschichte der heutigen Religiösen Rechten in den USA von den 1960er Jahren bis heute nach und entfaltet das Spektrum einer vielschichtigen Gruppierung, die mittlerweile über Sieg und Niederlage bei Präsidentschaftswahlen entscheiden kann - und den Ton in einer der beiden großen Parteien des Landes angibt. Sie deckt ihre politische Agenda auf und zeigt, wie Geschichtsrevisionismus, Nationalismus, Autoritarismus, Verschwörungsdenken, Apokalypse-Sehnsucht und Rassismus die Religiöse Rechte von Beginn an geprägt haben. Ihre Vertreter sind heute längst im Zentrum der Macht angekommen. Trumps Niederlage war nicht das Ende der Religiösen Rechten in den USA - genauso wenig, wie seine Präsidentschaft ihr Beginn war. Gelesen von der Journalistin und ZDF-Moderatorin Maja Weber. 2022 by Audio-To-Go Publishing Ltd., Ireland. © Buchvorlage by Rowohlt Verlag GmbH, Hamburg.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696</guid><pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205794/9783965194229.mp3" length="1477659" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Amerikas Gotteskrieger - Wie die Religiöse Rechte die Demokratie gefährdet (ungekürzt) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Maja Weber...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Amerikas Gotteskrieger - Wie die Religiöse Rechte die Demokratie gefährdet (ungekürzt) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Maja Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der SPIEGEL-Bestseller jetzt als Hörbuch: Sie lehnen alles Staatliche ab, propagieren 'White-Supremacy', kämpfen gegen Abtreibung, befürworten erzkonservative Geschlechterrollen und wähnen sich im Krieg gegen satanische Mächte: die Religiöse Rechte in den USA. Seit Jahrzehnten baut diese Bewegung ihre landesweite Infrastruktur aus Organisationen und Medienimperien immer weiter auf, unter der Regierung Trump konnten zahlreiche ihrer Vertreter Posten im Weißen Haus und in den Gerichten besetzen. Annika Brockschmidt geht der Geschichte der heutigen Religiösen Rechten in den USA von den 1960er Jahren bis heute nach und entfaltet das Spektrum einer vielschichtigen Gruppierung, die mittlerweile über Sieg und Niederlage bei Präsidentschaftswahlen entscheiden kann - und den Ton in einer der beiden großen Parteien des Landes angibt. Sie deckt ihre politische Agenda auf und zeigt, wie Geschichtsrevisionismus, Nationalismus, Autoritarismus, Verschwörungsdenken, Apokalypse-Sehnsucht und Rassismus die Religiöse Rechte von Beginn an geprägt haben. Ihre Vertreter sind heute längst im Zentrum der Macht angekommen. Trumps Niederlage war nicht das Ende der Religiösen Rechten in den USA - genauso wenig, wie seine Präsidentschaft ihr Beginn war. Gelesen von der Journalistin und ZDF-Moderatorin Maja Weber. 2022 by Audio-To-Go Publishing Ltd., Ireland. © Buchvorlage by Rowohlt Verlag GmbH, Hamburg.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a3391745c97620d6b98d5a0a5039e8a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Human Rights in Canada by Dominique Clément</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/human-rights-in-canada-by-dominique-clement--65205793</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights in Canada Author: Dominique Clément Narrator: Ian Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Canadians framed their grievances with reference to Christianity or British justice rather than human rights. A historical sociological approach to human rights reveals how rights are historically contingent|This book shows how human rights became the primary language for social change in Canada and how a single decade became the locus for that emergence. The author argues that the 1970s was a critical moment in human rights history-one that transformed political culture|and foreign policy. Human Rights in Canada is one of the first sociological studies of human rights in Canada. It explains that human rights are a distinct social practice|and how new rights claims are built upon past claims. This book explores governments' tendency to suppress rights in periods of perceived emergency; how Canada's rights culture was shaped by state formation; how social movements have advanced new rights claims; the changing discourse of rights in debates surrounding the constitution; how the international human rights movement shaped domestic politics and foreign policy; and much more. In addition to drawing on secondary literature in law|and it documents those social conditions that made human rights significant at a particular historical moment. A central theme in this book is that human rights derive from society rather than abstract legal principles. Therefore|and materials produced by non-governmental organizations.|and political science|archival research|history|law|litigation and case law|newspapers|opinion polls|social movements|sociology|this study looked to published government documents|we can identify the boundaries and limits of Canada's rights culture at different moments in our history. Until the 1970s]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205793/9781771125307.mp3" length="2437201" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights in Canada Author: Dominique Clément Narrator: Ian Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 26,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639202</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights in Canada Author: Dominique Clément Narrator: Ian Sherwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Canadians framed their grievances with reference to Christianity or British justice rather than human rights. A historical sociological approach to human rights reveals how rights are historically contingent|This book shows how human rights became the primary language for social change in Canada and how a single decade became the locus for that emergence. The author argues that the 1970s was a critical moment in human rights history-one that transformed political culture|and foreign policy. Human Rights in Canada is one of the first sociological studies of human rights in Canada. It explains that human rights are a distinct social practice|and how new rights claims are built upon past claims. This book explores governments' tendency to suppress rights in periods of perceived emergency; how Canada's rights culture was shaped by state formation; how social movements have advanced new rights claims; the changing discourse of rights in debates surrounding the constitution; how the international human rights movement shaped domestic politics and foreign policy; and much more. In addition to drawing on secondary literature in law|and it documents those social conditions that made human rights significant at a particular historical moment. A central theme in this book is that human rights derive from society rather than abstract legal principles. Therefore|and materials produced by non-governmental organizations.|and political science|archival research|history|law|litigation and case law|newspapers|opinion polls|social movements|sociology|this study looked to published government documents|we can identify the boundaries and limits of Canada's rights culture at different moments in our history. Until the 1970s]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f2cf97dfea0d5b3575e3b0fe71c35065.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Harry Builds a Nation: The Legacy of Lee Kuan Yew by Patrick Yee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/harry-builds-a-nation-the-legacy-of-lee-kuan-yew-by-patrick-yee--65205755</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Builds a Nation: The Legacy of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #3 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harry Builds a Nation is the third book in the picture book series about Singapore's remarkable leader, Lee Kuan Yew. Where A Boy Named Harry showed his determination and Harry Grows Up his courage, this book features Harry's vision. Working with a strong team who shared his can-do spirit, Harry brought Singapore out of colonial rule and turned his beloved country into an independent, successful and much-admired nation. © 2015 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385</guid><pubDate>Sun, 22 May 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205755/9789152179864.mp3" length="517104" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Builds a Nation: The Legacy of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #3 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Builds a Nation: The Legacy of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #3 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harry Builds a Nation is the third book in the picture book series about Singapore's remarkable leader, Lee Kuan Yew. Where A Boy Named Harry showed his determination and Harry Grows Up his courage, this book features Harry's vision. Working with a strong team who shared his can-do spirit, Harry brought Singapore out of colonial rule and turned his beloved country into an independent, successful and much-admired nation. © 2015 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>65</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52947ec1d0e8cf14977214bba0acd786.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Harry Grows Up: The Early Years of Lee Kuan Yew by Patrick Yee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/harry-grows-up-the-early-years-of-lee-kuan-yew-by-patrick-yee--65205692</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Grows Up: The Early Years of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #2 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harry Grows Up is the second book in the series of picture books about the life of Singapore's remarkable leader, Lee Kuan Yew. In the first book, A Boy Named Harry, young readers learn what it was like for him to grow up in British-ruled Singapore. In this book, Harry is now a teenager, eager to start college. But his world is suddenly turned upside down when the Japanese capture Singapore. This engaging story tells about Harry's courage, from the years of the Japanese Occupation to the founding of the People's Action Party. © 2015 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205692/9789152179857.mp3" length="997128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Grows Up: The Early Years of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #2 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650387</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harry Grows Up: The Early Years of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #2 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harry Grows Up is the second book in the series of picture books about the life of Singapore's remarkable leader, Lee Kuan Yew. In the first book, A Boy Named Harry, young readers learn what it was like for him to grow up in British-ruled Singapore. In this book, Harry is now a teenager, eager to start college. But his world is suddenly turned upside down when the Japanese capture Singapore. This engaging story tells about Harry's courage, from the years of the Japanese Occupation to the founding of the People's Action Party. © 2015 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba1d17f7b0e91635ab29b90fa137e28e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Boy Named Harry: The Childhood of Lee Kuan Yew by Patrick Yee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-boy-named-harry-the-childhood-of-lee-kuan-yew-by-patrick-yee--65205764</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Named Harry: The Childhood of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #1 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The future leader of Singapore spent his growing up years doing what other children did in the 1920s. Harry liked to play with spinning tops, marbles, kites—and even fighting fish! While he was a little mischievous as a child, Harry worked hard in school to achieve academic success, eventually winning scholarships to attend the prestigious Raffles College. Especially for younger readers, this inspiring picture book about the childhood of Harry Lee Kuan Yew is one that parents, caregivers and teachers can share with children, providing the perfect opportunity for grown-ups to tell share with them his contributions to the country. © 2014 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386</guid><pubDate>Sun, 15 May 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205764/9789152179840.mp3" length="517103" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Named Harry: The Childhood of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #1 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Named Harry: The Childhood of Lee Kuan Yew Series: #1 of Harry Lee Author: Patrick Yee Narrator: Hamish Alastair Gerard Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The future leader of Singapore spent his growing up years doing what other children did in the 1920s. Harry liked to play with spinning tops, marbles, kites—and even fighting fish! While he was a little mischievous as a child, Harry worked hard in school to achieve academic success, eventually winning scholarships to attend the prestigious Raffles College. Especially for younger readers, this inspiring picture book about the childhood of Harry Lee Kuan Yew is one that parents, caregivers and teachers can share with children, providing the perfect opportunity for grown-ups to tell share with them his contributions to the country. © 2014 by Patrick Yee. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2022.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>65</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/840e2e5a72dcb32b4e35fe9a85031316.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>PAP v PAP: The Party's struggle to adapt to a changing Singapore by Cherian George, Donald Low</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pap-v-pap-the-party-s-struggle-to-adapt-to-a-changing-singapore-by-cherian-george-donald-low--65205766</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: PAP v PAP: The Party's struggle to adapt to a changing Singapore Author: Cherian George, Donald Low Narrator: Pam Oei Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: March  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Singapore appears to be transitioning gradually to a more competitive and contentious democracy. For now, though, the People's Action Party still controls all the levers of power. The PAP's internal dynamics will be the primary determinant of its continued viability. This anthology of essays expands on one dimension of this inner struggle: between a conservative attachment to what worked in the past, and a boldly progressive vision for the future. The authors argue that a reformed PAP — comfortable with political competition and more committed to justice and equality — would be good for Singapore, and serve the long-term interests of the party. An adaptive PAP, buttressed with stronger democratic legitimacy, would also maintain one of Singapore's most important strengths: a strong consensus on the virtues of an expert-led, elite government. Only by strengthening democratic practices and norms can Singapore maintain its edge in a world pulled apart by identity politics, populist nationalism and nativism, and an erosion of trust in public institutions. About the Authors Cherian George is professor of media studies at Hong Kong Baptist University, and associate dean for research at its School of Communication. His previous books on Singapore include Air-Conditioned Nation Revisited (2020) and Freedom From the Press: Journalism and State Power in Singapore (2012). He worked as a political journalist for The Straits Times in the 1990s before pursuing his PhD in communication from Stanford University. Donald Low is senior lecturer and professor of practice in public policy at Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, the director of the university's Institute for Emerging Market Studies, and the director of Leadership and Public Policy Executive Education. He is the author of Hard Choices: Challenging the Singapore Consensus (2014). Before joining academia, he served nearly 15 years in the Singapore government. PRAISE FOR PAP v PAP 'A book written with eagle-eyed clarity about much-needed reforms in the Singapore political system. A must-read for anyone genuinely concerned about the future of Singapore.' — Remy Choo Zheng Xi, lawyer and civil society activist. 'You can disagree with the content but you cannot, in good faith, fault them for their clear intention to keep the discussion as academic, civil and respectful as possible. They identify themselves with 'liberal' and 'progressive' views — which will provoke others to view them through the lens of contempt. The language of contempt has already entered into our political conversation, but my hope is that we are not so far gone in partisan politics that we cannot still find it in ourselves to take off the lens of contempt and try on the lens of sincere respect again.' — Kuik Shiao-Yin, former Nominated Member of Parliament and co-founder of The Thought Collective. 'PAP v. PAP is a forensic and fascinating collection on Singapore's future policy dilemmas, from two of its most thoughtful and challenging thinkers. Produced in a spirit of constructive criticism and written in an easy accessible style, it makes for invaluable reading for anyone interested in Asia's greatest economic success story — and indeed for the future political economy of Asia itself.' — James Crabtree, author of The Billionaire Raj. © 2020 by Cherian George and Donald Low. Published in paper format in Singapore by Cherian George and Donald Low, recorded by Storyside 2020.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205766/9789180130356.mp3" length="2437227" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: PAP v PAP: The Party's struggle to adapt to a changing Singapore Author: Cherian George, Donald Low Narrator: Pam Oei Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: PAP v PAP: The Party's struggle to adapt to a changing Singapore Author: Cherian George, Donald Low Narrator: Pam Oei Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: March  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Singapore appears to be transitioning gradually to a more competitive and contentious democracy. For now, though, the People's Action Party still controls all the levers of power. The PAP's internal dynamics will be the primary determinant of its continued viability. This anthology of essays expands on one dimension of this inner struggle: between a conservative attachment to what worked in the past, and a boldly progressive vision for the future. The authors argue that a reformed PAP — comfortable with political competition and more committed to justice and equality — would be good for Singapore, and serve the long-term interests of the party. An adaptive PAP, buttressed with stronger democratic legitimacy, would also maintain one of Singapore's most important strengths: a strong consensus on the virtues of an expert-led, elite government. Only by strengthening democratic practices and norms can Singapore maintain its edge in a world pulled apart by identity politics, populist nationalism and nativism, and an erosion of trust in public institutions. About the Authors Cherian George is professor of media studies at Hong Kong Baptist University, and associate dean for research at its School of Communication. His previous books on Singapore include Air-Conditioned Nation Revisited (2020) and Freedom From the Press: Journalism and State Power in Singapore (2012). He worked as a political journalist for The Straits Times in the 1990s before pursuing his PhD in communication from Stanford University. Donald Low is senior lecturer and professor of practice in public policy at Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, the director of the university's Institute for Emerging Market Studies, and the director of Leadership and Public Policy Executive Education. He is the author of Hard Choices: Challenging the Singapore Consensus (2014). Before joining academia, he served nearly 15 years in the Singapore government. PRAISE FOR PAP v PAP 'A book written with eagle-eyed clarity about much-needed reforms in the Singapore political system. A must-read for anyone genuinely concerned about the future of Singapore.' — Remy Choo Zheng Xi, lawyer and civil society activist. 'You can disagree with the content but you cannot, in good faith, fault them for their clear intention to keep the discussion as academic, civil and respectful as possible. They identify themselves with 'liberal' and 'progressive' views — which will provoke others to view them through the lens of contempt. The language of contempt has already entered into our political conversation, but my hope is that we are not so far gone in partisan politics that we cannot still find it in ourselves to take off the lens of contempt and try on the lens of sincere respect again.' — Kuik Shiao-Yin, former Nominated Member of Parliament and co-founder of The Thought Collective. 'PAP v. PAP is a forensic and fascinating collection on Singapore's future policy dilemmas, from two of its most thoughtful and challenging thinkers. Produced in a spirit of constructive criticism and written in an easy accessible style, it makes for invaluable reading for anyone interested in Asia's greatest economic success story — and indeed for the future political economy of Asia itself.' — James Crabtree, author of The Billionaire Raj. © 2020 by Cherian George and Donald Low. Published in paper format in Singapore by Cherian George and Donald Low, recorded by Storyside 2020.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ed6b0d454157440e772c870c40afbdbd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Trump gegen die Demokratie - 'A Very Stable Genius' (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Carol Leonnig, Philip Rucker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-trump-gegen-die-demokratie-a-very-stable-genius-ungekurzte-lesung-by-carol-leonnig-philip-rucker--65205777</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Trump gegen die Demokratie - 'A Very Stable Genius' (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carol Leonnig, Philip Rucker Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2020 ist das Schicksalsjahr der USA. Im November wird der Präsident gewählt, und die Lage spitzt sich dramatisch zu: Wird Trump es noch einmal schaffen? Und was würde das bedeuten? Dieses Hörbuch gibt die Antwort. Im Gewitter der täglichen Tweets und 'News' treten die beiden Pulitzer-Preisträger von der Washington Post einen Schritt zurück, um die Amtszeit Trumps Schritt für Schritt zu rekonstruieren. Sie nutzen eine Fülle von neuen Details und Erkenntnissen, die sie aus Hunderten Stunden Interview-Material mit mehr als 200 Verwaltungsbeamten, Trump-Vertrauten und anderen Augenzeugen gewonnen haben, um entscheidende Muster hinter dem täglichen Chaos in der Regierung aufzudecken. Exzellent recherchiert und meisterhaft erzählt, lassen sie ein Bild von Trump entstehen, das uns besorgt stimmen sollte: Seine Versuche, das amerikanische System und die Demokratie zu unterlaufen, sind erfolgreicher als gedacht. In diesem Jahr geht es wirklich um alles.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034</guid><pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205777/9783732418046.mp3" length="1477651" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Trump gegen die Demokratie - 'A Very Stable Genius' (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carol Leonnig, Philip Rucker Narrator: Julian Mehne Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644034</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Trump gegen die Demokratie - 'A Very Stable Genius' (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carol Leonnig, Philip Rucker Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2020 ist das Schicksalsjahr der USA. Im November wird der Präsident gewählt, und die Lage spitzt sich dramatisch zu: Wird Trump es noch einmal schaffen? Und was würde das bedeuten? Dieses Hörbuch gibt die Antwort. Im Gewitter der täglichen Tweets und 'News' treten die beiden Pulitzer-Preisträger von der Washington Post einen Schritt zurück, um die Amtszeit Trumps Schritt für Schritt zu rekonstruieren. Sie nutzen eine Fülle von neuen Details und Erkenntnissen, die sie aus Hunderten Stunden Interview-Material mit mehr als 200 Verwaltungsbeamten, Trump-Vertrauten und anderen Augenzeugen gewonnen haben, um entscheidende Muster hinter dem täglichen Chaos in der Regierung aufzudecken. Exzellent recherchiert und meisterhaft erzählt, lassen sie ein Bild von Trump entstehen, das uns besorgt stimmen sollte: Seine Versuche, das amerikanische System und die Demokratie zu unterlaufen, sind erfolgreicher als gedacht. In diesem Jahr geht es wirklich um alles.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2c502b08d8eca2c2fe74a71c78b82657.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>20 Years of Can Asians Think? Commemorative Edition by Kishore Mahbubani</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/20-years-of-can-asians-think-commemorative-edition-by-kishore-mahbubani--65205760</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 20 Years of Can Asians Think? Commemorative Edition Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Remesh Panicker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 26, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has been 20 years since Kishore Mahbubani first took the bold step of asking the politically incorrect question, 'Can Asians think?' His collection of essays has stood the test of time, continuing to resonate with both Asian and Western minds alike over two decades and four editions of the book. This 20th-anniversary edition of Can Asians Think? provides an opportunity for all Asians, from East Asia to West Asia, from Central Asia to Southeast Asia, to reflect on how remarkable these past two decades – from 1998 to 2018 – have been for Asian history. As Asia's recent experience shows, and as this volume documents, Asians can think. Perhaps the time has finally come for Western thinkers to learn from Asian thinking. © 2018 Prof Kishore Mahbubani. Published in paper format in Singapore by Marshall Cavendish Editions, recorded by Storyside 2020.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205760/9789179092757.mp3" length="2437235" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 20 Years of Can Asians Think? Commemorative Edition Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Remesh Panicker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 20 Years of Can Asians Think? Commemorative Edition Author: Kishore Mahbubani Narrator: Remesh Panicker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 26, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It has been 20 years since Kishore Mahbubani first took the bold step of asking the politically incorrect question, 'Can Asians think?' His collection of essays has stood the test of time, continuing to resonate with both Asian and Western minds alike over two decades and four editions of the book. This 20th-anniversary edition of Can Asians Think? provides an opportunity for all Asians, from East Asia to West Asia, from Central Asia to Southeast Asia, to reflect on how remarkable these past two decades – from 1998 to 2018 – have been for Asian history. As Asia's recent experience shows, and as this volume documents, Asians can think. Perhaps the time has finally come for Western thinkers to learn from Asian thinking. © 2018 Prof Kishore Mahbubani. Published in paper format in Singapore by Marshall Cavendish Editions, recorded by Storyside 2020.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5bb91f84cccee383d7a5408e00da762b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wut (ungekürzte Lesung) by Bob Woodward</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wut-ungekurzte-lesung-by-bob-woodward--65205739</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wut (ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ein Präsident im Visier der Journalistenlegende: Donald Trump zwischen Corona, Wirtschaftskrise und wachsendem Widerstand  Donald Trump hat die USA in eine tiefe Krise geführt. Bob Woodward weist nach: Bereits im Januar 2020 wusste Trump, dass die Corona-Epidemie zur größten Bedrohung der nationalen Sicherheit während seiner Präsidentschaft wird. Gesundheitssystem und Wirtschaft sind am Rande des Zusammenbruchs. Zugleich versammeln sich Hunderttausende auf den Straßen, um gegen den immer offener ausbrechenden Rassismus zu demonstrieren. Wie reagiert der US-Präsident? Pulitzer-Preisträger Bob Woodward hat 18 Interviews mit dem Präsidenten geführt, Hunderte von Stunden mit Mitarbeitern und Opponenten gesprochen, um das Portrait eines Mannes zu zeichnen, der zwischen Verdrängung, Angriff und - man staune - Momenten des Zweifels schwankt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205739/9783732418909.mp3" length="1477523" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wut (ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643455</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wut (ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ein Präsident im Visier der Journalistenlegende: Donald Trump zwischen Corona, Wirtschaftskrise und wachsendem Widerstand  Donald Trump hat die USA in eine tiefe Krise geführt. Bob Woodward weist nach: Bereits im Januar 2020 wusste Trump, dass die Corona-Epidemie zur größten Bedrohung der nationalen Sicherheit während seiner Präsidentschaft wird. Gesundheitssystem und Wirtschaft sind am Rande des Zusammenbruchs. Zugleich versammeln sich Hunderttausende auf den Straßen, um gegen den immer offener ausbrechenden Rassismus zu demonstrieren. Wie reagiert der US-Präsident? Pulitzer-Preisträger Bob Woodward hat 18 Interviews mit dem Präsidenten geführt, Hunderte von Stunden mit Mitarbeitern und Opponenten gesprochen, um das Portrait eines Mannes zu zeichnen, der zwischen Verdrängung, Angriff und - man staune - Momenten des Zweifels schwankt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c0b892c6283700a972dae6f886da07f1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wann hören wir auf, uns etwas vorzumachen? - Gestehen wir uns ein, dass wir die Klimakatastrophe nicht verhindern können (Gekürzt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wann-horen-wir-auf-uns-etwas-vorzumachen-gestehen-wir-uns-ein-dass-wir-die-klimakatastrophe-nicht-verhindern-konnen-gekurzt--65205770</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wann hören wir auf, uns etwas vorzumachen? - Gestehen wir uns ein, dass wir die Klimakatastrophe nicht verhindern können (Gekürzt) Author: Jonathan Franzen Narrator: Johannes Steck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Nr. 1 SPIEGEL-Bestseller jetzt als Hörbuch:  Wir müssen der Wahrheit ins Gesicht sehen, sagt Jonathan Franzen, der sich seit vielen Jahren mit Themen des Umweltschutzes beschäftigt: Das Spiel ist aus, wir werden den Klimawandel nicht mehr kontrollieren, die Katastrophe nicht verhindern können. Das Pariser Abkommen, das ZweiGradZiel, 'Fridays for Future', die Bepreisung von CO2 - alles zu spät, nachdem 30 Jahre lang vergeblich versucht wurde, die globale Erwärmung zu reduzieren. Aber das ist kein Grund zum Aufhören und schon gar nicht das Ende von allem. Wir sollten uns vielmehr neu darauf besinnen, was uns wichtig ist. Deshalb, so Franzen, wird es jetzt Zeit, sich auf die Folgen vorzubereiten, zum Beispiel auf Brände, Überschwemmungen und Flüchtlingsströme. Es geht aber auch darum, alles in unserer Macht Stehende zu tun, um unsere Gesellschaften, unsere Demokratien zu festigen.  Dieses Buch ist ein kämpferisches Plädoyer dafür, die Grenzen unserer Möglichkeiten nicht zulasten dessen zu leugnen, was sich erfolgreich verändern lässt...]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205770/9783965192843.mp3" length="1477739" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wann hören wir auf, uns etwas vorzumachen? - Gestehen wir uns ein, dass wir die Klimakatastrophe nicht verhindern können (Gekürzt) Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642352</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wann hören wir auf, uns etwas vorzumachen? - Gestehen wir uns ein, dass wir die Klimakatastrophe nicht verhindern können (Gekürzt) Author: Jonathan Franzen Narrator: Johannes Steck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Nr. 1 SPIEGEL-Bestseller jetzt als Hörbuch:  Wir müssen der Wahrheit ins Gesicht sehen, sagt Jonathan Franzen, der sich seit vielen Jahren mit Themen des Umweltschutzes beschäftigt: Das Spiel ist aus, wir werden den Klimawandel nicht mehr kontrollieren, die Katastrophe nicht verhindern können. Das Pariser Abkommen, das ZweiGradZiel, 'Fridays for Future', die Bepreisung von CO2 - alles zu spät, nachdem 30 Jahre lang vergeblich versucht wurde, die globale Erwärmung zu reduzieren. Aber das ist kein Grund zum Aufhören und schon gar nicht das Ende von allem. Wir sollten uns vielmehr neu darauf besinnen, was uns wichtig ist. Deshalb, so Franzen, wird es jetzt Zeit, sich auf die Folgen vorzubereiten, zum Beispiel auf Brände, Überschwemmungen und Flüchtlingsströme. Es geht aber auch darum, alles in unserer Macht Stehende zu tun, um unsere Gesellschaften, unsere Demokratien zu festigen.  Dieses Buch ist ein kämpferisches Plädoyer dafür, die Grenzen unserer Möglichkeiten nicht zulasten dessen zu leugnen, was sich erfolgreich verändern lässt...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/130ab44158c3b3bde4359ec4e4c85871.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Angela Merkel - Das Requiem (Ungekürzt) by Gertrud Höhler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-angela-merkel-das-requiem-ungekurzt-by-gertrud-hohler--65205802</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angela Merkel - Das Requiem (Ungekürzt) Author: Gertrud Höhler Narrator: Dana Geissler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Angela Merkel hat die Republik verändert wie kein Kanzler vor ihr. Machtwille und Bindungslosigkeit machten sie den Westpolitikern überlegen. Das Herrschaftswissen der gescheiterten DDR und mächtige Gönner in der West-CDU lieferten ihr den Spielraum für eine Kehrtwende in der gesamtdeutschen Politik. Merkel verschob die politische Mitte nach links und schleifte CDU-Bastionen. Die Kanzlerin der Einheit sprach das Siegersyndrom der Deutschen an: Überall die Ersten und Besten sein, gekoppelt an die Unfähigkeit, mit der Rolle der Deutschen als Täter umzugehen. Schnell wurde die quasi parteilose Kanzlerin zum Weltstar, der in kein Schema passt. Hohe Ziele in den ethisch hochexplosiven Feldern Euro, Energiewirtschaft, und Migration zeigen eine unbekümmerte Alleinherrscherin, die sich nicht durch Gesetze aufhalten lässt. Als Symbolpolitikerin reist sie um den Globus und verkündet humanitäre Botschaften, denen niemand widersprechen kann. Omnipräsenz schlägt Omnipotenz. Ihr Zauberwort lautet 'multilateral', alle mit allen. Angela Merkel ist Agentin einer wertneutralen Zukunft, die Bekenntnisse überflüssig macht. Die ernüchternde Bilanz nach 14 Jahren: Deutschland geht aus dem Stresstest der Ära Merkel geschwächt hervor.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Feb 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205802/9783965192690.mp3" length="1477555" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angela Merkel - Das Requiem (Ungekürzt) Author: Gertrud Höhler Narrator: Dana Geissler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643476</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angela Merkel - Das Requiem (Ungekürzt) Author: Gertrud Höhler Narrator: Dana Geissler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Angela Merkel hat die Republik verändert wie kein Kanzler vor ihr. Machtwille und Bindungslosigkeit machten sie den Westpolitikern überlegen. Das Herrschaftswissen der gescheiterten DDR und mächtige Gönner in der West-CDU lieferten ihr den Spielraum für eine Kehrtwende in der gesamtdeutschen Politik. Merkel verschob die politische Mitte nach links und schleifte CDU-Bastionen. Die Kanzlerin der Einheit sprach das Siegersyndrom der Deutschen an: Überall die Ersten und Besten sein, gekoppelt an die Unfähigkeit, mit der Rolle der Deutschen als Täter umzugehen. Schnell wurde die quasi parteilose Kanzlerin zum Weltstar, der in kein Schema passt. Hohe Ziele in den ethisch hochexplosiven Feldern Euro, Energiewirtschaft, und Migration zeigen eine unbekümmerte Alleinherrscherin, die sich nicht durch Gesetze aufhalten lässt. Als Symbolpolitikerin reist sie um den Globus und verkündet humanitäre Botschaften, denen niemand widersprechen kann. Omnipräsenz schlägt Omnipotenz. Ihr Zauberwort lautet 'multilateral', alle mit allen. Angela Merkel ist Agentin einer wertneutralen Zukunft, die Bekenntnisse überflüssig macht. Die ernüchternde Bilanz nach 14 Jahren: Deutschland geht aus dem Stresstest der Ära Merkel geschwächt hervor.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f2d5e17bc7418830fa838af1c2fe3a3b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Inside AfD (Ungekürzt) by Franziska Schreiber</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-inside-afd-ungekurzt-by-franziska-schreiber--65205743</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside AfD (Ungekürzt) Author: Franziska Schreiber Narrator: Franziska Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Seit September ist die AfD mit 92 Abgeordneten im Bundestag vertreten und inszeniert einen medienwirksamen Konfrontationskurs zu den etablierten Parteien. Doch was treibt die Partei hinter den Kulissen an - und ist die Fremdenfeindlichkeit eine geteilte Grundposition aller? Niemand kann darüber besser Auskunft geben als Franziska Schreiber, die noch 2017 im Vorstand der Jungen Alternativen, der Jugendorganisation der AfD, saß. Sie spricht Klartext über Antrieb, Ziele und Schwächen der AfD-Führung um Alexander Gauland sowie deren radikale Hetzer wie Björn Höcke. Die heute 27-Jährige machte eine steile Karriere. Innerhalb eines Jahres wird sie die Vorsitzende der Jungen Alternativen in Sachsen. 2017 ist sie im Bundesvorstand angekommen. Gegen den immer stärker und radikaler werdenden Flügel um Björn Höcke bezieht sie an Frauke Petrys Seite Stellung. Entsetzt von den Aussagen, die innerhalb der AfD inzwischen üblich und akzeptiert sind, unternimmt sie mit anderen liberalen Mitgliedern im März 2017 einen letzten Versuch zur Kurskorrektur auf dem Bundesparteitag in Köln. Doch der Versuch scheitert. Es wird Zeit für eine Distanzierung. Sie übernimmt die Verantwortung, die Wähler über den Rechtsruck der Partei aufzuklären...]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053</guid><pubDate>Fri, 11 Jan 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205743/9783965192379.mp3" length="1477543" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside AfD (Ungekürzt) Author: Franziska Schreiber Narrator: Franziska Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Inside AfD (Ungekürzt) Author: Franziska Schreiber Narrator: Franziska Schreiber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Seit September ist die AfD mit 92 Abgeordneten im Bundestag vertreten und inszeniert einen medienwirksamen Konfrontationskurs zu den etablierten Parteien. Doch was treibt die Partei hinter den Kulissen an - und ist die Fremdenfeindlichkeit eine geteilte Grundposition aller? Niemand kann darüber besser Auskunft geben als Franziska Schreiber, die noch 2017 im Vorstand der Jungen Alternativen, der Jugendorganisation der AfD, saß. Sie spricht Klartext über Antrieb, Ziele und Schwächen der AfD-Führung um Alexander Gauland sowie deren radikale Hetzer wie Björn Höcke. Die heute 27-Jährige machte eine steile Karriere. Innerhalb eines Jahres wird sie die Vorsitzende der Jungen Alternativen in Sachsen. 2017 ist sie im Bundesvorstand angekommen. Gegen den immer stärker und radikaler werdenden Flügel um Björn Höcke bezieht sie an Frauke Petrys Seite Stellung. Entsetzt von den Aussagen, die innerhalb der AfD inzwischen üblich und akzeptiert sind, unternimmt sie mit anderen liberalen Mitgliedern im März 2017 einen letzten Versuch zur Kurskorrektur auf dem Bundesparteitag in Köln. Doch der Versuch scheitert. Es wird Zeit für eine Distanzierung. Sie übernimmt die Verantwortung, die Wähler über den Rechtsruck der Partei aufzuklären...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f0a62b64d68edfa6f48f6adcc96ea679.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[French] - Le manifeste du parti communiste by Karl Marx</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/french-le-manifeste-du-parti-communiste-by-karl-marx--65205671</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le manifeste du parti communiste Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Pierre-François Garel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: June 14, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Publié en 1848, Le manifeste du Parti communiste est antérieur à toutes les obédiences auxquelles on l'associe machinalement. Marx suit les principes du mouvement dialectique hégélien et l'applique à la politique. On retrouve ici le renversement célèbre du maître et de l'esclave, où c'est finalement le « prolétaire » qui par sa force de production est en position dominante dans la société. Mais cette domination naturelle lui est refusée, il faut donc qu'il la revendique à travers une révolution.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069</guid><pubDate>Sat, 14 Jun 2003 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205671/9791025600757.mp3" length="1477573" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Myrtle  Jerde</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le manifeste du parti communiste Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Pierre-François Garel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655069</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Le manifeste du parti communiste Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Pierre-François Garel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: June 14, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Publié en 1848, Le manifeste du Parti communiste est antérieur à toutes les obédiences auxquelles on l'associe machinalement. Marx suit les principes du mouvement dialectique hégélien et l'applique à la politique. On retrouve ici le renversement célèbre du maître et de l'esclave, où c'est finalement le « prolétaire » qui par sa force de production est en position dominante dans la société. Mais cette domination naturelle lui est refusée, il faut donc qu'il la revendique à travers une révolution.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/785db7287429838ba0e1351938518dae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
